This is a modern-English version of The Life of Columbus: From His Own Letters and Journals and Other Documents of His Time, originally written by Hale, Edward Everett. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.





THE LIFE OF
CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS

FROM HIS OWN LETTERS AND JOURNALS





AND
OTHER DOCUMENTS OF HIS TIME.





by EDWARD EVERETT HALE,





[This was originally done on the 400th Anniversary
of 1492, as was the great Columbian Exposition in Chicago.
Interesting how our heroes have all been de-canonized in the
interest of Political Correctitude]

—Comments by Michael S. Hart





PREFACE.

This book contains a life of Columbus, written with the hope of interesting all classes of readers.

This book tells the story of Columbus, created with the intention of captivating readers from all walks of life.

His life has often been written, and it has sometimes been well written. The great book of our countryman, Washington Irving, is a noble model of diligent work given to a very difficult subject. And I think every person who has dealt with the life of Columbus since Irving’s time, has expressed his gratitude and respect for the author.

His life has often been documented, and sometimes it's been done really well. The great book by our fellow countryman, Washington Irving, serves as an excellent example of hard work focused on a challenging topic. I believe everyone who has written about Columbus's life since Irving’s time has shown their appreciation and respect for the author.

According to the custom of biographers, in that time and since, he includes in those volumes the whole history of the West India islands, for the period after Columbus discovered them till his death. He also thinks it his duty to include much of the history of Spain and of the Spanish court. I do not myself believe that it is wise to attempt, in a book of biography, so considerable a study of the history of the time. Whether it be wise or not, I have not attempted it in this book. I have rather attempted to follow closely the personal fortunes of Christopher Columbus, and, to the history around him, I have given only such space as seemed absolutely necessary for the illustration of those fortunes.

According to the usual practice of biographers, at that time and since, he includes in those volumes the entire history of the West Indies from the moment Columbus discovered them until his death. He also feels it's his responsibility to cover a lot of the history of Spain and the Spanish court. Personally, I don't think it's wise to delve into such a significant study of the history of that era in a biography. Whether it's wise or not, I haven't tried to do that in this book. Instead, I've focused on closely following the personal journey of Christopher Columbus, and I've only given the surrounding history as much space as was absolutely necessary to illustrate his journey.

I have followed on the lines of his own personal narrative wherever we have it. And where this is lost I have used the absolutely contemporary authorities. I have also consulted the later writers, those of the next generation and the generation which followed it. But the more one studies the life of Columbus the more one feels sure that, after the greatness of his discovery was really known, the accounts of the time were overlaid by what modern criticism calls myths, which had grown up in the enthusiasm of those who honored him, and which form no part of real history. If then the reader fails to find some stories with which he is quite familiar in the history, he must not suppose that they are omitted by accident, but must give to the author of the book the credit of having used some discretion in the choice of his authorities.

I have followed the path of his personal story wherever we have it. And where that’s missing, I’ve relied on completely contemporary sources. I’ve also looked into later writers, those from the next generation and the one after that. However, the more you study Columbus’s life, the more you realize that once the true significance of his discovery became clear, the accounts from that time were filled with what modern critics refer to as myths, which developed from the enthusiasm of those who respected him and aren’t part of real history. So if the reader doesn’t find some familiar stories in the history, they shouldn’t think they were left out by chance; instead, they should acknowledge that the author made some thoughtful choices in selecting the sources.

When I visited Spain in 1882, I was favored by the officers of the Spanish government with every facility for carrying my inquiry as far as a short visit would permit. Since that time Mr. Harrisse has published his invaluable volumes on the life of Columbus. It certainly seems as if every document now existing, which bears upon the history, had been collated by him. The reader will see that I have made full use of this treasure-house.

When I visited Spain in 1882, the officers of the Spanish government made sure I had everything I needed to pursue my research as far as a short visit would allow. Since then, Mr. Harrisse has published his invaluable books on Columbus's life. It really seems like he has gathered every existing document related to the history. You'll see that I've made the most of this treasure trove.

The Congress of Americanistas, which meets every year, brings forward many curious studies on the history of the continent, but it can scarcely be said to have done much to advance our knowledge of the personal life of Columbus.

The Congress of Americanists, which gathers every year, presents many interesting studies on the history of the continent, but it can hardly be said to have contributed much to our understanding of Columbus's personal life.

The determination of the people of the United States to celebrate fitly the great discovery which has advanced civilization and changed the face of the world, makes it certain that a new interest has arisen in the life of the great man to whom, in the providence of God, that discovery was due. The author and publishers of this book offer it as their contribution in the great celebration, with the hope that it may be of use, especially in the direction of the studies of the young.

The determination of the people of the United States to properly celebrate the incredible discovery that has advanced civilization and transformed the world ensures that a renewed interest has developed in the life of the great man who, by divine providence, was responsible for that discovery. The author and publishers of this book present it as their contribution to this significant celebration, hoping it will be beneficial, particularly for the education of young people.

EDWARD E. HALE.

Edward E. Hale.

ROXBURY, MASS., June 1st, 1891.

ROXBURY, MA, June 1, 1891.










CONTENTS


PREFACE.

DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS.

THE LIFE OF CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS.




CHAPTER I.   EARLY LIFE OF COLUMBUS.

CHAPTER II.    HIS PLANS FOR DISCOVERY.

CHAPTER III.    THE GREAT VOYAGE.

CHAPTER IV.    THE LANDING ON THE TWELFTH OF OCTOBER

CHAPTER V.    LANDING ON CUBA

CHAPTER VI.    DISCOVERY OF HAYTI OR HISPANIOLA

CHAPTER VII.    COLUMBUS IS CALLED TO MEET THE KING AND QUEEN

CHAPTER VIII.    THE SECOND EXPEDITION SAILS

CHAPTER IX.    THE NEW COLONY

CHAPTER X.    THE THIRD VOYAGE.

CHAPTER XI.    SPAIN, 1500, 1501.

CHAPTER XII.    FOURTH VOYAGE.

CHAPTER XIII.       TWO SAD YEARS


APPENDIX A.

SUMMARY.

APPENDIX B.

APPENDIX C.

CONTENTS


PREFACE.

DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS.

THE LIFE OF CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS.




__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__ COLUMBUS'S EARLY LIFE.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__ HIS DISCOVERY PLANS.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__ THE GREAT VOYAGE.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_6__ THE LANDING ON OCTOBER 12TH

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_7__ LANDING IN CUBA

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_8__ DISCOVERY OF HISPANIOLA

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_9__ COLUMBUS IS SUMMONED TO MEET THE KING AND QUEEN

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_10__ THE SECOND EXPEDITION DEPARTS

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_11__ THE NEW COLONY

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_12__ THE THIRD VOYAGE.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_13__ SPAIN, 1500, 1501.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_14__ FOURTH VOYAGE.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_15__ TWO CHALLENGING YEARS


__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_16__

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_17__

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_18__

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_19__





DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS.

CHAPTER 1. EARLY LIFE OF COLUMBUS.
His Birth and Birth-place—His Early Education—His
experience at Sea-His Marriage and Residence in Lisbon—
His Plans for the Discovery of a Westward
Passage to the Indies

CHAPTER II. HIS PLANS FOR DISCOVERY.
Columbus Leaves Lisbon, and Visits Genoa—Visits Great
Spanish Dukes—For Six Years is at the Court of Ferdinand
and Isabella—The Council of Salamanca—His
Petition is at Last Granted—Squadron Made Ready

CHAPTER III. THE GREAT VOYAGE.
The Squadron Sails—Refits at Canary Islands—Hopes
and Fears of the Voyage—The Doubts of the Crew—
Land Discovered

CHAPTER IV.
The Landing on the Twelfth of October—The Natives and
their Neighbors—Search for Gold-Cuba Discovered
Columbus Coasts Along its Shores

CHAPTER V.
Landing on Cuba—The Cigar and Tobacco—Cipango and
the Great Khan—From Cuba to Hayti—Its Shores and
Harbors

CHAPTER VI.
Discovery of Hayti or Hispaniola—The Search for Gold—
Hospitality and Intelligence of the Natives—Christmas
Day—A Shipwreck—Colony to be Founded—Columbus
Sails East and Meets Martin Pinzon-The Two
Vessels Return to Europe—Storm—The Azores—
Portugal—Home

CHAPTER VII.
Columbus is Called to Meet the King and Queen—His
Magnificent Reception—Negotiations with the Pope and
with the King of Portugal—Second Expedition Ordered
—Fonseca—The Preparations at Cadiz

CHAPTER VIII.
The Second Expedition Sails From Cadiz—Touches at
Canary Islands—Discovery of Dominica and Guadeloupe
—Skirmishes with the Caribs—Porto Rico Discovered
—Hispaniola—The Fate of the Colony at La Navidad

CHAPTER IX.
The New Colony—Expeditions of Discovery—Guacanagari—
Search for Gold—Mutiny in the Colony—The
Vessels Sent Home—Columbus Marches Inland—
Collection of Gold—Fortress of St. Thomas—A New Voyage
of Discovery—Jamaica Visited—The South Shore
of Cuba Explored—Return—Evangelista Discovered
—Columbus Falls Sick—Return to Isabella

CHAPTER X. THE THIRD VOYAGE.
Letter to the King and Queen—Discovery of Trinidad and
Paria—Curious Speculation as to the Earthly Paradise
—Arrival at San Domingo—Rebellions and Mutinies in
that Island-Roldan and His Followers—Ojeda and
His Expedition—Arrival of Bobadilla—Columbus a
Prisoner

CHAPTER XI. SPAIN, 1500, 1502.
A Cordial Reception in Spain—Columbus Favorably
Received at Court—New Interest in Geographical
Discovery—His Plans for the Redemption of the Holy
Sepulchre—Preparations for a Fourth Expedition

CHAPTER XII. FOURTH VOYAGE.
The Instructions Given for the Voyage—He is to go to
the Mainland of the Indies—A Short Passage—Ovando
Forbids the Entrance of Columbus into Harbor
Bobadilla’s Squadron and Its Fate—Columbus Sails Westward
—Discovers Honduras, and Coasts Along Its Shores
—The Search for Gold—Colony Attempted and Abandoned
—The Vessels Become Unseaworthy—Refuge at
Jamaica—Mutiny Led by the Brothers Porras—Messages
to San Domingo—The Eclipse—Arrival of Relief
—Columbus Returns to San Domingo, and to Spain

CHAPTER XIII.
Two Sad Years—Isabella’s Death—Columbus at Seville—
His Illness—Letters to the King—journeys to Segovia
—Salamanca and Valladolid—His Suit There—Philip
and Juana—Columbus Executes His Will—Dies—His
Burial and the Removal of His Body—His Portraits—
His Character

CHAPTER 1. EARLY LIFE OF COLUMBUS.
His Birth and Birthplace—His Early Education—His
Experience at Sea—His Marriage and Life in Lisbon—
His Plans to Discover a Westward
Route to the Indies

CHAPTER II. HIS PLANS FOR DISCOVERY.
Columbus Leaves Lisbon and Visits Genoa—Meets
Important Spanish Dukes—For Six Years, He’s at the Court of
Ferdinand and Isabella—The Council of Salamanca—His
Petition is Finally Approved—Squadron Prepared

CHAPTER III. THE GREAT VOYAGE.
The Squadron Sets Sail—Refits at the Canary
Islands—Hopes and Fears of the Voyage—The Crew's
Doubts—Land Discovered

CHAPTER IV.
The Landing on October 12th—The Natives and
their Neighbors—Search for Gold—Cuba Discovered
Columbus Sails Along its Coasts

CHAPTER V.
Landing on Cuba—The Cigar and Tobacco—Cipango and
the Great Khan—From Cuba to Haiti—Its Shores and
Harbors

CHAPTER VI.
Discovery of Haiti or Hispaniola—The Search for Gold—
The Hospitality and Intelligence of the Natives—Christmas Day—A Shipwreck—A Colony to be Established—Columbus
Sails East and Meets Martin Pinzon—The Two
Vessels Return to Europe—Storm—The Azores—
Portugal—Home

CHAPTER VII.
Columbus is Called to Meet the King and Queen—His
Grand Reception—Negotiations with the Pope and
the King of Portugal—Second Expedition Ordered—Fonseca—Preparations at Cadiz

CHAPTER VIII.
The Second Expedition Sails From Cadiz—Stops at
the Canary Islands—Discovery of Dominica and Guadeloupe—Skirmishes with the Caribs—Porto Rico Discovered—Hispaniola—The Fate of the Colony at La Navidad

CHAPTER IX.
The New Colony—Expeditions of Discovery—Guacanagari—
Search for Gold—Mutiny in the Colony—The
Vessels Sent Home—Columbus Marches Inland—
Collection of Gold—Fortress of St. Thomas—A
New Voyage of Discovery—Jamaica Visited—The South
Shore of Cuba Explored—Return—Evangelista Discovered—
Columbus Falls Sick—Return to Isabella

CHAPTER X. THE THIRD VOYAGE.
Letter to the King and Queen—Discovery of Trinidad and
Paria—Intriguing Speculation about the Earthly
Paradise—Arrival at San Domingo—Rebellions and
Mutinies on that Island—Roldan and His Followers—Ojeda and
His Expedition—Arrival of Bobadilla—Columbus Becomes a
Prisoner

CHAPTER XI. SPAIN, 1500, 1502.
A Warm Welcome in Spain—Columbus is Welcomed
at Court—New Interest in Geographical
Discovery—His Plans for the Redemption of the Holy
Sepulchre—Preparations for a Fourth Expedition

CHAPTER XII. FOURTH VOYAGE.
The Instructions for the Voyage—He is to Go to
the Mainland of the Indies—A Short Passage—Ovando
Forbids Columbus from Entering the Harbor—Bobadilla’s Squadron and Its Fate—Columbus
Sails West—Discovers Honduras and Coasts Along Its
Shores—The Search for Gold—Colony Attempted and
Abandoned—The Vessels Become Unseaworthy—Refuge at
Jamaica—Mutiny Led by the Brothers Porras—Messages
to San Domingo—The Eclipse—Arrival of Relief—
Columbus Returns to San Domingo and to Spain

CHAPTER XIII.
Two Sad Years—Isabella’s Death—Columbus in
Seville—His Illness—Letters to the King—Journeys
to Segovia—Salamanca and Valladolid—His Suit There—Philip
and Juana—Columbus Executes His Will—Dies—His
Burial and the Transfer of His Body—His Portraits—
His Character






THE LIFE OF

CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS.





CHAPTER I. — EARLY LIFE OF COLUMBUS.

HIS BIRTH AND BIRTH-PLACE—HIS EARLY EDUCATION—HIS EXPERIENCE AT SEA—HIS MARRIAGE AND RESIDENCE IN LISBON—HIS PLANS FOR THE DISCOVERY OF A WESTWARD PASSAGE TO THE INDIES.

HIS BIRTH AND BIRTHPLACE—HIS EARLY EDUCATION—HIS EXPERIENCE AT SEA—HIS MARRIAGE AND RESIDENCE IN LISBON—HIS PLANS FOR DISCOVERING A WESTWARD ROUTE TO THE INDIES.

Christopher Columbus was born in the Republic of Genoa. The honor of his birth-place has been claimed by many villages in that Republic, and the house in which he was born cannot be now pointed out with certainty. But the best authorities agree that the children and the grown people of the world have never been mistaken when they have said: “America was discovered in 1492 by Christopher Columbus, a native of Genoa.”

Christopher Columbus was born in the Republic of Genoa. Many villages in that Republic have claimed the honor of being his birthplace, and we can’t say for sure which house he was born in. However, most experts agree that both children and adults worldwide have always been correct in saying: “America was discovered in 1492 by Christopher Columbus, a native of Genoa.”

His name, and that of his family, is always written Colombo, in the Italian papers which refer to them, for more than one hundred years before his time. In Spain it was always written Colon; in France it is written as Colomb; while in England it has always kept its Latin form, Columbus. It has frequently been said that he himself assumed this form, because Columba is the Latin word for “Dove,” with a fanciful feeling that, in carrying Christian light to the West, he had taken the mission of the dove. Thus, he had first found land where men thought there was ocean, and he was the messenger of the Holy Spirit to those who sat in darkness. It has also been assumed that he took the name of Christopher, “the Christ-bearer,” for similar reasons. But there is no doubt that he was baptized “Christopher,” and that the family name had long been Columbo. The coincidences of name are but two more in a calendar in which poetry delights, and of which history is full.

His name, and that of his family, has always been written as Colombo in the Italian newspapers referencing them, for over a hundred years before his time. In Spain, it’s always been written as Colon; in France, it’s written as Colomb; while in England, it has always maintained its Latin form, Columbus. It’s often been said that he chose this form because Columba is the Latin word for “Dove,” with a whimsical idea that, by bringing Christian light to the West, he had taken on the mission of the dove. Thus, he first discovered land where people thought there was only ocean, and he was the messenger of the Holy Spirit to those living in darkness. It has also been suggested that he adopted the name Christopher, “the Christ-bearer,” for similar reasons. However, there is no doubt that he was baptized as “Christopher,” and that the family name had long been Columbo. The coincidences of names are just two more in a calendar that poetry enjoys, and of which history is rich.

Christopher Columbus was the oldest son of Dominico Colombo and Suzanna Fontanarossa. This name means Red-fountain. He bad two brothers, Bartholomew and Diego, whom we shall meet again. Diego is the Spanish way of writing the name which we call James.

Christopher Columbus was the oldest son of Dominico Colombo and Suzanna Fontanarossa. This name means Red Fountain. He had two brothers, Bartholomew and Diego, whom we will meet again. Diego is the Spanish version of the name we call James.

It seems probable that Christopher was born in the year 1436, though some writers have said that he was older than this, and some that he was younger. The record of his birth and that of his baptism have not been found.

It seems likely that Christopher was born in 1436, although some writers claim he was older and others say he was younger. There are no records of his birth or baptism that have been found.

His father was not a rich man, but he was able to send Christopher, as a boy, to the University of Pavia, and here he studied grammar, geometry, geography and navigation, astronomy and the Latin language. But this was as a boy studies, for in his fourteenth year he left the university and entered, in hard work, on “the larger college of the world.” If the date given above, of his birth, is correct, this was in the year 1450, a few years before the Turks took Constantinople, and, in their invasion of Europe, affected the daily life of everyone, young or old, who lived in the Mediterranean countries. From this time, for fifteen years, it is hard to trace along the life of Columbus. It was the life of an intelligent young seaman, going wherever there was a voyage for him. He says himself, “I passed twenty-three years on the sea. I have seen all the Levant, all the western coasts, and the North. I have seen England; I have often made the voyage from Lisbon to the Guinea coast.” This he wrote in a letter to Ferdinand and Isabella. Again he says, “I went to sea from the most tender age and have continued in a sea life to this day. Whoever gives himself up to this art wants to know the secrets of Nature here below. It is more than forty years that I have been thus engaged. Wherever any one has sailed, there I have sailed.”

His father wasn't wealthy, but he managed to send Christopher to the University of Pavia when he was a boy, where he studied grammar, geometry, geography, navigation, astronomy, and Latin. However, this was just the way a boy studies; by the time he was fourteen, he left the university and started working hard in “the larger college of the world.” If the birth date mentioned is correct, this was in 1450, just a few years before the Turks took Constantinople, which impacted the daily lives of everyone, young and old, living in the Mediterranean. After this point, it's difficult to trace Columbus's life for the next fifteen years. He lived as an intelligent young sailor, going wherever there was work for him. He stated, “I spent twenty-three years at sea. I have seen all of the Levant, all the western coasts, and the North. I have seen England; I have often made the trip from Lisbon to the Guinea coast.” He wrote this in a letter to Ferdinand and Isabella. He also mentioned, “I went to sea from a very young age and have lived a life at sea up to this day. Anyone who dedicates themselves to this art wants to uncover the secrets of Nature down here. For more than forty years, I have been doing this. Wherever anyone has sailed, I have sailed.”

Whoever goes into the detail of the history of that century will come upon the names of two relatives of his—Colon el Mozo (the Boy, or the Younger) and his uncle, Francesco Colon, both celebrated sailors. The latter of the two was a captain in the fleets of Louis XI of France, and imaginative students may represent him as meeting Quentin Durward at court. Christopher Columbus seems to have made several voyages under the command of the younger of these relatives. He commanded the Genoese galleys near Cyprus in a war which the Genoese had with the Venetians. Between the years 1461 and 1463 the Genoese were acting as allies with King John of Calabria, and Columbus had a command as captain in their navy at that time.

Whoever looks closely at the history of that century will come across the names of two of his relatives—Colon el Mozo (the Boy, or the Younger) and his uncle, Francesco Colon, both famous sailors. The latter was a captain in the fleets of Louis XI of France, and imaginative scholars might picture him meeting Quentin Durward at court. Christopher Columbus appears to have taken several voyages under the command of the younger relative. He led the Genoese galleys near Cyprus during a war the Genoese had with the Venetians. Between 1461 and 1463, the Genoese were allied with King John of Calabria, and Columbus held a captaincy in their navy at that time.

“In 1477,” he says, in one of his letters, “in the month of February, I sailed more than a hundred leagues beyond Tile.” By this he means Thule, or Iceland. “Of this island the southern part is seventy-three degrees from the equator, not sixty-three degrees, as some geographers pretend.” But here he was wrong. The Southern part of Iceland is in the latitude of sixty-three and a half degrees. “The English, chiefly those of Bristol, carry their merchandise, to this island, which is as large as England. When I was there the sea was not frozen, but the tides there are so strong that they rise and fall twenty-six cubits.”

“In 1477,” he writes in one of his letters, “in February, I sailed more than a hundred leagues beyond Tile.” By this, he refers to Thule, or Iceland. “The southern part of this island is seventy-three degrees from the equator, not sixty-three degrees, as some geographers claim.” But he was mistaken here. The southern part of Iceland is actually at a latitude of sixty-three and a half degrees. “The English, especially those from Bristol, bring their goods to this island, which is as large as England. When I was there, the sea wasn’t frozen, but the tides are so powerful that they rise and fall twenty-six cubits.”

The order of his life, after his visit to Iceland, is better known. He was no longer an adventurous sailor-boy, glad of any voyage which offered; he was a man thirty years of age or more. He married in the city of Lisbon and settled himself there. His wife was named Philippa. She was the daughter of an Italian gentleman named Bartolomeo Muniz de Perestrello, who was, like Columbus, a sailor, and was alive to all the new interests which geography then presented to all inquiring minds. This was in the year 1477, and the King of Portugal was pressing the expeditions which, before the end of the century, resulted in the discovery of the route to the Indies by the Cape of Good Hope.

The timeline of his life after his trip to Iceland is clearer. He was no longer the adventurous sailor-boy eager for any voyage; he was a man over thirty years old. He married in Lisbon and made it his home. His wife's name was Philippa. She was the daughter of an Italian gentleman named Bartolomeo Muniz de Perestrello, who, like Columbus, was a sailor and was aware of all the new interests that geography offered to curious minds at the time. This was in 1477, and the King of Portugal was pushing for expeditions that would eventually lead, before the century ended, to the discovery of the route to the Indies by way of the Cape of Good Hope.

The young couple had to live. Neither the bride nor her husband had any fortune, and Columbus occupied himself as a draftsman, illustrating books, making terrestrial globes, which must have been curiously inaccurate, since they had no Cape of Good Hope and no American Continent, drawing charts for sale, and collecting, where he could, the material for such study. Such charts and maps were beginning to assume new importance in those days of geographical discovery. The value attached to them may be judged from the statement that Vespucius paid one hundred and thirty ducats for one map. This sum would be more than five hundred dollars of our time.

The young couple had to make a living. Neither the bride nor her husband had any money, and Columbus worked as a draftsman, illustrating books and creating terrestrial globes, which were probably quite inaccurate since they didn't include the Cape of Good Hope or the American continent. He also drew charts for sale and gathered materials for studying geography whenever he could. During this time of geographical discovery, charts and maps were becoming increasingly important. The value of these maps can be seen in the fact that Vespucius paid one hundred and thirty ducats for one map, which would be over five hundred dollars today.

Columbus did not give up his maritime enterprises. He made voyages to the coast of Guinea and in other directions.

Columbus didn't abandon his maritime ventures. He traveled to the coast of Guinea and explored other routes.

It is said that he was in command of one of the vessels of his relative Colon el Mozo, when, in the Portuguese seas, this admiral, with his squadron, engaged four Venetian galleys returning from Flanders. A bloody battle followed. The ship which Christopher Columbus commanded was engaged with a Venetian vessel, to which it set fire. There was danger of an explosion, and Columbus himself, seeing this danger, flung himself into the sea, seized a floating oar, and thus gained the shore. He was not far from Lisbon, and from this time made Lisbon his home for many years.(*)

It’s said that he was in charge of one of the ships owned by his relative, Colon el Mozo, when this admiral, along with his squadron, faced off against four Venetian galleys returning from Flanders in the Portuguese seas. A fierce battle broke out. The ship Christopher Columbus commanded engaged a Venetian vessel, setting it on fire. There was a risk of an explosion, and Columbus, realizing the danger, jumped into the sea, grabbed a floating oar, and managed to reach the shore. He was not far from Lisbon, and from then on, he made Lisbon his home for many years.(*)

     (*) The critics challenge these dates, but there seems to be
     good foundation for the story.
     (*) The critics question these dates, but there appears to be a solid basis for the story.

It seems clear that, from the time when he arrived in Lisbon, for more than twenty years, he was at work trying to interest people in his “great design,” of western discovery. He says himself, “I was constantly corresponding with learned men, some ecclesiastics and some laymen, some Latin and some Greek, some Jews and some Moors.” The astronomer Toscanelli was one of these correspondents.

It’s clear that ever since he got to Lisbon, for over twenty years, he was busy trying to get people excited about his “great plan” for western exploration. He says, “I was constantly in touch with knowledgeable people, some religious and some secular, some experts in Latin and some in Greek, some Jews and some Moors.” The astronomer Toscanelli was one of these contacts.

We must not suppose that the idea of the roundness of the earth was invented by Columbus. Although there were other theories about its shape, many intelligent men well understood that the earth was a globe, and that the Indies, though they were always reached from Europe by going to the East, must be on the west of Europe also. There is a very funny story in the travels of Mandeville, in which a traveler is represented as having gone, mostly on foot, through all the countries of Asia, but finally determines to return to Norway, his home. In his farthest eastern investigation, he hears some people calling their cattle by a peculiar cry, which he had never heard before. After he returned home, it was necessary for him to take a day’s journey westward to look after some cattle he had lost. Finding these cattle, he also heard the same cry of people calling cattle, which he had heard in the extreme East, and now learned, for the first time, that he had gone round the world on foot, to turn and come back by the same route, when he was only a day’s journey from home, Columbus was acquainted with such stories as this, and also had the astronomical knowledge which almost made him know that the world was round, “and, like a ball, goes spinning in the air.” The difficulty was to persuade other people that, because of this roundness, it would be possible to attain Asia by sailing to the West.

We shouldn’t think that Columbus came up with the idea of a round earth. Even though there were different theories about its shape, many smart people already knew that the earth was a globe and that the Indies, while typically reached from Europe by heading East, must also be to the west of Europe. There’s a funny story in Mandeville's travels where a traveler, mostly on foot, journeys through all the countries of Asia but finally decides to return home to Norway. While exploring way out East, he hears people calling their cattle with a strange cry he’s never heard before. After getting back home, he has to travel a day’s journey to the west to find some cattle he lost. When he finds them, he hears the same call for cattle that he heard in the Far East. It’s only then that he realizes he walked around the world on foot, turned around, and took the same route back, just one day away from home. Columbus was familiar with stories like this and had the astronomical knowledge that almost led him to understand that the world was round, “and, like a ball, spins in the air.” The challenge was convincing others that, because of this roundness, it was possible to reach Asia by sailing west.

Now all the geographers of repute supposed that there was not nearly so large a distance as there proved to be, in truth, between Europe and Asia. Thus, in the geography of Ptolemy, which was the standard book at that time, one hundred and thirty-five degrees, a little more than one-third of the earth’s circumference, is given to the space between the extreme eastern part of the Indies and the Canary Islands. In fact, as we now know, the distance is one hundred and eighty degrees, half the world’s circumference. Had Columbus believed there was any such immense distance, he would never have undertaken his voyage.

Now, all the respected geographers thought that the distance between Europe and Asia was nowhere near as big as it actually turned out to be. For instance, in Ptolemy's geography, which was the standard book at that time, the space between the farthest eastern part of the Indies and the Canary Islands was marked as one hundred and thirty-five degrees, just over one-third of the Earth's circumference. In reality, as we now know, the distance is one hundred and eighty degrees, which is half of the world's circumference. If Columbus had believed there was such an enormous distance, he would never have set out on his journey.

Almost all the detailed knowledge of the Indies which the people of his time had, was given by the explorations of Marco Polo, a Venetian traveler of the thirteenth century, whose book had long been in the possession of European readers. It is a very entertaining book now, and may well be recommended to young people who like stories of adventure. Marco Polo had visited the court of the Great Khan of Tartary at Pekin, the prince who brought the Chinese Empire into very much the condition in which it now is. He had, also, given accounts of Japan or Cipango, which he had himself never visited. Columbus knew, therefore, that, well east of the Indies, was the island of Cipango, and he aimed at that island, because he supposed that that was the nearest point to Europe, as in fact it is. And when finally he arrived at Cuba, as the reader will see, he thought he was in Japan.

Almost all the detailed information about the Indies that people of his time had came from the explorations of Marco Polo, a Venetian traveler from the thirteenth century, whose book had been read by Europeans for a long time. It’s a very entertaining book now and is definitely recommended for young people who enjoy adventure stories. Marco Polo had visited the court of the Great Khan of Tartary in Beijing, the prince who greatly influenced the Chinese Empire to become what it is today. He also provided accounts of Japan, or Cipango, which he had never visited himself. Columbus knew, therefore, that just east of the Indies was the island of Cipango, and he aimed for that island, believing it was the closest point to Europe, which it actually is. When he finally reached Cuba, as the reader will see, he thought he was in Japan.

Columbus’s father-in-law had himself been the Portuguese governor of the island of Porto Santo, where he had founded a colony. He, therefore, was interested in western explorations, and probably from him Columbus collected some of the statements which are known to have influenced him, with regard to floating matters from the West, which are constantly borne upon that island by the great currents of the sea.

Columbus’s father-in-law had been the Portuguese governor of the island of Porto Santo, where he founded a colony. Because of this, he was interested in western explorations, and it’s likely that Columbus gathered some of the information that influenced him from him, particularly regarding the drifting objects from the West that are constantly carried to that island by the strong ocean currents.

The historians are fond of bringing together all the intimations which are given in the Greek and Latin classics, and in later authors, with regard to a land beyond Asia. Perhaps the most famous of them is that of Seneca, “In the later years there shall come days in which Ocean shall loose his chains, and a great land shall appear . . . and Thule shall not be the last of the worlds.”

The historians love to gather all the hints found in Greek and Latin classics, as well as in later works, about a land beyond Asia. One of the most well-known references comes from Seneca: “In the later years, there will come days when the Ocean will break free of its chains, and a great land will emerge... and Thule will not be the last of the worlds.”

In a letter which Toscanelli wrote to Columbus in 1474, he inclosed a copy of a letter which he had already sent to an officer of Alphonso V, the King of Portugal. In writing to Columbus, he says, “I see that you have a great and noble desire to go into that country (of the East) where the spices come from, and in reply to your letter I send you a copy of that which I addressed some years ago to my attached friend in the service of the most serene King of Portugal. He had an order from his Highness to write me on this subject. . . . If I had a globe in my hand, I could show you what is needed. But I prefer to mark out the route on a chart like a marine chart, which will be an assistance to your intelligence and enterprise. On this chart I have myself drawn the whole extremity of our western shore from Ireland as far down as the coast of Guinea toward the South, with all the islands which are to be found on this route. Opposite this (that is, the shores of Ireland and Africa) I have placed directly at the West the beginning of the Indies with the islands and places where you will land. You will see for yourself how many miles you must keep from the arctic pole toward the equator, and at what distance you will arrive at these regions so fertile and productive of spices and precious stones.” In Toscanelli’s letter, he not only indicates Japan, but, in the middle of the ocean, he places the island of Antilia. This old name afterwards gave the name by which the French still call the West Indies, Les Antilles. Toscanelli gives the exact distance which Columbus will have to sail: “From Lisbon to the famous city of Quisay (Hang-tcheou-fou, then the capital of China) if you take the direct route toward the West, the distance will be thirty-nine hundred miles. And from Antilia to Japan it will be two hundred and twenty-five leagues.” Toscanelli says again, “You see that the voyage that you wish to attempt is much legs difficult than would be thought. You would be sure of this if you met as many people as I do who have been in the country of spices.”

In a letter that Toscanelli wrote to Columbus in 1474, he included a copy of a letter he had already sent to an officer of Alphonso V, the King of Portugal. In writing to Columbus, he says, “I see that you have a strong and noble desire to go to that country (of the East) where the spices come from, and in response to your letter, I’m sending you a copy of the one I wrote a few years ago to my dear friend in the service of the most serene King of Portugal. He had an order from his Highness to write to me about this subject. . . . If I had a globe in front of me, I could show you what’s needed. But I prefer to outline the route on a chart like a navigation chart, which will help your understanding and initiative. On this chart, I’ve drawn the entire length of our western shore from Ireland all the way down to the coast of Guinea toward the South, including all the islands along this route. Directly opposite this (that is, the shores of Ireland and Africa) I have placed at the West the beginning of the Indies along with the islands and places where you will land. You’ll be able to see for yourself how many miles you need to keep away from the arctic pole toward the equator, and at what distance you will reach these regions that are so fertile and rich in spices and precious stones.” In Toscanelli’s letter, he not only points out Japan, but also places the island of Antilia in the middle of the ocean. This old name later became the name that the French still use for the West Indies, Les Antilles. Toscanelli gives the exact distance Columbus will need to sail: “From Lisbon to the famous city of Quisay (Hang-tcheou-fou, then the capital of China), if you take the direct route toward the West, the distance will be three thousand nine hundred miles. And from Antilia to Japan, it will be two hundred and twenty-five leagues.” Toscanelli adds, “You see that the voyage you wish to undertake is much less difficult than one might think. You would know this if you spoke to as many people as I do who have been to the land of spices.”

While there were so many suggestions made that it would be possible to cross the Atlantic, there was one man who determined to do this. This man was Christopher Columbus. But he knew well that he could not do it alone. He must have money enough for an expedition, he must have authority to enlist crews for that expedition, and he must have power to govern those crews when they should arrive in the Indies. In our times such adventures have been conducted by mercantile corporations, but in those times no one thought of doing any such thing without the direct assistance and support of some monarch.

While many people suggested it was possible to cross the Atlantic, one man decided to actually do it. That man was Christopher Columbus. However, he knew he couldn’t do it alone. He needed enough funding for an expedition, he needed the authority to recruit crews for that journey, and he needed the power to lead those crews when they reached the Indies. Nowadays, such adventures are led by business corporations, but back then, no one considered undertaking such a thing without the direct help and backing of a monarch.

It is easy now to see and to say that Columbus himself was singularly well fitted to take the charge of the expedition of discovery. He was an excellent sailor and at the same time he was a learned geographer and a good mathematician. He was living in Portugal, the kings of which country had, for many years, fostered the exploration of the coast of Africa, and were pushing expeditions farther and farther South.

It’s clear now that Columbus was particularly well-suited to lead the discovery expedition. He was a skilled sailor, a knowledgeable geographer, and a capable mathematician. He was living in Portugal, where the kings had been promoting the exploration of the African coast for many years and were sending expeditions further and further south.

In doing this, they were, in a fashion, making new discoveries. For Europe was wholly ignorant of the western coast of Africa, beyond the Canaries, when their expeditions began. But all men of learning knew that, five hundred years before the Christian era, Hanno, a Carthaginian, had sailed round Africa under the direction of the senate of Carthage. The efforts of the King of Portugal were to repeat the voyage made by Hanno. In 1441, Gonzales and Tristam sailed as far as Sierra Leone. They brought back some blacks as slaves, and this was the beginning of the slave trade.

In doing this, they were, in a way, making new discoveries. Europe was completely unaware of the western coast of Africa, beyond the Canaries, when their expeditions started. However, everyone educated knew that, five hundred years before the Christian era, Hanno, a Carthaginian, had sailed around Africa under the direction of the Carthaginian senate. The King of Portugal aimed to replicate Hanno's journey. In 1441, Gonzales and Tristam sailed as far as Sierra Leone. They brought back some Black individuals as slaves, marking the start of the slave trade.

In 1446 the Portuguese took possession of the Azores, the most western points of the Old World. Step by step they advanced southward, and became familiar with the African coast. Bold navigators were eager to find the East, and at last success came. Under the king’s orders, in August, 1477, three caravels sailed from the Tagus, under Bartolomeo Diaz, for southern discovery. Diaz was himself brave enough to be willing to go on to the Red Sea, after he made the great discovery of the Cape of Good Hope, but his crews mutinied, after he had gone much farther than his predecessors, and compelled him to return. He passed the southern cape of Africa and went forty miles farther. He called it the Cape of Torments, “Cabo Tormentoso,” so terrible were the storms he met there. But when King John heard his report he gave it that name of good omen which it has borne ever since, the name of the “Cape of Good Hope.”

In 1446, the Portuguese took control of the Azores, the farthest western points of the Old World. Gradually, they moved south and got to know the African coast. Adventurous navigators were eager to discover the East, and eventually, they succeeded. Following the king's orders, in August 1477, three caravels set sail from the Tagus under Bartolomeo Diaz for southern exploration. Diaz was brave enough to aim for the Red Sea after discovering the Cape of Good Hope, but his crew mutinied after he went further than anyone before him, forcing him to turn back. He rounded the southern tip of Africa and went an additional forty miles. He named it the Cape of Torments, “Cabo Tormentoso,” due to the fierce storms he encountered there. However, when King John heard his report, he renamed it to the more optimistic title it holds today, the “Cape of Good Hope.”

In the midst of such endeavors to reach the East Indies by the long voyage down the coast of Africa and across an unknown ocean, Columbus was urging all people who cared, to try the route directly west. If the world was round, as the sun and moon were, and as so many men of learning believed, India or the Indies must be to the west of Portugal. The value of direct trade with the Indies would be enormous. Europe had already acquired a taste for the spices of India and had confidence in the drugs of India. The silks and other articles of clothing made in India, and the carpets of India, were well known and prized. Marco Polo and others had given an impression that there was much gold in India; and the pearls and precious stones of India excited the imagination of all who read his travels.

In the midst of efforts to reach the East Indies by the long journey down the coast of Africa and across an uncharted ocean, Columbus was urging anyone interested to try the route directly west. If the world was round, like the sun and moon, and as many educated people believed, then India or the Indies must be west of Portugal. The potential for direct trade with the Indies would be tremendous. Europe had already developed a taste for Indian spices and trusted Indian medicines. The silks and other clothing made in India, along with Indian carpets, were well known and highly valued. Marco Polo and others had suggested that there was a lot of gold in India, and the pearls and precious stones from India captured the imagination of everyone who read his travels.

The immense value of such a commerce may be estimated from one fact. When, a generation after this time, one ship only of all the squadron of Magellan returned to Cadiz, after the first voyage round the world, she was loaded with spices from the Moluccas. These spices were sold by the Spanish government for so large a sum of money that the king was remunerated for the whole cost of the expedition, and even made a very large profit from a transaction which had cost a great deal in its outfit.

The huge importance of this trade can be seen in one fact. A generation later, when only one ship from Magellan's fleet returned to Cadiz after the first journey around the world, it was packed with spices from the Moluccas. The Spanish government sold these spices for such a high price that the king not only covered the entire cost of the expedition but also earned a significant profit from an undertaking that had been very expensive to equip.

Columbus was able, therefore, to offer mercantile adventurers the promise of great profit in case of success; and at this time kings were willing to take their share of such profits as might accrue.

Columbus was able, therefore, to offer business adventurers the promise of huge profits if they succeeded; and at this time, kings were willing to take their share of any profits that might come in.

The letter of Toscanelli, the Italian geographer, which has been spoken of, was addressed to Alphonso V, the King of Portugal. To him and his successor, John the Second, Columbus explained the probability of success, and each of them, as it would seem, had confidence in it. But King John made the great mistake of intrusting Columbus’s plan to another person for experiment. He was selfish enough, and mean enough, to fit out a ship privately and intrust its command to another seaman, bidding him sail west in search of the Indies, while he pretended that he was on a voyage to the Cape de Verde Islands. He was, in fact, to follow the route indicated by Columbus. The vessel sailed. But, fortunately for the fame of Columbus, she met a terrible storm, and her officers, in terror, turned from the unknown ocean and returned to Lisbon. Columbus himself tells this story. It was in disgust with the bad faith the king showed in this transaction that he left Lisbon to offer his great project to the King and Queen of Spain.

The letter from Toscanelli, the Italian geographer, that has been mentioned, was sent to Alphonso V, the King of Portugal. Columbus explained the likelihood of success to him and his successor, John the Second, and both seemed to believe in it. However, King John made the serious error of handing Columbus’s plan over to someone else to test it out. He was selfish and petty enough to secretly prepare a ship and give its command to another sailor, instructing him to sail west in search of the Indies, while pretending he was on a trip to the Cape Verde Islands. In reality, the plan was to follow the route Columbus suggested. The ship set sail. Luckily for Columbus’s reputation, it encountered a terrible storm, and the crew, in their fear, abandoned the unknown ocean and returned to Lisbon. Columbus himself recounts this story. His frustration with the king's dishonesty during this incident prompted him to leave Lisbon to present his ambitious project to the King and Queen of Spain.

In a similar way, a generation afterward, Magellan, who was in the service of the King of Portugal, was disgusted by insults which he received at his court, and exiled himself to Spain. He offered to the Spanish king his plan for sailing round the world and it was accepted. He sailed in a Spanish fleet, and to his discoveries Spain owes the possession of the Philippine Islands. Twice, therefore, did kings of Portugal lose for themselves, their children and their kingdom, the fame and the recompense which belong to such great discoveries.

In a similar way, a generation later, Magellan, who served the King of Portugal, was offended by the insults he received at court and moved to Spain. He presented his plan to sail around the world to the Spanish king, and it was accepted. He sailed with a Spanish fleet, and thanks to his discoveries, Spain gained control of the Philippine Islands. Thus, twice did the kings of Portugal forfeit the glory and rewards that come with such significant discoveries for themselves, their heirs, and their kingdom.

The wife of Columbus had died and he was without a home. He left Lisbon with his only son, Diego, in or near the end of the year 1484.

The wife of Columbus had died, leaving him without a home. He left Lisbon with his only son, Diego, around the end of 1484.





CHAPTER II. — HIS PLANS FOR DISCOVERY.

COLUMBUS LEAVES LISBON, AND VISITS GENOA—VISITS GREAT SPANISH DUKES—FOR SIX YEARS IS AT THE COURT OF FERDINAND AND ISABELLA—THE COUNCIL OF SALAMANCA—HIS PETITION IS AT LAST GRANTED—SQUADRON MADE READY.

COLUMBUS LEAVES LISBON AND VISITS GENOA—MEETS WITH POWERFUL SPANISH DUKES—SPENDS SIX YEARS AT THE COURT OF FERDINAND AND ISABELLA—THE COUNCIL OF SALAMANCA—HIS REQUEST IS FINALLY APPROVED—FLEET BEING PREPARED.

It has been supposed that when Columbus left Lisbon he was oppressed by debts. At a subsequent period, when King John wanted to recall him, he offered to protect him against any creditors. But on the other hand, it is thought that at this time he visited Genoa, and made some provision for the comfort of his father, who was now an old man. Christopher Columbus, himself, according to the usual opinion regarding his birth, was now almost fifty years old.

It’s believed that when Columbus left Lisbon, he was burdened by debts. Later, when King John wanted to bring him back, he offered to shield him from any creditors. However, it’s also thought that during this time, he visited Genoa to arrange for his elderly father’s comfort. Christopher Columbus, according to the common understanding about his birth, was nearly fifty years old at this point.

It is probable that at this time he urged on his countrymen, the Genoese, the importance of his great plan; and tried to interest them to make the great endeavor, for the purpose of reaching the Indies by a western route. As it proved, the discovery of the route by the Cape of Good Hope was, commercially, a great injury to Genoa and the other maritime cities of Italy. Before this time, the eastern trade of Europe came by the ports of the eastern Mediterranean, and the Italian cities. Columbus’s offer to Genoa was therefore one which, if her statesmen could have foreseen the future, they would have considered eagerly.

It’s likely that at this time he was encouraging his fellow Genoese about the importance of his big plan and trying to get them interested in making the significant effort to reach the Indies by a western route. As it turned out, the discovery of the route around the Cape of Good Hope was a serious setback for Genoa and the other maritime cities of Italy. Before this, the eastern trade of Europe passed through the ports of the eastern Mediterranean and the Italian cities. Columbus’s proposal to Genoa was, therefore, one that her leaders would have eagerly embraced if they could have foreseen the future.

But Genoa was greatly depressed at this period. In her wars with the Turks she had been, on the whole, not successful. She had lost Caffa, her station in the Crimea, and her possessions in the Archipelago were threatened. The government did not accept Columbus’s proposals, and he was obliged to return with them to Spain. He went first to distinguished noblemen, in the South of Spain, who were of liberal and adventurous disposition. One was the Duke of Medina Celi, and one the Duke of Medina Sidonia. Each of these grandees entertained him at their courts, and heard his proposals.

But Genoa was really down during this time. In her wars with the Turks, she hadn’t been very successful overall. She lost Caffa, her outpost in Crimea, and her territories in the Archipelago were under threat. The government wouldn’t accept Columbus’s proposals, so he had to go back to Spain with them. He first approached some notable noblemen in southern Spain who were open-minded and adventurous. One was the Duke of Medina Celi, and the other was the Duke of Medina Sidonia. Each of these noblemen hosted him at their courts and listened to his proposals.

The Duke of Medina Celi was so much interested in them, that at one time he proposed to give Columbus the direction of four vessels which he had in the harbor of Cadiz. But, of a sudden, he changed his mind. The enterprise was so vast, he said, that it should be under the direction of the crown. And, without losing confidence in it, he gave to Columbus an introduction to the king and queen, in which he cordially recommended him to their patronage.

The Duke of Medina Celi was so interested in them that at one point he offered Columbus control of four ships he had in the harbor of Cadiz. But suddenly, he changed his mind. The undertaking was so significant, he said, that it should be managed by the crown. Still believing in it, he introduced Columbus to the king and queen, warmly recommending him for their support.

This king and queen were King Ferdinand of Aragon, and Queen Isabella of Castile. The marriage of these two had united Spain. Their affection for each other made the union real, and the energy, courage and wisdom of both made their reign successful and glorious. Of all its glories the greatest, as it has proved, was connected with the life and discoveries of the sailor who was now to approach them. He had been disloyally treated by Portugal, he had been dismissed by Genoa. He had not succeeded with the great dukes. Now he was to press his adventure upon a king and queen who were engaged in a difficult war with the Moors, who still held a considerable part of the peninsula of Spain.

This king and queen were King Ferdinand of Aragon and Queen Isabella of Castile. Their marriage united Spain. Their love for each other made the union genuine, and the energy, courage, and wisdom of both made their reign successful and glorious. Of all its achievements, the greatest, as it turned out, was connected to the life and discoveries of the sailor who was about to approach them. He had been unfairly treated by Portugal, dismissed by Genoa, and had not succeeded with the great dukes. Now he was going to present his adventure to a king and queen who were engaged in a tough war with the Moors, who still held a significant part of the Spanish peninsula.

The king and queen were residing at Cordova, a rich and beautiful city, which they had taken from the Moors. Under their rule Cordova had been the most important seat of learning in Europe. Here Columbus tarried at the house of Alonso de Quintinilla, who became an ardent convert to his theory, and introduced him to important friends. By their agency, arrangements were made, in which Columbus should present his views to the king. The time was not such as he could have wished. All Cordova was alive with the preparation for a great campaign against the enemy. But King Ferdinand made arrangements to hear Columbus; it does not appear that, at the first hearing, Isabella was present at the interview. But Ferdinand, although in the midst of his military cares, was interested in the proposals made by Columbus. He liked the man. He was pleased by the modesty and dignity with which he brought forward his proposals. Columbus spoke, as he tells us, as one specially appointed by God Himself to carry out this discovery. The king did not, however, at once adopt the scheme, but gave out that a council of men of learning should be called together to consider it.

The king and queen were living in Cordova, a wealthy and beautiful city they had taken from the Moors. Under their leadership, Cordova had become the most important center of learning in Europe. Here, Columbus stayed at the home of Alonso de Quintinilla, who became a passionate supporter of his theory and introduced him to influential friends. Through their efforts, arrangements were made for Columbus to present his ideas to the king. The timing wasn’t ideal, as all of Cordova was buzzing with preparations for a major military campaign against the enemy. However, King Ferdinand arranged to hear Columbus; it seems that Isabella was not present at the first meeting. Despite his military responsibilities, Ferdinand was intrigued by Columbus's proposals. He found the man likable and was impressed by the modesty and dignity with which Columbus presented his ideas. Columbus spoke, as he claims, as if he had been specially chosen by God to make this discovery. The king, however, did not immediately embrace the plan but announced that a council of scholars should be convened to consider it.

Columbus himself says that he entered the service of the sovereigns January 26, 1486. The council to which he was referred was held in the university city of Salamanca, in that year. It gave to him a full opportunity to explain his theory. It consisted of a fair representation of the learning of the time. But most of the men who met had formed their opinions on the subjects involved, and were too old to change them. A part of them were priests of the church, in the habit of looking to sacred Scripture as their only authority, when the pope had given no instruction in detail. Of these some took literally expressions in the Old Testament, which they supposed to be fatal to the plans of Columbus. Such was the phrase in the 104th Psalm, that God stretches out the heavens like a curtain. The expression in the book of Hebrews, that the heavens are extended as a tent, was also quoted, in the same view.

Columbus himself states that he began working for the monarchs on January 26, 1486. The council he was referred to took place in the university city of Salamanca that same year. It provided him a full chance to explain his theory. It included a good representation of the knowledge of the time. However, most of the men present had already formed their opinions on the topics at hand and were too set in their ways to change them. Some of them were priests of the church, who typically relied on sacred Scripture as their only authority unless the pope provided specific guidance. Among them, some took literal interpretations of phrases from the Old Testament, believing they undermined Columbus's plans. This included the line from the 104th Psalm that says God stretches out the heavens like a curtain. The phrase in the book of Hebrews that states the heavens are stretched out like a tent was also referenced in the same context.

Quotations from the early Fathers of the church were more fatal to the new plan than those from the Scripture.

Quotations from the early Church Fathers were more damaging to the new plan than those from the Scriptures.

On the other hand there were men who cordially supported Columbus’s wishes, and there were more when the congress parted than when it met. Its sessions occupied a considerable part of the summer, but it was not for years that it rendered any decision.

On the other hand, there were men who warmly supported Columbus's wishes, and there were even more when the congress ended than when it started. Its sessions took up a significant part of the summer, but it took years before any decisions were made.

The king, queen and court, meanwhile, were occupied in war with the Moors. Columbus was once and again summoned to attend the court, and more than once money was advanced to him to enable him to do so. Once he began new negotiations with King John, and from him he received a letter inviting him to return to Portugal. He received a similar letter from King Henry VII of England inviting him to his court. Nothing was determined on in Spain. To this day, the people of that country are thought to have a habit of postponement to tomorrow of that which perplexes them. In 1489, according to Ortiz de Zuniga, Columbus fought in battle in the king’s army.

The king, queen, and court were busy fighting the Moors. Columbus was repeatedly called to court, and more than once he was given money to help him make the trip. At one point, he started new discussions with King John, who sent him a letter asking him to return to Portugal. He also received a similar letter from King Henry VII of England inviting him to his court. Nothing was settled in Spain. To this day, it's believed that people from that country have a tendency to put off until tomorrow what confuses them. In 1489, according to Ortiz de Zuniga, Columbus fought in battle as part of the king’s army.

When, however, in the winter of 1490, it was announced that the army was to take the field again, never to leave its camp till Grenada had fallen, Columbus felt that he must make one last endeavor. He insisted that he must have an answer regarding his plans of discovery. The confessor of the queen, Fernando da Talavera, was commanded to obtain the definite answer of the men of learning. Alas! it was fatal to Columbus’s hopes. They said that it was not right that great princes should undertake such enterprises on grounds as weak as those which he relied upon.

When, however, in the winter of 1490, it was announced that the army would head out again and not return until Granada had fallen, Columbus felt he had to make one last effort. He insisted that he needed a response regarding his plans for discovery. The queen's confessor, Fernando da Talavera, was instructed to get a definitive answer from the scholars. Unfortunately, this was a blow to Columbus's hopes. They stated that it wasn’t appropriate for great princes to pursue such ventures based on such weak grounds as those he was relying on.

The sovereigns themselves, however, were more favorable; so was a minority of the council of Salamanca. And the confessor was instructed to tell him that their expenses in the war forbade them from sending him out as a discoverer, but that, when that was well over, they had hopes that they might commission him. This was the end of five years of solicitation, in which he had put his trust in princes. Columbus regarded the answer, as well he might, as only a courtly measure of refusal. And he retired in disgust from the court at Seville.

The kings, on the other hand, were more supportive; so was a small group in the council of Salamanca. The confessor was told to inform him that their expenses for the war prevented them from sending him out as an explorer, but that once things settled down, they hoped to give him a commission. This marked the conclusion of five years of trying to gain their favor, during which he had relied on the goodwill of royalty. Columbus saw this response, understandably, as just a polite way to say no. Disheartened, he left the court in Seville.

He determined to lay his plans before the King of France. He was traveling with this purpose, with his son, Diego, now a boy of ten or twelve years of age, when he arrived at night at the hospitable convent of Saint Mary of Rabida, which has been made celebrated by that incident. It is about three miles south of what was then the seaport of Palos, one of the active ports of commercial Spain. The convent stands on level ground high above the sea; but a steep road runs down to the shore of the ocean. Some of its windows and corridors look out upon the ocean on the west and south, and the inmates still show the room in which Columbus used to write, and the inkstand which served his purposes while he lived there. It is maintained as a monument of history by the Spanish government.

He decided to present his plans to the King of France. He was traveling with this aim, accompanied by his son, Diego, who was now around ten or twelve years old, when he arrived at night at the welcoming convent of Saint Mary of Rabida, which is famous because of that event. It is about three miles south of what was then the seaport of Palos, one of the bustling ports of commercial Spain. The convent is situated on flat land elevated above the sea, but a steep path leads down to the ocean shore. Some of its windows and corridors overlook the ocean to the west and south, and the residents still show the room where Columbus used to write, along with the inkstand he used while he lived there. It is preserved as a historical monument by the Spanish government.

At the door of this convent he asked for bread and water for his boy. The prior of the convent was named Juan Perez de Marchena. He was attracted by the appearance of Columbus, still more by his conversation, and invited him to remain as their guest.

At the door of this convent, he asked for bread and water for his son. The prior of the convent was named Juan Perez de Marchena. He was drawn to Columbus's appearance, even more so by his conversation, and invited him to stay as their guest.

When he learned that his new friend was about to offer to France the advantages of a discovery so great as that proposed, he begged him to make one effort more at home. He sent for some friends, Fernandos, a physician at Palos, and for the brothers Pinzon, who now appear for the first time in a story where their part is distinguished. Together they all persuaded Columbus to send one messenger more to wait upon their sovereigns. The man sent was Rodriguez, a pilot of Lepe, who found access to the queen because Juan Perez, the prior, had formerly been her confessor. She had confidence in him, as she had, indeed, in Columbus. And in fourteen days the friendly pilot came back from Santa Fe with a kind letter from the queen to her friend, bidding him return at once to court. Perez de Marchena saddled his mule at once and before midnight was on his way to see his royal mistress.

When he found out that his new friend was about to present France with the benefits of such a significant discovery, he urged him to make one more effort back home. He gathered some friends, including Fernandos, a doctor from Palos, and the Pinzon brothers, who are introduced here for the first time in a story where they play an important role. Together, they convinced Columbus to send one more messenger to their rulers. The messenger chosen was Rodriguez, a pilot from Lepe, who managed to see the queen because Juan Perez, the prior, had previously been her confessor. She trusted him, just as she did Columbus. Within fourteen days, the helpful pilot returned from Santa Fe with a kind letter from the queen to her friend, asking him to come back to the court immediately. Perez de Marchena quickly saddled his mule and set off before midnight to see his royal mistress.

Santa Fe was half camp, half city. It had been built in what is called the Vega, the great fruitful plain which extends for many miles to the westward of Grenada. The court and army were here as they pressed their attack on that city. Perez de Marchena had ready access to Queen Isabella, and pressed his suit well. He was supported by one of her favorites, the Marquesa de Moya. In reply to their solicitations, she asked that Columbus should return to her, and ordered that twenty thousand maravedis should be sent to him for his traveling expenses.

Santa Fe was part camp, part city. It was built in what is known as the Vega, the vast fertile plain that stretches many miles west of Grenada. The court and army were present here as they continued their assault on that city. Perez de Marchena had direct access to Queen Isabella and made his case effectively. He was backed by one of her favorites, the Marquesa de Moya. In response to their requests, she asked that Columbus return to her and ordered that twenty thousand maravedis be sent to him for his travel expenses.

This sum was immediately sent by Perez to his friend. Columbus bought a mule, exchanged his worn clothes for better ones, and started, as he was bidden, for the camp.

This money was immediately sent by Perez to his friend. Columbus bought a mule, traded his old clothes for nicer ones, and set out, as he was instructed, for the camp.

He arrived there just after the great victory, by which the king and queen had obtained their wish—had taken the noble city of Grenada and ended Moorish rule in Spain. King, queen, court and army were preparing to enter the Alhambra in triumph. Whoever tries to imagine the scene, in which the great procession entered through the gates, so long sealed, or of the moment when the royal banner of Spain was first flying out upon the Tower of the Vela, must remember that Columbus, elate, at last, with hopes for his own great discovery, saw the triumph and joined in the display.

He arrived there right after the big victory, when the king and queen had achieved their goal—capturing the noble city of Granada and ending Moorish rule in Spain. The king, queen, court, and army were getting ready to enter the Alhambra in celebration. Anyone trying to picture the scene, as the grand procession passed through the long-sealed gates, or the moment when the royal flag of Spain first waved atop the Tower of the Vela, must remember that Columbus, filled with excitement and hopes for his own discovery, witnessed the triumph and joined in the celebration.

But his success was not immediate, even now. Fernando de Talavera, who had had the direction of the wise council of Salamanca, was now Archbishop of Grenada, whose see had been conferred on him after the victory. He was not the friend of Columbus. And when, at what seemed the final interview with king and queen, he heard Columbus claim the right to one-tenth of all the profits of the enterprise, he protested against such lavish recompense of an adventurer. He was now the confessor of Isabella, as Juan Perez, the friendly prior, had been before. Columbus, however, was proud and firm. He would not yield to the terms prepared by the archbishop. He preferred to break off the negotiation, and again retired from court. He determined, as he had before, to lay his plans before the King of France.

But his success didn’t come right away, even now. Fernando de Talavera, who had led the learned council of Salamanca, was now the Archbishop of Granada, a position given to him after the victory. He was not a supporter of Columbus. And when, during what seemed like the final meeting with the king and queen, he heard Columbus demand one-tenth of all the profits from the venture, he opposed such a generous reward for an adventurer. He was now the confessor for Isabella, just like Juan Perez, the friendly prior, had been before. However, Columbus was proud and resolute. He wouldn’t agree to the terms set by the archbishop. He chose to walk away from the negotiations and left the court again. He decided, as he had before, to present his plans to the King of France.

Spain would have lost the honor and the reward of the great discovery, as Portugal and Genoa had lost them, but for Luis de St. Angel, and the queen herself. St. Angel had been the friend of Columbus. He was an important officer, the treasurer of the church revenues of Aragon. He now insisted upon an audience from the queen. It would seem that Ferdinand, though King of Aragon, was not present. St. Angel spoke eloquently. The friendly Marchioness of Moya spoke eagerly and persuasively. Isabella was at last fired with zeal. Columbus should go, and the enterprise should be hers.

Spain would have lost the honor and reward of the great discovery, just like Portugal and Genoa had, if it weren't for Luis de St. Angel and the queen herself. St. Angel was a close friend of Columbus. He held a significant position as the treasurer of the church revenues of Aragon. He insisted on meeting with the queen. It seems that Ferdinand, even though he was the King of Aragon, wasn't there. St. Angel spoke passionately. The supportive Marchioness of Moya spoke eagerly and convincingly. Eventually, Isabella became inspired. Columbus would go, and the venture would be hers.

It is here that the incident belongs, represented in the statue by Mr. Mead, and that of Miss Hosmer. The sum required for the discovery of a world was only three thousand crowns. Two vessels were all that Columbus asked for, with the pay of their crews. But where were three thousand crowns? The treasury was empty, and the king was now averse to any action. It was at this moment that Isabella said, “The enterprise is mine, for the Crown of Castile. I pledge my jewels for the funds.”

It is here that the incident fits, shown in the statue of Mr. Mead and Miss Hosmer. The amount needed to explore a new world was just three thousand crowns. Columbus only requested two ships and the payment for their crews. But where could he find three thousand crowns? The treasury was empty, and the king was reluctant to take any action. It was at this point that Isabella declared, “The mission is mine, on behalf of the Crown of Castile. I will pledge my jewels for the funding.”

The funds were in fact advanced by St. Angel, from the ecclesiastical revenues under his control. They were repaid from the gold brought in the first voyage. But, always afterward, Isabella regarded the Indies as a Castilian possession. The most important officers in its administration, indeed most of the emigrants, were always from Castile.

The funds were actually provided by St. Angel, using the church revenues he managed. They were paid back with the gold brought in from the first voyage. However, from that point on, Isabella saw the Indies as a Castilian territory. The key officials in its administration, and most of the immigrants, were always from Castile.

Columbus, meanwhile, was on his way back to Palos, on his mule, alone. But at a bridge, still pointed out, a royal courier overtook him, bidding him return. The spot has been made the scene of more than one picture, which represents the crisis, in which the despair of one moment changed to the glad hope which was to lead to certainty.

Columbus, meanwhile, was riding back to Palos on his mule, all alone. But at a bridge, still referenced today, a royal courier caught up with him and told him to come back. This spot has inspired more than one painting, capturing the moment where despair turned into the joyful hope that would eventually lead to certainty.

He returned to Isabella for the last time, before that great return in which he came as a conqueror, to display to her the riches of the New World. The king yielded a slow and doubtful assent. Isabella took the enterprise in her own hands. She and Columbus agreed at once, and articles were drawn up which gave him the place of admiral for life on all lands he might discover; gave him one-tenth of all pearls, precious stones, gold, silver, spices and other merchandise to be obtained in his admiralty, and gave him the right to nominate three candidates from whom the governor of each province should be selected by the crown. He was to be the judge of all disputes arising from such traffic as was proposed; and he was to have one-eighth part of the profit, and bear one-eighth part of the cost of it.

He went back to Isabella for the last time, before that big return when he came as a conqueror, ready to show her the treasures of the New World. The king reluctantly agreed. Isabella took charge of the venture. She and Columbus immediately reached an agreement, and they drafted articles that appointed him as admiral for life over any lands he might discover; he would receive one-tenth of all pearls, precious stones, gold, silver, spices, and other goods gathered in his admiralty, and he would have the right to nominate three candidates from whom the crown would choose the governor of each province. He would serve as the judge in all disputes arising from the proposed trade and would be entitled to one-eighth of the profits while also bearing one-eighth of the costs.

With this glad news he returned at once to Palos. The Pinzons, who had been such loyal friends, were to take part in the enterprise. He carried with him a royal order, commanding the people of Palos to fit out two caravels within ten days, and to place them and their crews at the disposal of Columbus. The third vessel proposed was to be fitted out by him and his friends. The crews were to be paid four months’ wages in advance, and Columbus was to have full command, to do what he chose, if he did not interfere with the Portuguese discoveries.

With this exciting news, he headed straight back to Palos. The Pinzons, who had been such loyal friends, would join in on the venture. He brought with him a royal order, instructing the people of Palos to get two caravels ready within ten days and to make them and their crews available to Columbus. The third ship was to be prepared by him and his friends. The crews would be paid four months' wages in advance, and Columbus would have full authority to do as he pleased, as long as he didn't interfere with Portuguese explorations.

On the 23rd of May, Columbus went to the church of San Giorgio in Palos, with his friend, the prior of St. Mary’s convent, and other important people, and the royal order was read with great solemnity:

On May 23rd, Columbus went to the church of San Giorgio in Palos, with his friend, the prior of St. Mary’s convent, along with other important people, and the royal order was read with great formality:

But it excited at first only indignation or dismay. The expedition was most unpopular. Sailors refused to enlist, and the authorities, who had already offended the crown, so that they had to furnish these vessels, as it were, as a fine, refused to do what they were bidden. Other orders from Court were necessary. But it seems to have been the courage and determination of the Pinzons which carried the preparations through. After weeks had been lost, Martin Alonso Pinzon and his brothers said they would go in person on the expedition. They were well-known merchants and seamen, and were much respected. Sailors were impressed, by the royal authority, and the needful stores were taken in the same way. It seems now strange that so much difficulty should have surrounded an expedition in itself so small. But the plan met then all the superstition, terror and other prejudice of the time.

But at first, it only stirred up anger or shock. The expedition was very unpopular. Sailors wouldn’t sign up, and the authorities, who had already upset the crown and had to provide these ships as a kind of fine, refused to do what they were ordered. Other orders from the Court were needed. However, it seems that the bravery and determination of the Pinzón brothers made the preparations happen. After weeks were wasted, Martín Alonso Pinzón and his brothers offered to join the expedition themselves. They were well-known merchants and sailors, and they were highly respected. Sailors were conscripted by royal authority, and the necessary supplies were gathered in the same way. It now seems odd that so much trouble surrounded such a relatively small expedition. But the plan faced all the superstitions, fears, and other biases of the time.

All that Columbus asked or needed was three small vessels and their stores and crews. The largest ships engaged were little larger than the large yachts, whose races every summer delight the people of America. The Gallega and the Pinta were the two largest. They were called caravels, a name then given to the smallest three-masted vessels. Columbus once uses it for a vessel of forty tons; but it generally applied in Portuguese or Spanish use to a vessel, ranging one hundred and twenty to one hundred and forty Spanish “toneles.” This word represents a capacity about one-tenth larger than that expressed by our English “ton.”

All Columbus needed were three small ships along with their supplies and crews. The biggest ships involved were just a bit larger than the big yachts that thrill crowds in America every summer. The Gallega and the Pinta were the two largest. They were known as caravels, which referred to the smallest three-masted ships at that time. Columbus once referred to a vessel that weighed forty tons as a caravel; however, it typically referred to a ship in Portuguese or Spanish that ranged from one hundred twenty to one hundred forty Spanish “toneles.” This term indicates a capacity that's about ten percent larger than what we mean by an English “ton.”

The reader should remember that most of the commerce of the time was the coasting commerce of the Mediterranean, and that it was not well that the ships should draw much water. The fleet of Columbus, as it sailed, consisted of the Gallega (the Galician), of which he changed the name to the Santa Maria, and of the Pinta and the Nina. Of these the first two were of a tonnage which we should rate as about one hundred and thirty tons. The Nina was much smaller, not more than fifty tons. One writer says that they were all without full decks, that is, that such decks as they had did not extend from stem to stern. But the other authorities speak as if the Nina only was an open vessel, and the two larger were decked. Columbus himself took command of the Santa Maria, Martin Alonso Pinzon of the Pinta, and his brothers, Francis Martin and Vicente Yanez, of the Nina. The whole company in all three ships numbered one hundred and twenty men.

The reader should remember that most commerce at the time was along the coasts of the Mediterranean, and it was important for the ships to not draw too much water. Columbus's fleet consisted of the Gallega (which he renamed the Santa Maria), the Pinta, and the Nina. The first two were about one hundred and thirty tons each, while the Nina was much smaller, around fifty tons. One writer mentions that none of them had complete decks, meaning the decks they did have didn't cover the entire length of the ship. However, other sources suggest that only the Nina was an open vessel, and the two larger ships had decks. Columbus was in command of the Santa Maria, Martin Alonso Pinzon captained the Pinta, and his brothers, Francis Martin and Vicente Yanez, were in charge of the Nina. The total crew across all three ships numbered one hundred and twenty men.

Mr. Harrisse shows that the expense to the crown amounted to 1,140,000 maravedis. This, as he counts it, is about sixty-four thousand dollars of our money. To this Columbus was to add one-eighth of the cost. His friends, the Pinzons, seem to have advanced this, and to have been afterwards repaid. Las Casas and Herrera both say that the sum thus added was much more than one-eighth of the cost and amounted to half a million maravedis.

Mr. Harrisse shows that the expense to the crown was 1,140,000 maravedis. This, according to his calculations, is about sixty-four thousand dollars in today's money. Columbus was supposed to cover one-eighth of this cost. His friends, the Pinzons, seem to have covered this amount initially and were later reimbursed. Both Las Casas and Herrera state that the amount added was actually much more than one-eighth of the cost, reaching half a million maravedis.





CHAPTER III. — THE GREAT VOYAGE.

THE SQUADRON SAILS—REFITS AT CANARY ISLANDS—HOPES AND FEARS OF THE VOYAGE—THE DOUBTS OF THE CREW—LAND DISCOVERED.

THE SQUADRON SETS SAIL—REFITS IN THE CANARY ISLANDS—HOPES AND FEARS ABOUT THE VOYAGE—THE CREW’S DOUBTS—LAND SPOTTED.

At last all was ready. That is to say, the fleet was so far ready that Columbus was ready to start. The vessels were small, as we think of vessels, but he was not dissatisfied. He says in the beginning of his journal, “I armed three vessels very fit for such an enterprise.” He had left Grenada as late as the twelfth of May. He had crossed Spain to Palos,(*) and in less than three months had fitted out the ships and was ready for sea.

At last, everything was set. The fleet was ready enough for Columbus to start. The ships were small by today’s standards, but he was satisfied. He wrote at the beginning of his journal, “I armed three vessels very fit for such an enterprise.” He had left Grenada as late as May 12. He crossed Spain to Palos,(*) and in less than three months had prepared the ships and was ready to set sail.

     (*) Palos is now so insignificant a place that on some
     important maps of Spain it will not be found. It is on the
     east side of the Tinto river; and Huelva, on the west side,
     has taken its place.
     (*) Palos is now such an insignificant place that some important maps of Spain don't even show it. It's located on the east side of the Tinto River, while Huelva, on the west side, has taken its place.

The harbor of Palos is now ruined. Mud and gravel, brought down by the River Tinto, have filled up the bay, so that even small boats cannot approach the shore. The traveler finds, however, the island of Saltes, quite outside the bay, much as Columbus left it. It is a small spit of sand, covered with shells and with a few seashore herbs. His own account of the great voyage begins with the words:

The harbor of Palos is now a wreck. Mud and gravel from the River Tinto have clogged up the bay, making it impossible for even small boats to reach the shore. However, a traveler can still find the island of Saltes, just outside the bay, just as Columbus left it. It’s a small stretch of sand, scattered with shells and a few coastal plants. His own account of the great voyage begins with the words:

“Friday, August 3, 1492. Set sail from the bar of Saltes at 8 o’clock, and proceeded with a strong breeze till sunset sixty miles, or fifteen leagues south, afterward southwest and south by west, which is in the direction of the Canaries.”

“Friday, August 3, 1492. We set sail from the Saltes bar at 8 o’clock and traveled with a strong breeze until sunset, covering sixty miles, or fifteen leagues, south, and then southwest and south by west, heading toward the Canaries.”

It appears, therefore, that the great voyage, the most important and successful ever made, began on Friday, the day which is said to be so much disliked by sailors. Columbus never alludes to this superstition.

It seems that the incredible journey, the most significant and successful one ever undertaken, started on Friday, a day that sailors are said to dislike. Columbus never mentions this superstition.

He had always meant to sail first for the Canaries, which were the most western land then known in the latitude of his voyage. From Lisbon to the famous city of “Quisay,” or “Quinsay,” in Asia, Toscanelli, his learned correspondent, supposed the distance to be less than one thousand leagues westward. From the Canary islands, on that supposition, the distance would be ten degrees less. The distance to Cipango, or Japan, would be much less.

He always planned to first sail to the Canaries, which were the most western land known at the latitude of his journey. Toscanelli, his educated correspondent, believed the distance from Lisbon to the famous city of “Quisay” or “Quinsay” in Asia was less than one thousand leagues to the west. Based on that assumption, the distance from the Canary Islands would be ten degrees shorter. The distance to Cipango, or Japan, would be even less.

As it proved, the squadron had to make some stay at the Canaries. The rudder of the Pinta was disabled, and she proved leaky. It was suspected that the owners, from whom she had been forcibly taken, had intentionally disabled her, or that possibly the crew had injured her. But Columbus says in his journal that Martin Alonso Pinzon, captain of the Pinta, was a man of capacity and courage, and that this quieted his apprehensions. From the ninth of August to the second of September, nearly four weeks were spent by the Pinta and her crew at the Grand Canary island, and she was repaired. She proved afterwards a serviceable vessel, the fastest of the fleet. At the Canaries they heard stories of lands seen to the westward, to which Columbus refers in his journal. On the sixth of September they sailed from Gomera and on the eighth they lost sight of land. Nor did they see land again for thirty-three days. Such was the length of the great voyage. All the time, most naturally, they were wishing for signs, not of land perhaps, but which might show whether this great ocean were really different from other seas. On the whole the voyage was not a dangerous one.

As it turned out, the squadron had to stay a while in the Canaries. The rudder of the Pinta was damaged, and it was leaking. There were suspicions that the owners, from whom it had been forcibly taken, had purposely disabled it, or that perhaps the crew had caused the damage. However, Columbus notes in his journal that Martin Alonso Pinzon, the captain of the Pinta, was a capable and brave man, which eased his worries. From August 9 to September 2, the Pinta and her crew spent nearly four weeks at Grand Canary Island, where she was repaired. She later proved to be a reliable vessel and the fastest in the fleet. While in the Canaries, they heard stories about lands seen to the west, which Columbus mentions in his journal. On September 6, they set sail from Gomera, and by the eighth, they had lost sight of land. They wouldn’t see land again for thirty-three days. That’s how long the great voyage lasted. All the while, they were naturally hoping for signs—not of land perhaps, but of whether this vast ocean was actually different from other seas. Overall, the voyage was not particularly dangerous.

According to the Admiral’s reckoning—and in his own journal Columbus always calls himself the Admiral—its length was one thousand and eighty-nine leagues. This was not far from right, the real distance being, in a direct line, three thousand one hundred and forty nautical miles, or three thousand six hundred and twenty statute miles.(*) It would not be considered a very long voyage for small vessels now. In general the course was west. Sometimes, for special reasons, they sailed south of west. If they had sailed precisely west they would have struck the shore of the United States a little north of the spot where St. Augustine now is, about the northern line of Florida.

According to the Admiral’s calculations—and in his own journal, Columbus always refers to himself as the Admiral—the distance was one thousand and eighty-nine leagues. This was pretty close, as the actual distance was, in a straight line, three thousand one hundred and forty nautical miles, or three thousand six hundred and twenty statute miles. Today, that wouldn't be considered a very long trip for small boats. Overall, the route was westward. Occasionally, for specific reasons, they sailed slightly south of west. If they had sailed directly west, they would have hit the shore of the United States just north of where St. Augustine is now, around the northern line of Florida.

     (*) The computations from Santa Cruz, in the Canaries, to
     San Salvador give this result, as kindly made for us by
     Lieutenant Mozer, of the United States navy.
     (*) The calculations from Santa Cruz in the Canary Islands to San Salvador provide this result, as kindly prepared for us by Lieutenant Mozer of the U.S. Navy.

Had the coast of Asia been, indeed, as near as Toscanelli and Columbus supposed, this latitude of the Canary islands would have been quite near the mouth of the Yang-tse-Kiang river, in China, which was what Columbus was seeking. For nearly a generation afterwards he and his followers supposed that the coast of that region was what they had found.

Had the coast of Asia actually been as close as Toscanelli and Columbus thought, this latitude of the Canary Islands would have been pretty close to the mouth of the Yangtze River in China, which is what Columbus was looking for. For almost a generation afterward, he and his followers believed that the coast of that region was what they had discovered.

It was on Saturday, the eighth of September, that they lost sight of Teneriffe. On the eleventh they saw a large piece of the mast of a ship afloat. On the fourteenth they saw a “tropic-bird,” which the sailors thought was never seen more than twenty-five leagues from land; but it must be remembered, that, outside of the Mediterranean, few of the sailors had ever been farther themselves. On the sixteenth they began to meet “large patches of weeds, very green, which appeared to have been recently washed away from land.” This was their first knowledge of the “Sargasso sea,” a curious tract in mid-Atlantic which is always green with floating seaweeds. “The continent we shall find farther on,” wrote the confident Admiral.

It was Saturday, September 8th, when they lost sight of Teneriffe. On the 11th, they spotted a large piece of a ship's mast floating in the water. By the 14th, they had seen a “tropic-bird,” which the sailors believed was never seen more than about twenty-five leagues from land. However, it should be noted that outside the Mediterranean, few of the sailors had ventured much farther themselves. On the 16th, they started encountering “large patches of very green weeds, which seemed to have been recently washed away from land.” This was their first experience of the “Sargasso Sea,” a curious area in the mid-Atlantic that is always covered with floating seaweed. “The continent we will find further on,” wrote the confident Admiral.

An observation of the sun on the seventeenth proved what had been suspected before, that the needles of the compasses were not pointing precisely to the north. The variation of the needle, since that time, has been a recognized fact. But this observation at so critical a time first disclosed it. The crew were naturally alarmed. Here was evidence that, in the great ocean, common laws were not to be relied upon. But they had great respect for Columbus’s knowledge of such subjects. He told them that it was not the north which had changed, nor the needle, which was true to the north, but the polar star revolved, like other stars, and for the time they were satisfied.

An observation of the sun on the seventeenth confirmed what had been suspected before: the compass needles were not pointing directly north. Since then, the variation of the needle has been a recognized fact. However, this observation at such a critical moment was the first to reveal it. The crew was understandably worried. This showed that in the vast ocean, common laws couldn't be counted on. Yet, they had great faith in Columbus’s expertise in these matters. He explained that it wasn't the north that had changed, nor the needle, which was still true to north, but that the North Star, like other stars, had shifted. For the moment, they were reassured.

The same day they saw weeds which he was sure were land weeds. From them he took a living crab, whose unintentional voyage eastward was a great encouragement to the bolder adventurer westward. Columbus kept the crab, saying that such were never found eighty leagues from land. In fact this poor crab was at least nine hundred and seventy leagues from the Bahamas, as this same journal proves. On the eighteenth the Pinta ran ahead of the other vessels, Martin Alonso was so sure that he should reach land that night. But it was not to come so soon.

The same day, they spotted weeds that he was convinced were coastal weeds. From them, he caught a living crab, which unintentionally made its way eastward, providing great motivation for the more daring adventurer heading west. Columbus kept the crab, stating that such creatures were never found eighty leagues from shore. In reality, this poor crab was at least nine hundred and seventy leagues from the Bahamas, as this same journal confirms. On the eighteenth, the Pinta sped ahead of the other ships; Martin Alonso was so confident he would reach land that night. But it didn't happen that quickly.

Columbus every day announced to his crew a less distance as the result of the day than they had really sailed. For he was afraid of their distrust, and did not dare let them know how far they were from home. The private journal, therefore, has such entries as this, “Sailed more than fifty-five leagues, wrote down only forty-eight.” That is, he wrote on the daily log, which was open to inspection, a distance some leagues less than they had really made.

Columbus told his crew each day that they had traveled a shorter distance than they actually had. He was worried about their growing distrust and didn't want them to know how far they were from home. His private journal has entries like this: “Sailed more than fifty-five leagues, wrote down only forty-eight.” In other words, he recorded a distance in the daily log, which anyone could check, that was several leagues less than they had really covered.

On the twentieth pelicans are spoken of, on the twenty-first “such abundance of weeds that the ocean seemed covered with them,” “the sea smooth as a river, and the finest air in the world. Saw a whale, an indication of land, as they always keep near the coast.” To later times, this note, also, shows how ignorant Columbus then was of mid-ocean.

On the twentieth, people talked about pelicans, and on the twenty-first, they mentioned “so many weeds that the ocean looked like it was covered with them,” “the sea was smooth like a river, and the air was the best in the world.” They spotted a whale, which is a sign of land since they always stay close to the coast.” This note later shows how little Columbus knew about the middle of the ocean at that time.

On the twenty-second, to the Admiral’s relief, there was a head wind; for the crew began to think that with perpetual east winds they would never return to Spain. They had been in what are known as the trade winds. On the twenty-third the smoother water gave place to a rough sea, and he writes that this “was favorable to me, as it happened formerly to Moses when he led the Jews from Egypt.”

On the twenty-second, much to the Admiral’s relief, there was a headwind; the crew was starting to believe that with constant east winds, they would never make it back to Spain. They had been in what are called the trade winds. On the twenty-third, the calm water turned into a rough sea, and he wrote that this “was favorable to me, just like it was for Moses when he led the Jews out of Egypt.”

The next day, thanks to the headwinds, their progress was less. On the twenty-fifth, Pinzon, of the Pinta, felt sure that they were near the outer islands of Asia as they appeared on the Toscanelli map, and at sunset called out with joy that he saw land, claiming a reward for such news. The crews of both vessels sang “Glory to God in the highest,” and the crew of the little Nina were sure that the bank was land. On this occasion they changed from a western course to the southwest. But alas! the land was a fog-bank and the reward never came to Martin Pinzon. On the twenty-sixth, again “the sea was like a river.” This was Wednesday. In three days they sailed sixty-nine leagues. Saturday was calm. They saw a bird called “‘Rabihorcado,’ which never alights at sea, nor goes twenty leagues from land,” wrote the confident Columbus; “Nothing is wanting but the singing of the nightingale,” he says.

The next day, thanks to the headwinds, their progress was slower. On the twenty-fifth, Pinzon from the Pinta felt sure they were close to the outer islands of Asia as shown on the Toscanelli map, and at sunset he joyfully shouted that he saw land, claiming a reward for such news. The crews of both ships sang “Glory to God in the highest,” and the crew of the little Nina believed the bank was land. On this occasion, they changed their course from west to southwest. But unfortunately, the land turned out to be a fog bank, and the reward never came to Martin Pinzon. On the twenty-sixth, again “the sea was like a river.” This was Wednesday. In three days, they sailed sixty-nine leagues. Saturday was calm. They saw a bird called “‘Rabihorcado,’ which never lands at sea and doesn’t go more than twenty leagues from land,” wrote the confident Columbus; “Nothing is missing but the singing of the nightingale,” he said.

Sunday, the thirtieth, brought “tropic-birds” again, “a very clear sign of land.” Monday the journal shows them seven hundred and seven leagues from Ferro. Tuesday a white gull was the only visitor. Wednesday they had pardelas and great quantities of seaweed. Columbus began to be sure that they had passed “the islands” and were nearing the continent of Asia. Thursday they had a flock of pardelas, two pelicans, a rabihorcado and a gull. Friday, the fifth of October, brought pardelas and flying-fishes.

Sunday, the thirtieth, brought “tropic-birds” again, “a very clear sign of land.” Monday the journal shows them seven hundred and seven leagues from Ferro. Tuesday a white gull was the only visitor. Wednesday they had pardelas and a lot of seaweed. Columbus started to feel confident that they had passed “the islands” and were getting close to the continent of Asia. Thursday they had a group of pardelas, two pelicans, a rabihorcado, and a gull. Friday, October fifth, brought pardelas and flying-fish.

We have copied these simple intimations from the journal to show how constantly Columbus supposed that he was near the coast of Asia. On the sixth of October Pinzon asked that the course might be changed to the southwest. But Columbus held on. On the seventh the Nina was ahead, and fired a gun and hoisted her flag in token that she saw land. But again they were disappointed. Columbus gave directions to keep close order at sunrise and sunset. The next day he did change the course to west southwest, following flights of birds from the north which went in that direction. On the eighth “the sea was like the river at Seville,” the weeds were very few and they took land birds on board the ships. On the ninth they sailed southwest five leagues, and then with a change of wind went west by north. All night they heard the birds of passage passing.

We’ve taken these simple notes from the journal to show how often Columbus thought he was close to the coast of Asia. On October sixth, Pinzon suggested changing the course to the southwest. But Columbus insisted on staying the course. On the seventh, the Nina was in front and fired a gun and raised her flag to signify that she spotted land. But once again, they were disappointed. Columbus instructed to keep close formation at sunrise and sunset. The next day, he changed the course to west-southwest, following flocks of birds from the north heading in that direction. On the eighth, “the sea was like the river at Seville,” there were very few weeds, and they brought land birds aboard the ships. On the ninth, they sailed southwest for five leagues, and then, with a change of wind, went west by north. All night, they heard migratory birds passing by.

On the tenth of October the men made remonstrance, which has been exaggerated in history into a revolt. It is said, in books of authority, that Columbus begged them to sail west only three days more. But in the private journal of the tenth he says simply: “The seamen complained of the length of the voyage. They did not wish to go any farther. The Admiral did his best to renew their courage, and reminded them of the profits which would come to them. He added, boldly, that no complaints would change his purpose, that he had set out to go to the Indies, and that with the Lord’s assistance he should keep on until he came there.” This is the only passage in the journal which has any resemblance to the account of the mutiny.

On October 10th, the crew voiced their concerns, which has been blown out of proportion in history to be seen as a revolt. Authoritative sources say that Columbus pleaded with them to sail west for just three more days. However, his private journal from that day simply states: “The sailors complained about the length of the trip. They didn’t want to go any further. The Admiral did his best to boost their spirits and reminded them of the profits that would come their way. He boldly added that no complaints would change his mind, that he had set out for the Indies, and with God’s help, he would continue until he got there.” This is the only part of the journal that resembles the story of the mutiny.

If it happened, as Oviedo says, three days before the discovery, it would have been on the eighth of October. On that day the entry is, “Steered west southwest, and sailed day and night eleven or twelve leagues—at times, during the night, fifteen miles an hour—if the log can be relied upon. Found the sea like the river at Seville, thanks to God. The air was as soft as that of Seville in April, and so fragrant that it was delicious to breathe it. The weeds appeared very fresh. Many land birds, one of which they took, flying towards the southwest, also grajaos, ducks and a pelican were seen.”

If it happened, as Oviedo says, three days before the discovery, it would have been on October 8th. On that day, the entry states, “Steered west-southwest and sailed day and night for eleven or twelve leagues—at times, during the night, up to fifteen miles an hour—if the log can be trusted. The sea was like the river in Seville, thank God. The air was as gentle as it is in Seville in April, and so fragrant that it was a pleasure to breathe. The weeds looked very fresh. Many land birds were seen, including one that they caught, flying toward the southwest, along with crows, ducks, and a pelican.”

This is not the account of a mutiny. And the discovery of Columbus’s own journal makes that certain, which was probable before, that the romantic account of the despair of the crews was embroidered on the narrative after the event, and by people who wanted to improve the story. It was, perhaps, borrowed from a story of Diaz’s voyage. We have followed the daily record to show how constantly they supposed, on the other hand, that they were always nearing land.

This isn't a story about a mutiny. The discovery of Columbus's own journal confirms what was already likely: that the dramatic retelling of the crews' despair was embellished after the fact, likely by people who wanted to make the story more appealing. It may have even been influenced by Diaz's voyage. We’ve examined the daily records to demonstrate how consistently they believed they were getting closer to land.

With the eleventh of October, came certainty. The eleventh is sometimes spoken of as the day of discovery, and sometimes the twelfth, when they landed on the first island of the new world.

With October 11th came certainty. The eleventh is sometimes referred to as the day of discovery, and sometimes the twelfth, when they landed on the first island of the new world.

The whole original record of the discovery is this: “Oct. 11, course to west and southwest. Heavier sea than they had known, pardelas and a green branch near the caravel of the Admiral. From the Pinta they see a branch of a tree, a stake and a smaller stake, which they draw in, and which appears to have been cut with iron, and a piece of cane. Besides these, there is a land shrub and a little bit of board. The crew of the Nina saw other signs of land and a branch covered with thorns and flowers. With these tokens every-one breathes again and is delighted. They sail twenty-seven leagues on this course.

The entire original record of the discovery is this: “Oct. 11, heading west and southwest. The sea was rougher than they had ever experienced, with seabirds and a green branch near the Admiral's caravel. From the Pinta, they spotted a branch of a tree, a stake and a smaller stake, which they pulled in; it looked like it had been cut with iron, along with a piece of cane. Additionally, there was a land shrub and a small piece of board. The crew of the Nina saw other signs of land, including a branch covered in thorns and flowers. With these signs, everyone breathes a sigh of relief and feels excited. They sail twenty-seven leagues in this direction."

“The Admiral orders that they shall resume a westerly course at sunset. They make twelve miles each hour; up till two hours after midnight they made ninety miles.

“The Admiral orders that they should resume a westerly course at sunset. They travel twelve miles each hour; until two hours after midnight, they covered ninety miles.

“The Pinta, the best sailer of the three, was ahead. She makes signals, already agreed upon, that she has discovered land. A sailor named Rodrigo de Triana was the first to see this land. For the Admiral being on the castle of the poop of the ship at ten at night really saw a light, but it was so shut in by darkness that he did not like to say that it was a sign of land. Still he called up Pedro Gutierrez, the king’s chamberlain, and said to him that there seemed to be a light, and asked him to look. He did so and saw it. He said the same to Rodrigo Sanchez of Segovia, who had been sent by the king and queen as inspector in the fleet, but he saw nothing, being indeed in a place where he could see nothing.

“The Pinta, the fastest ship of the three, was in the lead. She signaled, as previously agreed, that she had found land. A sailor named Rodrigo de Triana was the first to spot this land. The Admiral, standing on the ship's poop deck at ten at night, thought he saw a light, but it was so surrounded by darkness that he hesitated to say it was a sign of land. Still, he called over Pedro Gutierrez, the king’s chamberlain, and told him that there seemed to be a light, asking him to take a look. Gutierrez did so and confirmed he saw it. He also reported this to Rodrigo Sanchez of Segovia, who had been sent by the king and queen as an inspector for the fleet, but he saw nothing since he was in a position where he could see nothing at all.”

“After the Admiral spoke of it, the light was seen once or twice. It was like a wax candle, raised and lowered, which would appear to few to be a sign of land. But the Admiral was certain that it was a sign of land. Therefore when they said the ‘Salve,’ which all the sailors are used to say and sing in their fashion, the Admiral ordered them to look out well from the forecastle, and he would give at once a silk jacket to the man who first saw land, besides the other rewards which the sovereigns had ordered, which were 10,000 maravedis, to be paid as an annuity forever to the man who saw it first.

“After the Admiral mentioned it, the light was seen once or twice. It looked like a wax candle, moving up and down, which few would take as a sign of land. But the Admiral was convinced it was a sign of land. So when they sang the ‘Salve,’ which all the sailors are used to saying and singing in their own way, the Admiral told them to keep a close lookout from the forecastle, and he would immediately give a silk jacket to the first person who spotted land, along with the other rewards that the monarchs had ordered, which were 10,000 maravedis, to be paid as an annuity forever to the individual who saw it first.”

“At two hours after midnight land appeared, from which they were about two leagues off.”

“At two hours past midnight, land came into view, and they were about two leagues away from it.”

This is the one account of the discovery written at the time. It is worth copying and reading at full in its little details, for it contrasts curiously with the embellished accounts which appear in the next generation. Thus the historian Oviedo says, in a dramatic way:

This is the only record of the discovery written at the time. It's worth copying and reading in full for its small details, as it stands in interesting contrast to the embellished stories that come out in the next generation. For example, the historian Oviedo dramatically states:

“One of the ship boys on the largest ship, a native of Lepe, cried ‘Fire!’ ‘Land!’ Immediately a servant of Columbus replied, ‘The Admiral had said that already.’ Soon after, Columbus said, ‘I said so some time ago, and that I saw that fire on the land.’” And so indeed it happened that Thursday, at two hours after midnight, the Admiral called a gentleman named Escobedos, officer of the wardrobe of the king, and told him that he saw fire. And at the break of day, at the time Columbus had predicted the day before, they saw from the largest ship the island which the Indians call Guanahani to the north of them.

“One of the crew members on the biggest ship, who was from Lepe, shouted ‘Fire!’ ‘Land!’ Immediately, a servant of Columbus responded, ‘The Admiral already mentioned that.’ Soon after, Columbus said, ‘I pointed that out earlier, and I saw that fire on the land.’” And so it happened that Thursday, at two hours past midnight, the Admiral called a man named Escobedos, an officer of the king's wardrobe, and told him that he saw fire. At dawn, at the time Columbus had predicted the day before, they saw from the biggest ship the island that the Indians call Guanahani to the north of them.

“And the first man to see the land, when day came, was Rodrigo of Triana, on the eleventh day of October, 1492.” Nothing is more certain than that this was really on the twelfth.

“And the first man to see the land, when morning arrived, was Rodrigo of Triana, on the eleventh day of October, 1492.” Nothing is more certain than that this was actually on the twelfth.

The reward for first seeing land was eventually awarded to Columbus, and it was regularly paid him through his life. It was the annual payment of 10,000 maravedis. A maravedi was then a little less than six cents of our currency. The annuity was, therefore, about six hundred dollars a year.

The reward for being the first to spot land was eventually given to Columbus, and he received it regularly throughout his life. It was an annual payment of 10,000 maravedis. A maravedi was then a little less than six cents in our currency. The annuity was, therefore, about six hundred dollars a year.

The worth of a maravedi varied, from time to time, so that the calculations of the value of any number of maravedis are very confusing. Before the coin went out of use it was worth only half a cent.

The value of a maravedi changed over time, making it really confusing to figure out how much any amount of maravedis was worth. Before the coin became obsolete, it was only worth half a cent.





CHAPTER IV. — THE LANDING ON THE TWELFTH OF OCTOBER

—THE NATIVES AND THEIR NEIGHBORS—SEARCH FOR GOLD—CUBA DISCOVERED—COLUMBUS COASTS ALONG ITS SHORES.

—THE NATIVES AND THEIR NEIGHBORS—SEARCH FOR GOLD—CUBA DISCOVERED—COLUMBUS COASTS ALONG ITS SHORES.

It was on Friday, the twelfth of October, that they saw this island, which was an island of the Lucayos group, called, says Las Casas, “in the tongue of the Indians, Guanahani.” Soon they saw people naked, and the Admiral went ashore in the armed boat, with Martin Alonzo Pinzon and, Vicente Yanez, his brother, who was captain of the Nina. The Admiral unfurled the Royal Standard, and the captain’s two standards of the Greek Cross, which the Admiral raised on all the ships as a sign, with an F. and a Y.; over each letter a crown; one on one side of the {“iron cross symbol”} and the other on the other. When they were ashore they saw very green trees and much water, and fruits of different kinds.

On Friday, October 12th, they spotted this island, which was part of the Lucayos group, referred to by the indigenous people as “Guanahani,” according to Las Casas. They soon noticed people who were naked, and the Admiral went ashore in the armed boat, accompanied by Martin Alonzo Pinzon and his brother Vicente Yanez, who was the captain of the Nina. The Admiral raised the Royal Standard and the two captains’ standards featuring the Greek Cross, which he displayed on all the ships as a sign, along with an F. and a Y.; each letter topped with a crown, one on each side of the {“iron cross symbol”}. Once ashore, they observed very green trees, plenty of water, and a variety of fruits.

“The Admiral called the two captains and the others who went ashore, and Rodrigo Descovedo, Notary of the whole fleet, and Rodrigo Sanchez of Segovia, and he said that they must give him their faith and witness how he took possession before all others, as in fact he did take possession of the said island for the king and the queen, his lord and lady. . . . Soon many people of the island assembled. These which follow are the very words of the Admiral, in his book of his first navigation and discovery of these Indies.”

“The Admiral called the two captains and the others who went ashore, along with Rodrigo Descovedo, the Notary of the entire fleet, and Rodrigo Sanchez of Segovia. He said they needed to give him their assurance and witness how he took possession before everyone else, which he actually did, claiming the island for the king and queen, his lord and lady. . . . Soon, many people from the island gathered. The following are the exact words of the Admiral, from his book about his first navigation and discovery of these Indies.”

October 11-12. “So that they may feel great friendship for us, and because I knew that they were a people who would be better delivered and converted to our Holy Faith by love than by force, I gave to some of them red caps and glass bells which they put round their necks, and many other things of little value, in which they took much pleasure, and they remained so friendly to us that it was wonderful.

October 11-12. “To encourage a strong friendship with us, and knowing that they would be better reached and converted to our Holy Faith through love rather than force, I gave some of them red caps and glass bells to wear around their necks, along with many other small gifts that they really enjoyed. They became so friendly with us that it was amazing.

“Afterwards they came swimming to the ship’s boats where we were. And they brought us parrots and cotton-thread in skeins, and javelins and many other things. And they bartered them with us for other things, which we gave them, such as little glass beads and little bells. In short, they took everything, and gave of what they had with good will. But it seemed to me that they were a people very destitute of everything.

“Afterward, they swam over to the ship’s boats where we were. They brought us parrots, cotton thread in skeins, javelins, and many other items. They traded these with us for various things we offered, like small glass beads and little bells. In short, they took everything and eagerly shared what they had. But it seemed to me that they were a people very much lacking in resources.”

“They all went as naked as their mothers bore them, and the women as well, although I only saw one who was really young. And all the men I saw were young, for I saw none more than thirty years of age; very well made, with very handsome persons, and very good faces; their hair thick like the hairs of horses’ tails, and cut short. They bring their hair above their eyebrows, except a little behind, which they wear long, and never cut. Some of them paint themselves blackish (and they are of the color of the inhabitants of the Canaries, neither black nor white), and some paint themselves white, and some red, and some with whatever they can get. And some of them paint their faces, and some all their bodies, and some only the eyes, and some only the nose.

“They all went completely nude, just like they were born, and the women too, although I only saw one who was really young. All the men I saw were young; none looked older than thirty. They were well-built, very good-looking, and had nice faces; their hair was thick, like horse tails, and cut short. They styled their hair so it sat above their eyebrows, except for a little at the back, which they wore long and never trimmed. Some painted their skin a dark color (and they were the same shade as the people from the Canary Islands, neither black nor white), while others painted themselves white, red, or whatever color they could find. Some painted just their faces, others painted their entire bodies, while some only did their eyes or their noses.”

“They do not bear arms nor do they know them, for I showed them swords and they took them by the edge, and they cut themselves through ignorance. They have no iron at all; their javelins are rods without iron, and some of them have a fish’s tooth at the end, and some of them other things. They are all of good stature, and good graceful appearance, well made. I saw some who had scars of wounds in their bodies, and I made signs to them (to ask) what that was, and they showed me how people came there from other islands which lay around, and tried to take them captive and they defended themselves. And I believed, and I (still) believe, that they came there from the mainland to take them for captives.

“They don't use weapons, nor do they know how to handle them. I showed them swords, and they grabbed them by the blade and accidentally cut themselves. They don't have any iron; their javelins are just rods without metal, and some have fish teeth on the ends, while others have different things. They are all tall and have a graceful appearance; they are well built. I noticed some who had scars from wounds on their bodies, and I gestured to ask about it. They showed me that people came from other nearby islands and tried to capture them, but they defended themselves. I believed, and still believe, that those people came from the mainland to take them as captives."

“They would be good servants, and of good disposition, for I see that they repeat very quickly everything which is said to them. And I believe that they could easily be made Christians, for it seems to me that they have no belief. I, if it please our Lord, will take six of them to your Highnesses at the time of my departure, so that they may learn to talk. No wild creature of any sort have I seen, except parrots, in this island.”

“They would be great helpers and really friendly, because I notice they pick up everything said to them very quickly. I think they could easily convert to Christianity since it seems they don't have any beliefs. If it pleases our Lord, I’ll take six of them to your Highnesses when I leave so they can learn to speak. I haven’t seen any wild animals here, except parrots.”

All these are the words of the Admiral, says Las Casas. The journal of the next day is in these words:

All of these are the Admiral's words, Las Casas states. The journal from the next day reads:

Saturday, October 13. “As soon as the day broke, many of these men came to the beach, all young, as I have said, and all of good stature, a very handsome race. Their hair is not woolly, but straight and coarse, like horse hair, and all with much wider foreheads and heads than any other people I have seen up to this time. And their eyes are very fine and not small, and they are not black at all, but of the color of the Canary Islanders. And nothing else could be expected, since it is on one line of latitude with the Island of Ferro, in the Canaries.

Saturday, October 13. “As soon as the day broke, many of these men came to the beach, all young, as I mentioned, and all of good height, a very attractive group. Their hair isn’t curly, but straight and coarse, like horse hair, and they all have much wider foreheads and heads than anyone else I’ve seen so far. Their eyes are really nice and not small, and they aren’t black at all, but have the same color as the people from the Canary Islands. This is to be expected since they are on the same latitude as the Island of Ferro in the Canaries."

“They came to the ship with almadias,(*) which are made of the trunk of a tree, like a long boat, and all of one piece—and made in a very wonderful manner in the fashion of the country—and large enough for some of them to hold forty or forty-five men. And others are smaller, down to such as hold one man alone. They row with a shovel like a baker’s, and it goes wonderfully well. And if it overturns, immediately they all go to swimming and they right it, and bale it with calabashes which they carry.

“They arrived at the ship with almadias, which are made from the trunk of a tree, resembling a long boat, and crafted as a single piece—in a truly remarkable way that reflects the local style—and they are large enough for some to carry forty or forty-five men. Others are smaller, down to those that hold just one person. They row with a shovel like a baker’s, and it works really well. If it capsizes, they all immediately start swimming, right it, and bail it out using calabashes they carry.”

     (*) Arabic word for raft or float; here it means canoes.
     (*) Arabic word for raft or float; here it refers to canoes.

“They brought skeins of spun cotton, and parrots, and javelins, and other little things which it would be wearisome to write down, and they gave everything for whatever was given to them.

“They brought bundles of spun cotton, and parrots, and javelins, and other small items that would be tedious to list, and they exchanged everything for whatever was given to them."

“And I strove attentively to learn whether there were gold. And I saw that some of them had a little piece of gold hung in a hole which they have in their noses. And by signs I was able to understand that going to the south, or going round the island to the southward, there was a king there who had great vessels of it, and had very much of it. I tried to persuade them to go there; and afterward I saw that they did not understand about going.(*)

“And I worked hard to find out if there was gold. I noticed that some of them had a small piece of gold hanging from holes in their noses. By gestures, I figured out that if we went south or circled the island to the south, there was a king there who had a lot of it in large vessels. I tried to convince them to go there; but later I realized they didn’t understand about going.”(*)

     (*) To this first found land, called by the natives
     Guanahani, Columbus gave the name of San Salvador. There is,
     however, great doubt whether this is the island known by
     that name on the maps. Of late years the impression has
     generally been that the island thus discovered is that now
     known as Watling’s island. In 1860 Admiral Fox, of the
     United States navy, visited all these islands, and studied
     the whole question anew, visiting the islands himself and
     working backwards to the account of Columbus’s subsequent
     voyage, so as to fix the spot from which that voyage began.
     Admiral Fox decides that the island of discovery was neither
     San Salvador nor Watling’s island, but the Samana island of
     the same group. The subject is so curious that we copy his
     results at more length in the appendix.
     (*) To this first discovered land, which the natives called Guanahani, Columbus named San Salvador. However, there is considerable doubt whether this is the island known by that name on maps. Recently, the general belief has been that the island discovered is what we now call Watling's Island. In 1860, Admiral Fox of the United States Navy visited all these islands and reevaluated the entire issue, going to the islands himself and tracing back to the account of Columbus's subsequent voyage to pinpoint the location from which that voyage started. Admiral Fox concluded that the island of discovery was neither San Salvador nor Watling's Island, but Samana Island from the same group. The topic is so intriguing that we present his findings in more detail in the appendix.

“I determined to wait till the next afternoon, and then to start for the southwest, for many of them told me that there was land to the south and southwest and northwest, and that those from the northwest came often to fight with them, and so to go on to the southwest to seek gold and precious stones.

“I decided to wait until the next afternoon, and then head southwest, because many of them told me there was land to the south, southwest, and northwest. They mentioned that people from the northwest often came to fight with them, so I planned to go southwest in search of gold and precious stones.”

“This island is very large and very flat and with very green trees, and many waters, and a very large lake in the midst, without any mountain. And all of it is green, so that it is a pleasure to see it. And these people are so gentle, and desirous to have our articles and thinking that nothing can be given them unless they give something and do not keep it back. They take what they can, and at once jump (into the water) and swim (away). But all that they have they give for whatever is given them. For they barter even for pieces of porringus, and of broken glass cups, so that I saw sixteen skeins of cotton given for three Portuguese centis, that is a blanca of Castile, and there was more than twenty-five pounds of spun cotton in them. This I shall forbid, and not let anyone take (it); but I shall have it all taken for your Highnesses, if there is any quantity of it.

“This island is really big, flat, and filled with lush green trees, along with plenty of water and a large lake in the center, with no mountains in sight. Everything is green, making it a pleasure to look at. The people here are gentle and eager to trade for our goods, thinking that nothing can be exchanged without giving something in return and not holding back. They grab what they can and jump into the water to swim away. Yet, they give everything they have for whatever we offer. They'll barter even for bits of pottery and broken glass, as I saw sixteen skeins of cotton exchanged for three Portuguese centis, which is a blanca of Castile, and there were more than twenty-five pounds of spun cotton in those yarns. I'm going to put a stop to this and won't allow anyone to take it; instead, I’ll collect all of it for your Highnesses if there’s a substantial amount available.”

“It grows here in this island, but for a short time I could not believe it at all. And there is found here also the gold which they wear hanging to their noses; but so as not to lose time I mean to go to see whether I can reach the island of Cipango.

“It grows here on this island, but for a while I couldn’t believe it at all. And there’s also gold here that they wear hanging from their noses; but to save time, I plan to check if I can reach the island of Cipango.”

“Now as it was night they all went ashore with their almadias.”

“Now that it was night, they all went ashore with their boats.”

Sunday, October 14. “At daybreak I had the ship’s boat and the boats of the caravels made ready, and I sailed along the island, toward the north-northeast, to see the other port, * * * * what there was (there), and also to see the towns, and I soon saw two or three, and the people, who all were coming to the shore, calling us and giving thanks to God. Some brought us water, others things to eat. Others, when they saw that I did not care to go ashore, threw themselves into the sea and came swimming, and we understood that they asked us if we had come from heaven. And an old man came into the boat, and others called all (the rest) men and women, with a loud voice: ‘Come and see the men who have come from heaven; bring them food and drink.’

Sunday, October 14. “At dawn, I had the ship’s boat and the boats from the caravels prepared, and I sailed along the island to the north-northeast to check out the other port, * * * *, and to see the towns. I soon spotted two or three towns and the people, who were all coming to the shore, calling us and thanking God. Some brought us water, while others brought food. When they saw that I wasn’t interested in going ashore, some jumped into the sea and swam over, and we understood they were asking if we had come from heaven. An old man climbed into the boat, and others called out loudly to all the men and women: ‘Come and see the men who have come from heaven; bring them food and drink.’”

“There came many of them and many women, each one with something, giving thanks to God, casting themselves on the ground, and raising their heads toward heaven. And afterwards they called us with shouts to come ashore.

“There came many of them and many women, each one with something, giving thanks to God, lying on the ground, and raising their heads toward heaven. And afterwards they called us with shouts to come ashore.

“But I feared (to do so), for I saw a great reef of rocks which encircles all that island. And in it there is bottom and harbor for as many ships as there are in all Christendom, and its entrance very narrow. It is true that there are some shallows inside this ring, but the sea is no rougher than in a well.

“But I was afraid to do that because I saw a large reef of rocks that surrounds the entire island. Inside it, there’s enough depth and harbor space for as many ships as there are in all of Christendom, but the entrance is very narrow. It’s true that there are some shallow spots inside this ring, but the sea is no rougher than in a well.”

“And I was moved to see all this, this morning, so that I might be able to give an account of it all to your Highnesses, and also (to find out) where I might make a fortress. And I saw a piece of land formed like an island, although it is not one, in which there were six houses, which could be cut off in two days so as to become an island; although I do not see that it is necessary, as this people is very ignorant of arms, as your Highnesses will see from seven whom I had taken, to carry them off to learn our speech and to bring them back again. But your Highnesses, when you direct, can take them all to Castile, or keep them captives in this same island, for with fifty men you can keep them all subjected, and make them do whatever you like.

“And I was touched to see all this this morning, so I could report back to your Highnesses and also figure out where I could build a fortress. I spotted a piece of land shaped like an island, even though it’s not one, where there were six houses that could be cut off in two days to become an island. However, I don’t think it’s necessary since this people are very inexperienced with weapons, as your Highnesses will see from the seven I captured to take with me to learn our language and then bring back. But your Highnesses, when you decide, can take them all to Castile or keep them prisoners on this same island, because with fifty men, you can keep them all under control and make them do whatever you want.”

“And close to the said islet are groves of trees, the most beautiful I have seen, and as green and full of leaves as those of Castile in the months of April and May, and much water.

“And near the mentioned islet are beautiful groves of trees, the prettiest I've ever seen, lush and green like those in Castile during April and May, and plenty of water.”

“I looked at all that harbor and then I returned to the ship and set sail, and I saw so many islands that I could not decide to which I should go first. And those men whom I had taken said to me by signs that there were so very many that they were without number, and they repeated by name more than a hundred. At last I set sail for the largest one, and there I determined to go. And so I am doing, and it will be five leagues from the island of San Salvador, and farther from some of the rest, nearer to others. They all are very flat, without mountains and very fertile, and all inhabited. And they make war upon each other although they are very simple, and (they are) very beautifully formed.”

“I looked at the entire harbor and then went back to the ship and set sail. I saw so many islands that I couldn’t decide which one to visit first. The men I had brought with me indicated that there were so many they couldn't count them, and they named more than a hundred. Finally, I decided to sail to the largest one, and that’s where I aimed to go. So that's what I'm doing, and it will be five leagues from the island of San Salvador, farther from some and closer to others. All the islands are very flat, without mountains, and very fertile, and they are all populated. They fight among themselves even though they are quite simple, and they are all very well-formed.”

Monday, October 15, Columbus, on arriving at the island for which he had set sail, went on to a cape, near which he anchored at about sunset. He gave the island the name of Santa Maria de la Concepcion.(*)

Monday, October 15, Columbus, upon reaching the island he had sailed for, moved on to a cape, where he anchored around sunset. He named the island Santa Maria de la Concepcion.(*))

     (*) This is supposed to be Caico del Norte.
     (*) This is meant to be Caico del Norte.

“At about sunset I anchored near the said cape to know if there were gold there, for the men whom I had taken at the Island of San Salvador told me that there they wore very large rings of gold on their legs and arms. I think that all they said was for a trick, in order to make their escape. However, I did not wish to pass by any island without taking possession of it.

“At around sunset, I anchored near the mentioned cape to see if there was gold there, because the men I had taken from San Salvador Island told me they wore very large gold rings on their legs and arms. I think everything they said was a trick to make their escape. Still, I didn’t want to pass by any island without claiming it for myself.”

“And I anchored, and was there till today, Tuesday, when at the break of day I went ashore with the armed boats, and landed.

“And I anchored, and was there until today, Tuesday, when at dawn I went ashore with the armed boats and landed.

“They (the inhabitants), who were many, as naked and in the same condition as those of San Salvador, let us land on the island, and gave us what we asked of them. * * *

“They (the inhabitants), who were numerous, just as naked and in the same condition as those of San Salvador, allowed us to land on the island and provided us with what we requested.”

“I set out for the ship. And there was a large almadia which had come to board the caravel Nina, and one of the men from we Island of San Salvador threw himself into the sea, took this boat, and made off; and the night before, at midnight, another jumped out. And the almadia went back so fast that there never was a boat which could come up with her, although we had a considerable advantage. It reached the shore, and they left the almadia, and some of my company landed after them, and they all fled like hens.

“I headed for the ship. There was a large almadia that had come to board the caravel Nina, and one of the men from the Island of San Salvador jumped into the sea, took this boat, and escaped; the night before, at midnight, another had jumped out. The almadia moved so quickly that no boat could catch up with it, even though we had a significant advantage. It made it to shore, and they abandoned the almadia. Some of my crew went after them, and they all fled like frightened chickens.”

“And the almadia, which they had left, we took to the caravel Nina, to which from another headland there was coming another little almadia, with a man who came to barter a skein of cotton. And some of the sailors threw themselves into the sea, because he did not wish to enter the caravel, and took him. And I, who was on the stern of the ship, and saw it all, sent for him and gave him a red cap and some little green glass beads which I put on his arm, and two small bells which I put at his ears, and I had his almadia returned, * * * and sent him ashore.

“And the almadia that they had left, we took to the caravel Nina, to which another small almadia was approaching from a different headland, with a man who came to trade a skein of cotton. Some of the sailors jumped into the sea because he didn’t want to come aboard the caravel, and brought him to us. I was at the back of the ship and saw everything, so I called for him and gave him a red cap, some small green glass beads that I put on his arm, and two little bells that I put on his ears. I had his almadia returned, * * * and sent him back to shore.”

“And I set sail at once to go to the other large island which I saw at the west, and commanded the other almadia to be set adrift, which the caravel Nina was towing astern. And then I saw on land, when the man landed, to whom I had given the above mentioned things (and I had not consented to take the skein of cotton, though he wished to give it to me), all the others went to him and thought it a great wonder, and it seemed to them that we were good people, and that the other man, who had fled, had done us some harm, and that therefore we were carrying him off. And this was why I treated the other man as I did, commanding him to be released, and gave him the said things, so that they might have this opinion of us, and so that another time, when your Highnesses send here again, they may be well disposed. And all that I gave him was not worth four maravedis.”

“And I set sail immediately to head towards the other large island that I saw to the west, and I ordered the other almadia, which the caravel Nina was towing, to be released. Then I noticed on land, when the man I had given the items to landed (and I hadn’t agreed to take the skein of cotton, even though he wanted to give it to me), that everyone else went to him and thought it was amazing. They believed we were kind people, and that the other man who had run away had harmed us, which is why we were taking him away. This is why I treated the other man as I did, ordering him to be freed, and I gave him the items so they would think well of us. This way, when your Highnesses send people here again, they might have a favorable opinion. Everything I gave him was worth no more than four maravedis.”

Columbus had set sail at ten o’clock for a “large island” he mentions, which he called Fernandina, where, from the tales of the Indian captives, he expected to find gold. Half way between this island and Santa Maria, he met with “a man alone in an almadia which was passing” (from one island to the other), “and he was carrying a little of their bread, as big as one’s fist, and a calabash of water and a piece of red earth made into dust, and then kneaded, and some dry leaves, which must be a thing much valued among them, since at San Salvador they brought them to me as a present.(*) And he had a little basket of their sort, in which he had a string of little glass bells and two blancas, by which I knew that he came from the Island of San Salvador. * * * He came to the ship; I took him on board, for so he asked, and made him put his almadia in the ship, and keep all he was carrying. And I commanded to give him bread and honey to eat, and something to drink.

Columbus set sail at ten o'clock for a "large island" he mentioned, which he called Fernandina, where he expected to find gold based on the stories from the Indian captives. Halfway between this island and Santa Maria, he encountered "a man alone in an almadia that was passing" (from one island to the other), "and he was carrying a bit of their bread, about the size of a fist, a calabash of water, a piece of red earth ground into dust and then kneaded, and some dry leaves, which must be something highly valued among them, since at San Salvador they brought them to me as a gift. And he had a small basket of their kind, in which he had a string of small glass bells and two blancas, which made me realize he came from the Island of San Salvador. * * * He approached the ship; I brought him on board, as he requested, and had him put his almadia in the ship, allowing him to keep everything he was carrying. I ordered that he be given bread and honey to eat, along with something to drink.

     (*) Was this perhaps tobacco?
Was this maybe tobacco?

“And thus I will take him over to Fernandina, and I will give him all his property so that he may give good accounts of us, so that, if it please our Lord, when your Highnesses send there, those who come may receive honor, and they may give us of all they have.”

“And so I’ll take him over to Fernandina, and I’ll give him all his property so that he can represent us well. If it pleases our Lord, when your Highnesses send people there, those who arrive can be honored, and they’ll give us everything they have.”

Columbus continued sailing for the island he named Fernandina, now called Inagua Chica. There was a calm all day and he did not arrive in time to anchor safely before dark. He therefore waited till morning, and anchored near a town. Here the man had gone, who had been picked up the day before, and he had given such good accounts that all night long the ship had been boarded by almadias, bringing supplies. Columbus directed some trifle to be given to each of the islanders, and that they should be given “honey of sugar” to eat. He sent the ship’s boat ashore for water and the inhabitants not only pointed it out but helped to put the water-casks on board.

Columbus kept sailing toward the island he called Fernandina, now known as Inagua Chica. There was calm weather all day, and he didn't get there in time to anchor safely before nightfall. So, he decided to wait until morning and anchored near a town. This is where the man had gone who had been picked up the day before, and he had given such positive reports that all night long, almadias were coming aboard the ship, bringing supplies. Columbus had some small items given to each of the islanders and instructed that they should also be given "honey of sugar" to eat. He sent the ship’s boat to shore for water, and the residents not only pointed it out but also helped load the water barrels onto the ship.

“This people,” he says, “is like those of the aforesaid islands, and has the same speech and the same customs, except that these seem to me a somewhat more domestic race, and more intelligent. * * * And I saw also in this island cotton cloths made like mantles. * * *

“This people,” he says, “is like those from the previously mentioned islands, sharing the same language and customs, except they appear to be a bit more family-oriented and more intelligent. * * * I also saw cotton cloths on this island made like capes. * * *

“It is a very green island and flat and very fertile, and I have no doubt that all the year through they sow panizo (panic-grass) and harvest it, and so with everything else. And I saw many trees, of very different form from ours, and many of them which had branches of many sorts, and all on one trunk. And one branch is of one sort and one of another, and so different that it is the greatest wonder in the world. * * * One branch has its leaves like canes, and another like the lentisk; and so on one tree five or six of these kinds; and all so different. Nor are they grafted, for it might be said that grafting does it, but they grow on the mountains, nor do these people care for them. * * *

“It’s a really green island that’s flat and really fertile, and I have no doubt that throughout the entire year they plant panic grass and harvest it, along with everything else. I noticed many trees that look very different from ours, with a lot of branches of various kinds all coming from a single trunk. One branch has one type of leaves, and another has a completely different type, so distinct that it’s truly amazing. * * * One branch has leaves like canes, and another has leaves like lentisk; and on one tree, there are five or six different kinds, all so unique. They aren’t grafted either, since it could be said that grafting causes this, but they naturally grow on the mountains, and the people here don’t take care of them. * * *

“Here the fishes are so different from ours that it is wonderful. There are some like cocks of the finest colors in the world, blue, yellow, red and of all colors, and others painted in a thousand ways. And the colors are so fine that there is no man who does not wonder at them and take great pleasure in seeing them. Also, there are whales. As for wild creatures on shore, I saw none of any sort, except parrots and lizards; a boy told me that he saw a great snake. Neither sheep nor goats nor any other animal did I see; although I have been here a very short time, that is, half a day, but if there had been any I could not have failed to see some of them.” * * *

“Here, the fish are so different from ours that it’s amazing. There are some that look like roosters in the most beautiful colors imaginable—blue, yellow, red, and every shade in between—and others that are painted in a thousand different ways. The colors are so vivid that everyone who sees them can't help but marvel and enjoy the sight. Also, there are whales. As for wild animals on land, I didn’t see any, except for parrots and lizards; a boy told me he spotted a big snake. I didn’t see any sheep, goats, or any other animals either, even though I’ve only been here a very short time, just half a day. If there had been any, I surely would have noticed some.” * * *

Wednesday, October 17. He left the town at noon and prepared to sail round the island. He had meant to go by the south and southeast. But as Martin Alonzo Pinzon, captain of the Pinta, had heard, from one of the Indians he had on board, that it would be quicker to start by the northwest, and as the wind was favorable for this course, Columbus took it. He found a fine harbor two leagues further on, where he found some friendly Indians, and sent a party ashore for water. “During this time,” he says, “I went (to look at) these trees, which were the most beautiful things to see which have been seen; there was as much verdure in the same degree as in the month of May in Andalusia, and all the trees were as different from ours as the day from the night. And so (were) the fruits, and the herbs, and the stones and everything. The truth is that some trees had a resemblance to others which there are in Castile, but there was a very great difference. And other trees of other sorts were such that there is no one who could * * * liken them to others of Castile. * * *

Wednesday, October 17. He left town at noon and got ready to sail around the island. He had planned to go south and southeast. But since Martin Alonzo Pinzon, captain of the Pinta, had heard from one of the Indians on board that it would be quicker to start northwest, and with the wind favorable for that route, Columbus decided to take it. He found a nice harbor two leagues later, where he encountered some friendly Indians and sent a group ashore for water. “During this time,” he says, “I went to check out these trees, which were the most beautiful sights I had ever seen; there was as much greenery as in May in Andalusia, and all the trees were as different from ours as day is from night. The fruits, herbs, stones, and everything else were similarly distinct. The truth is that some trees looked somewhat like those in Castile, but there was a significant difference. Other types of trees were so unique that no one could compare them to those in Castile.”

“The others who went for water told me how they had been in their houses, and that they were very well swept and clean, and their beds and furniture (made) of things which are like nets of cotton.(*) Their houses are all like pavilions, and very high and good chimneys.(**)

“The others who went for water told me how they had been in their houses, and that they were very well swept and clean, and their beds and furniture (made) of things which are like nets of cotton.(*) Their houses are all like pavilions, and very high with good chimneys.(**)

     (*) They are called Hamacas.

     (**) Las Casas says they were not meant for smoke but as a
     crown, for they have no opening below for the smoke.
     (*) They are called Hamacas.

     (**) Las Casas says they weren't meant for smoke but as a crown, since they don't have an opening below for the smoke.

“But I did not see, among many towns which I saw, any of more than twelve or fifteen houses. * * * And there they had dogs. * * * And there they found one man who had on his nose a piece of gold which was like half a castellano, on which there were cut letters.(*) I blamed them for not bargaining for it, and giving as much as was asked, to see what it was, and whose coin it was; and they answered me that they did not dare to barter it.”

“But I didn’t see any towns with more than twelve or fifteen houses among the many I visited. * * * And they had dogs there. * * * They found a man who had a piece of gold on his nose that looked like half a castellano, with letters engraved on it. (*) I criticized them for not trying to negotiate for it and offering the asking price, just to find out what it was and whose coin it was; they replied that they didn’t feel brave enough to barter for it.”

     (*) A castellano was a piece of gold, money, weighing about
     one-sixth of an ounce.
     (*) A castellano was a gold coin weighing about one-sixth of an ounce.

He continued towards the northwest, then turned his course to the east-southeast, east and southeast. The weather being thick and heavy, and “threatening immediate rain. So all these days since I have been in these Indies it has rained little or much.”

He kept moving northwest, then changed direction to east-southeast, then east and southeast. The weather was thick and heavy, looking like it would rain any moment. Since I've been in these Indies, it has rained either a little or a lot.

Friday, October 19. Columbus, who had not landed the day before, now sent two caravels, one to the east and southeast and the other to the south-southeast, while he himself, with the Santa Maria, the SHIP, as he calls it, went to the southeast. He ordered the caravels to keep their courses till noon, and then join him. This they did, at an island to the east, which he named Isabella, the Indians whom he had with him calling it Saomete. It has been supposed to be the island now called Inagua Grande.

Friday, October 19. Columbus, who hadn’t landed the day before, now sent out two caravels: one to the east and southeast, and the other to the south-southeast, while he himself, aboard the Santa Maria, which he referred to as the SHIP, headed southeast. He instructed the caravels to maintain their courses until noon, then meet up with him. They did so at an island to the east, which he named Isabella, while the Indians with him called it Saomete. It is thought to be the island now known as Inagua Grande.

“All this coast,” says the Admiral, “and the part of the island which I saw, is all nearly flat, and the island the most beautiful thing I ever saw, for if the others are very beautiful this one is more so.” He anchored at a cape which was so beautiful that he named it Cabo Fermoso, the Beautiful Cape, “so green and so beautiful,” he says, “like all the other things and lands of these islands, that I do not know where to go first, nor can I weary my eyes with seeing such beautiful verdure and so different from ours. And I believe that there are in them many herbs and many trees, which are of great value in Spain for dyes (or tinctures) and for medicines of spicery. But I do not know them, which I greatly regret. And as I came here to this cape there came such a good and sweet odor of flowers or trees from the land that it was the sweetest thing in the world.”

“All this coast,” says the Admiral, “and the part of the island that I saw, is all almost flat, and the island is the most beautiful thing I’ve ever seen. If the others are very beautiful, this one is even more so.” He anchored at a cape that was so stunning he named it Cabo Fermoso, the Beautiful Cape, “so green and so beautiful,” he says, “like everything else in these islands, that I don’t know where to go first. I can’t take my eyes off such lovely greenery, so different from ours. I believe there are many herbs and trees here that are very valuable in Spain for dyes and spices. But I don’t know them, which I really regret. As I arrived at this cape, a wonderful and sweet scent of flowers or trees came from the land; it was the sweetest thing in the world.”

He heard that there was a king in the interior who wore clothes and much gold, and though, as he says, the Indians had so little gold that whatever small quantity of it the king wore it would appear large to them, he decided to visit him the next day. He did not do so, however, as he found the water too shallow in his immediate neighborhood, and then had not enough wind to go on, except at night.

He heard that there was a king in the interior who wore fancy clothes and a lot of gold, and even though, as he mentioned, the locals had so little gold that whatever little the king wore would seem like a lot to them, he decided to visit him the next day. However, he didn't go because he found the water too shallow nearby, and he didn't have enough wind to continue, except at night.

Sunday morning, October 21, he anchored, apparently more to the west, and after having dined, landed. He found but one house, from which the inhabitants were absent; he directed that nothing in it should be touched. He speaks again of the great beauty of the island, even greater than that of the others he had seen. “The singing of the birds,” he says, “seems as if a man would never seek to leave this place, and the flocks of parrots which darken the sun, and fowls and birds of so many kinds and so different from ours that it is wonderful. And then there are trees of a thousand sorts, and all with fruit of their kinds. And all have such an odor that it is wonderful, so that I am the most afflicted man in the world not to know them.”

Sunday morning, October 21, he anchored, apparently further west, and after having dinner, went ashore. He found only one house, from which the inhabitants were missing; he instructed that nothing in it should be disturbed. He mentions again the incredible beauty of the island, even more than that of the others he had seen. “The singing of the birds,” he says, “makes it seem as if no one would ever want to leave this place, and the flocks of parrots that darken the sun, along with the many kinds of birds, are so different from ours that it's amazing. And then there are trees of a thousand varieties, all with their own kinds of fruit. Everything has such a wonderful scent that I feel like the most unfortunate person in the world for not knowing them.”

They killed a serpent in one of the lakes upon this island, which Las Casas says is the Guana, or what we call the Iguana.

They killed a snake in one of the lakes on this island, which Las Casas says is the Guana, or what we call the Iguana.

In seeking for good water, the Spaniards found a town, from which the inhabitants were going to fly. But some of them rallied, and one of them approached the visitors. Columbus gave him some little bells and glass beads, with which he was much pleased. The Admiral asked him for water, and they brought it gladly to the shore in calabashes.

In their search for fresh water, the Spaniards came across a town whose residents were about to flee. However, some of them regrouped, and one individual approached the newcomers. Columbus offered him some small bells and beads made of glass, which delighted him. The Admiral requested water, and they happily brought it to the shore in gourd containers.

He still wished to see the king of whom the Indians had spoken, but meant afterward to go to “another very great island, which I believe must be Cipango, which they call Colba.” This is probably a mistake in the manuscript for Cuba, which is what is meant. It continues, “and to that other island which they call Bosio” (probably Bohio) “and the others which are on the way, I will see these in passing. * * * But still, I am determined to go to the mainland and to the city of Quisay and to give your Highnesses’ letters to the Grand Khan, and seek a reply and come back with it.”

He still wanted to see the king that the Indians mentioned, but he planned to go to “another very large island, which I think must be Cipango, which they call Colba.” This is likely a mistake in the manuscript for Cuba, which is what is being referred to. It goes on, “and to that other island they call Bosio” (probably Bohio) “and the others that are along the way, I will check them out while passing through. * * * But still, I am determined to go to the mainland and to the city of Quisay to deliver your Highnesses’ letters to the Grand Khan, and to seek a response and then come back with it.”

He remained at this island during the twenty-second and twenty-third of October, waiting first for the king, who did not appear, and then for a favorable wind. “To sail round these islands,” he says, “one needs many sorts of wind, and it does not blow as men would like.” At midnight, between the twenty-third and twenty-fourth, he weighed anchor in order to start for Cuba.

He stayed on this island during October 22nd and 23rd, waiting first for the king, who never showed up, and then for a good wind. “To sail around these islands,” he says, “you need all kinds of winds, and they don’t blow the way people want.” At midnight, between the 23rd and 24th, he weighed anchor to head for Cuba.

“I have heard these people say that it was very large and of great traffic,” he says, “and that there were in it gold and spices, and great ships and merchants. And they showed me that I should go to it by the west-southwest, and I think so. For I think that if I may trust the signs which all the Indians of these islands have made me, and those whom I am carrying in the ships, for by the tongue I do not understand them, it (Cuba) is the Island of Cipango,(*) of which wonderful things are told, and on the globes which I have seen and in the painted maps, it is in this district.”

“I’ve heard these people say that it was really big and busy,” he says, “and that it had gold and spices, along with great ships and merchants. They showed me that I should head west-southwest, and I think that’s right. I believe that if I can trust the signs that all the Indians from these islands have given me, as well as those I’m taking on the ships—since I don’t understand their language—then it (Cuba) is the Island of Cipango, about which wonderful things are said, and on the globes I’ve seen and in the illustrated maps, it’s located in this area.”

     (*) This was the name the old geographers gave to Japan.
     (*) This was the name that old geographers used for Japan.

The next day they saw seven or eight islands, which are supposed to be the eastern and southern keys of the Grand Bank of Bahama. He anchored to the south of them on the twenty-sixth of October, and on the next day sailed once more for Cuba.

The next day, they saw seven or eight islands, which are thought to be the eastern and southern keys of the Grand Bank of Bahama. He anchored to the south of them on October 26th and the following day set sail again for Cuba.

On Sunday, October 28, he arrived there, in what is now called the Puerto de Nipe; he named it the Puerto de San Salvador. Here, as he went on, he was again charmed by the beautiful country. He found palms “of another sort,” says Las Casas, “from those of Guinea, and from ours.” He found the island the “most beautiful which eyes have seen, full of very good ports and deep rivers,” and that apparently the sea is never rough there, as the grass grows down to the water’s edge. This greenness to the sea’s edge is still observed there. “Up till that time,” says Las Casas, “he had not experienced in all these islands that the sea was rough.” He had occasion to learn about it later. He mentions also that the island is mountainous.

On Sunday, October 28, he arrived at what is now known as Puerto de Nipe; he named it Puerto de San Salvador. There, he was once again captivated by the stunning landscape. He discovered palm trees “of a different kind,” according to Las Casas, “than those in Guinea and ours.” He described the island as “the most beautiful that eyes have seen, full of excellent ports and deep rivers,” noting that the sea there is never rough, as the grass grows right up to the water’s edge. This lush greenery by the shoreline is still noticeable today. “Up until that time,” says Las Casas, “he hadn’t experienced rough seas in all these islands.” He would learn about that later. He also noted that the island is mountainous.





CHAPTER V. — LANDING ON CUBA

—THE CIGAR AND TOBACCO—CIPANGO AND THE GREAT KHAN—FROM CUBA TO HAYTI—ITS SHORES AND HARBORS.

—THE CIGAR AND TOBACCO—CIPANGO AND THE GREAT KHAN—FROM CUBA TO HAITI—ITS SHORES AND HARBORS.

When Columbus landed, at some distance farther along the coast, he found the best houses he had yet seen, very large, like pavilions, and very neat within; not in streets but set about here and there. They were all built of palm branches. Here were dogs which never barked (supposed to be the almiqui), wild birds tamed in the houses and “wonderful arrangements of nets,(*) and fish-hooks and fishing apparatus. There were also carved masks and other images. Not a thing was touched.” The inhabitants had fled.

When Columbus landed further down the coast, he discovered the best houses he had ever seen—very large, like pavilions, and very tidy inside; not arranged in streets but scattered around. They were all made of palm branches. He saw dogs that never barked (thought to be the almiqui), wild birds tamed in the homes, and “amazing setups of nets,(*) fish-hooks, and fishing gear. There were also carved masks and other figures. Nothing was disturbed.” The residents had run away.

     (*) These were probably hammocks.
(*) These were likely hammocks.

He went on to the northwest, and saw a cape which he named Cabo de Palmas. The Indians on board the Pinta said that beyond this cape was a river and that at four days’ journey from this was what they called “Cuba.” Now they had been coasting along the Island of Cuba for two or three days. But Martin Pinzon, the captain of the Pinta, understood this Cuba to be a city, and that this land was the mainland, running far to the north. Columbus until he died believed that it was the mainland.

He continued northwest and spotted a cape, which he named Cabo de Palmas. The Indigenous people on the Pinta mentioned that beyond this cape was a river, and that four days' journey from there was what they referred to as “Cuba.” They had been sailing along the Island of Cuba for two or three days. However, Martin Pinzon, the captain of the Pinta, interpreted this Cuba as a city, believing that this land was the mainland stretching far to the north. Columbus, until his death, remained convinced that it was the mainland.

Martin Pinzon also understood that the king of that land was at war with the Grand Khan, whom they called Cami. The Admiral determined to go to the river the Indians mentioned, and to send to the king the letter of the sovereigns. He meant to send with it a sailor who had been to Guinea, and some of the Guanahani Indians. He was encouraged, probably, by the name of Carni, in thinking that he was really near the Grand Khan.

Martin Pinzon also knew that the king of that land was at war with the Grand Khan, whom they referred to as Cami. The Admiral decided to go to the river the Indians mentioned and to send the letter from the sovereigns to the king. He planned to include a sailor who had been to Guinea and some of the Guanahani Indians with it. He was likely encouraged by the name Carni, thinking he was actually close to the Grand Khan.

He did not, however, send off these messengers at once, as the wind and the nature of the coast proved unfit for his going up the river the Indians had spoken of. He went back to the town where he had been two days before.

He didn't send off these messengers right away because the wind and the shape of the coast made it impossible for him to go up the river the Indians mentioned. He returned to the town where he had been two days earlier.

Once more he found that the people had fled, but “after a good while a man appeared,” and the Admiral sent ashore one of the Indians he had with him. This man shouted to the Indians on shore that they must not be afraid, as these were good people, and did harm to no man, nor did they belong to the Grand Khan, but they gave, of what they had, in many islands where they had been. He now jumped into the sea and swam ashore, and two of the inhabitants took him in their arms and brought him to a house where they asked him questions. When he had reassured them, they began to come out to the ships in their canoes, with “spun cotton and others of their little things.” But the Admiral commanded that nothing should be taken from them, so that they might know that he was seeking nothing but gold, or, as they called it, nucay.

Once again, he noticed that the people had run away, but “after a while, a man showed up,” and the Admiral sent one of the Indians he had with him onto the shore. This man called out to the Indians on land not to be afraid, as these were friendly people who meant no harm and were not connected to the Grand Khan; instead, they shared what they had in many islands they had visited. He then jumped into the water and swam to shore, where two of the locals picked him up and took him to a house to ask him questions. After he reassured them, they started coming out to the ships in their canoes, bringing “spun cotton and other small items.” However, the Admiral ordered that nothing be taken from them, so they would understand that he was only interested in gold, or what they referred to as nucay.

He saw no gold here, but one of them had a piece of wrought silver hanging to his nose. They made signs, that before three days many merchants would come from the inland country to trade with the Spaniards, and that they would bring news from the king, who, according to their signs, was four days’ journey away. “And it is certain” says the Admiral, “that this is the mainland, and that I am before Zayto and Quinsay, a hundred leagues more or less from both of them, and this is clearly shown by the tide, which comes in a different manner from that in which it has done up to this time; and yesterday when I went to the northwest I found that it was cold.”

He didn’t see any gold here, but one of them had a piece of silver hanging from his nose. They gestured that within three days, many merchants would come from the inland area to trade with the Spaniards, and they would bring news from the king, who, according to their gestures, was four days’ journey away. “And it’s certain,” says the Admiral, “that this is the mainland, and that I am in front of Zayto and Quinsay, about a hundred leagues away from both, which is clearly indicated by the tide, which comes in a different way than it has up to now; and yesterday when I went northwest, I noticed that it was cold.”

Always supposing that he was near Japan, which they called Cipango, Columbus continued to sail along the northern coast of Cuba and explored about half that shore. He then returned to the east, governed by the assurances of the natives that on an island named Babegue he would find men who used hammers with which to beat gold into ingots. This gold, as he understood them, was collected on the shore at night, while the people lighted up the darkness with candles.

Always assuming he was close to Japan, which they referred to as Cipango, Columbus kept sailing along the northern coast of Cuba and explored about half of that shoreline. He then headed east again, guided by the locals’ claims that on an island called Babegue, he would find people using hammers to turn gold into ingots. From what he understood, this gold was gathered on the beach at night while the locals illuminated the darkness with candles.

At the point where he turned back, he had hauled his ships up on the shore to repair them. From this point, on the second of November, he sent two officers inland, one of whom was a Jew, who knew Chaldee, Hebrew and a little Arabic, in the hope that they should find some one who could speak these languages. With them went one of the Guanahani Indians, and one from the neighborhood.

At the point where he turned back, he had pulled his ships up on the shore to fix them. From that point, on November 2nd, he sent two officers inland, one of whom was a Jew who spoke Chaldee, Hebrew, and a bit of Arabic, hoping they would find someone who could speak these languages. Along with them went one of the Guanahani Indians and one from the area.

They returned on the night between the fifth and sixth of November. Twelve leagues off they had found a village of about fifty large houses, made in the form of tents. This village had about a thousand inhabitants, according to the explorers. They had received the ambassadors with cordial kindness, believing that they had descended from heaven.

They came back on the night between November 5th and 6th. Twelve leagues away, they discovered a village with around fifty large tent-like houses. This village had about a thousand residents, according to the explorers. They welcomed the ambassadors with warm hospitality, thinking they had come down from heaven.

They even took them in their arms and thus carried them to the finest house of all. They gave them seats, and then sat round them on the ground in a circle. They kissed their feet and hands, and touched them, to make sure whether they were really men of flesh and bone.

They even picked them up and carried them to the best house around. They gave them seats, then sat down in a circle around them on the ground. They kissed their feet and hands and touched them to make sure they were really flesh and blood.

It was on this expedition that the first observation was made of that gift of America to the world, which has worked its way so deep and far into general use. They met men and women who “carried live coals, so as to draw into their mouths the smoke of burning herbs.” This was the account of the first observers. But Las Casas says that the dry herbs were wrapped in another leaf as dry. He says that “they lighted one end of the little stick thus formed, and sucked in or absorbed the smoke by the other, with which,” he says, “they put their flesh to sleep, and it nearly intoxicates them, and thus they say that they feel no fatigue. These mosquetes, as we should call them, they call tobacos. I knew Spaniards on this Island of Hispaniola who were accustomed to take them, who, on being reproved for it as a vice, replied that it was not in their power (in their hand) to leave off taking them. I do not know what savour or profit they found in them.” This is clearly a cigar.

It was during this expedition that the first observation was made of that gift from America to the world, which has become so widespread and common. They encountered men and women who “carried live coals, so they could inhale the smoke of burning herbs.” This was the account from the first observers. But Las Casas mentions that the dry herbs were wrapped in another dry leaf. He says that “they lit one end of the little stick formed this way and inhaled or absorbed the smoke from the other end, with which,” he states, “they put their bodies to sleep, and it almost intoxicates them, so they say they feel no fatigue. These mosquetes, as we would call them, they refer to as tobacos. I knew Spaniards on this Island of Hispaniola who were used to consuming them, who, when criticized for it as a vice, responded that they couldn’t help but continue using them. I don’t know what flavor or benefit they found in them.” This is clearly a cigar.

The third or fourth of November, then, 1892, with the addition of nine days to change the style from old to new, may be taken by lovers of tobacco as the fourth centennial of the day when Europeans first learned the use of the cigar.

The third or fourth of November, then, 1892, with the addition of nine days to change the style from old to new, may be taken by lovers of tobacco as the fourth centennial of the day when Europeans first learned the use of the cigar.

On the eleventh of November the repairs were completed.

On November 11th, the repairs were finished.

He says that the Sunday before, November 11 it had seemed to him that it would be good to take some persons, from those of that river, to carry to the sovereigns, so that “they might learn our tongue, so as to know what there is in the country, and so that when they come back they may be tongues to the Christians, and receive our customs and the things of the faith. Because I saw and know,” says the Admiral, “that this people has no religion (secta) nor are they idolaters, but very mild and without knowing what evil is, nor how to kill others, nor how to take them, and without arms, and so timorous that from one of our men ten of them fly, although they do sport with them, and ready to believe and knowing that there is a God in heaven, and sure that we have come from heaven; and very ready at any prayer which we tell them to repeat, and they make the sign of the cross.

He mentions that the Sunday before, on November 11, he thought it would be a good idea to take some people from that river to the sovereigns, so they could “learn our language, understand what’s in our country, and when they return, act as interpreters for the Christians, adopting our customs and beliefs. Because I saw and know,” says the Admiral, “that these people have no religion nor are they idolaters, but are very gentle and unaware of what evil is, not knowing how to kill others, how to capture them, and without weapons, so timid that ten of them run away from one of our men, even though they play with them. They are eager to believe and aware that there is a God in heaven, and they are convinced we have come from heaven; they readily repeat any prayer we ask them to, and they make the sign of the cross.”

“So your Highnesses should determine to make them Christians, for I believe that if they begin, in a short time they will have accomplished converting to our holy faith a multitude of towns.” “Without doubt there are in these lands the greatest quantities of gold, for not without cause do these Indians whom I am bringing say that there are places in these isles where they dig out gold and wear it on their necks, in their ears and on their arms and legs, and the bracelets are very thick.

“So, your Highnesses, you should decide to convert them to Christianity, because I believe that if they start, it won't be long before they succeed in converting many towns to our holy faith.” “Without a doubt, there is an abundance of gold in these lands, as the Indians I am bringing say that there are places in these islands where they mine gold and wear it around their necks, in their ears, and on their arms and legs, and the bracelets are quite thick.”

“And also there are stones and precious pearls, and unnumbered spices. And in this Rio de Mares, from which I departed last night, without doubt there is the greatest quantity of mastic, and there might be more if more were desired. For the trees, if planted, take root, and there are many of them and very great and they have the leaf like a lentisk, and their fruit, except that the trees and the fruit are larger, is such as Pliny describes, and I have seen in the Island of Chios in the Archipelago.

“And there are also stones and precious pearls, and countless spices. And in this Rio de Mares, which I left last night, there's definitely the largest amount of mastic, and there could be even more if needed. The trees, when planted, take root, and there are many of them, and they are quite large. They have leaves like lentisk, and their fruit, aside from being bigger than what Pliny describes, is similar to what I saw on the Island of Chios in the Archipelago.”

“And I had many of these trees tapped to see if they would send out resin, so as to draw it out. And as it rained all the time I was at the said river, I could not get any of it, except a very little which I am bringing to your Highnesses. And besides, it may be that it is not the time to tap them, for I believe that this should be done at the time when the trees begin to leave out from the winter and seek to send out their flowers, and now they have the fruit nearly ripe.

“And I tapped many of these trees to see if they would produce resin, so I could collect it. But since it rained the entire time I was at that river, I wasn't able to get much, just a little that I’m bringing to your Highnesses. Also, it might not be the right time to tap them, because I think this should be done when the trees start to bud in spring and try to produce their flowers, and right now they’re almost ready to bear fruit.”

“And also here there might be had a great store of cotton, and I believe that it might be sold very well here without taking it to Spain, in the great cities of the Great Khan, which will doubtless be discovered, and many others of other lords, who will then have to serve your Highnesses. And here will be given them other things from Spain, from the lands of the East, since these are ours in the West.

“And also here, there could be a large supply of cotton, and I believe it could sell very well here without needing to take it to Spain, in the major cities of the Great Khan, which will surely be discovered, along with many others ruled by different lords who will then have to serve your Highnesses. And here, they will receive other goods from Spain, from the lands of the East, since these are ours in the West.”

“And here there is also aloes everywhere, although this is not a thing to make great account of, but the mastic should be well considered, because it is not found except in the said island of Chios, and I believe that they get from it quite 50,000 ducats if I remember aright. And this is the best harbor which I have seen thus far—deep and easy of access, so that this would be a good place for a large town.”

“And here, there are also aloes everywhere, although that isn’t a big deal. However, we should pay attention to the mastic because it's only found on the island of Chios, and I think they make about 50,000 ducats from it if I remember correctly. This is the best harbor I’ve seen so far—deep and easy to get to, so it would be a great spot for a large town.”

The notes in Columbus’s journals are of the more interest and value, because they show his impressions at the moment when he wrote. However mistaken those impressions, he never corrects them afterwards. Although, while he was in Cuba, he never found the Grand Khan, he never recalls the hopes which he has expressed.

The notes in Columbus’s journals are more interesting and valuable because they show his thoughts at the moment he wrote them. No matter how wrong those thoughts were, he never revises them later. Even though he never found the Grand Khan while he was in Cuba, he never takes back the hopes he expressed.

He had discovered the island on its northern side by sailing southwest from the Lucayos or Bahamas. From the eleventh of November until the sixth of December he was occupied in coasting along the northern shore, eventually returning eastward, when he crossed the channel which parts Cuba from Hayti.

He found the island on its northern side by sailing southwest from the Lucayos or Bahamas. From November 11 until December 6, he was busy exploring the northern shore, eventually heading east again when he crossed the channel that separates Cuba from Haiti.

The first course was east, a quarter southeast, and on the sixteenth, they entered Port-au-Prince, and took possession, raising a cross there. At Port-au-Prince, to his surprise, he found on a point of rock two large logs, mortised into each other in the shape of a cross, so “that you would have said a carpenter could not have proportioned them better.”

The first course was east, a little southeast, and on the sixteenth, they arrived at Port-au-Prince and claimed the area by raising a cross there. At Port-au-Prince, to his surprise, he discovered two large logs, joined together in the shape of a cross on a rocky point, which looked so well-made that you’d think a carpenter couldn't have done it better.

On the nineteenth the course was north-northeast; on the twenty-first they took a course south, a quarter southwest, seeking in these changes the island of “Babeque,” which the Indians had spoken of as rich with gold. On the day last named Pinzon left the Admiral in the Pinta, and they did not meet again for more than a month.

On the nineteenth, they headed north-northeast; on the twenty-first, they changed direction to south-southwest, trying to find the island of "Babeque," which the Indians talked about as being full of gold. On that day, Pinzon left the Admiral in the Pinta, and they didn't see each other again for over a month.

Columbus touched at various points on Cuba and the neighboring islands. He sought, without success, for pearls, and always pressed his inquiries for gold. He was determined to find the island of Bohio, greatly to the terror of the poor Indians, whom he had on board: they said that its natives had but one eye, in the middle of their foreheads, and that they were well armed and ate their prisoners.

Columbus stopped at different places on Cuba and the nearby islands. He looked for pearls but didn't find any and constantly asked about gold. He was set on finding the island of Bohio, which frightened the poor Indians he had with him: they claimed that its people had only one eye in the middle of their foreheads, were well-armed, and ate their captives.

He landed in the bay of Moa, and then, keeping near the coast, sailed towards the Capo del Pico, now called Cape Vacz. At Puerto Santo he was detained some days by bad weather. On the fourth of December he continued his eastward voyage, and on the next day saw far off the mountains of Hayti, which was the Bohio he sought for.

He arrived in Moa Bay, and then, staying close to the coast, sailed toward Cape del Pico, now known as Cape Vacz. In Puerto Santo, he was held back for a few days due to bad weather. On December 4th, he resumed his journey eastward, and the next day, he spotted the mountains of Hayti in the distance, which was the Bohio he was looking for.





CHAPTER VI. — DISCOVERY OF HAYTI OR HISPANIOLA

—THE SEARCH FOR GOLD—HOSPITALITY AND INTELLIGENCE OF THE NATIVES—CHRISTMAS DAY—A SHIPWRECK—COLONY TO BE FOUNDED—COLUMBUS SAILS EAST AND MEETS MARTIN PINZON—THE TWO VESSELS RETURN TO EUROPE —STORM—THE AZORES—PORTUGAL—HOME.

—THE SEARCH FOR GOLD—HOSPITALITY AND INTELLIGENCE OF THE NATIVES—CHRISTMAS DAY—A SHIPWRECK—COLONY TO BE FOUNDED—COLUMBUS SAILS EAST AND MEETS MARTIN PINZON—THE TWO VESSELS RETURN TO EUROPE —STORM—THE AZORES—PORTUGAL—HOME.

On the sixth of December they crossed from the eastern cape of Cuba to the northwestern point of the island, which we call Hayti or San Domingo. He says he gave it this name because “the plains appeared to him almost exactly like those of Castile, but yet more beautiful.”

On December 6th, they made the journey from the eastern coast of Cuba to the northwestern tip of the island, which we refer to as Haiti or San Domingo. He explains that he named it this because “the plains looked almost exactly like those in Castile, but even more beautiful.”

He coasted eastward along the northern side of the island, hoping that it might be the continent, and always inquiring for gold when he landed; but the Indians, as before, referred him to yet another land, still further south, which they still called Bohio. It was not surrounded by water, they said. The word “caniba,” which is the origin of our word “cannibal,” and refers to the fierce Caribs, came often into their talk. The sound of the syllable can made Columbus more sure that he was now approaching the dominions of the Grand Khan of eastern Asia, of whom Marco Polo had informed Europe so fully.

He traveled eastward along the northern side of the island, hoping it might lead to the mainland, and always asking about gold whenever he landed. But the Native Americans, as before, directed him to another land further south, which they called Bohio. They said it wasn’t surrounded by water. The word “caniba,” the origin of our word “cannibal,” referring to the fierce Caribs, came up often in their conversation. The sound of the syllable "can" made Columbus more confident that he was nearing the realm of the Grand Khan of eastern Asia, whom Marco Polo had described so well to Europe.

On the twelfth of the month, after a landing in which a cross had been erected, three sailors went inland, pursuing the Indians. They captured a young woman whom they brought to the fleet. She wore a large ring of gold in her nose. She was able to understand the other Indians whom they had on board. Columbus dressed her, gave her some imitation pearls, rings and other finery, and then put her on shore with three Indians and three of his own men.

On the twelfth of the month, after landing where a cross had been put up, three sailors went inland to chase the Indians. They captured a young woman and brought her back to the fleet. She had a large gold ring in her nose. She could understand the other Indians they had on board. Columbus dressed her, gave her some fake pearls, rings, and other nice things, and then sent her ashore with three Indians and three of his own men.

The men returned the next day without going to the Indian village. Columbus then sent out nine men, with an Indian, who found a town of a thousand huts about four and a half leagues from the ship. They thought the population was three thousand. The village in Cuba is spoken of as having twenty people to a house. Here the houses were smaller or the count of the numbers extravagant. The people approached the explorers carefully, and with tokens of respect. Soon they gained confidence and brought out food for them: fish, and bread made from roots, “which tasted exactly as if it were made of chestnuts.”

The men returned the next day without visiting the Indian village. Columbus then sent out nine men, along with an Indian, who discovered a town of a thousand huts about four and a half leagues from the ship. They estimated the population to be around three thousand. In Cuba, the village is noted to have about twenty people per house. Here, the houses were smaller, or the population count seemed exaggerated. The locals approached the explorers cautiously and with signs of respect. Soon, they became more comfortable and brought out food for them: fish and bread made from roots, “which tasted just like chestnuts.”

In the midst of this festival, the woman, who had been sent back from the ship so graciously, appeared borne on the shoulders of men who were led by her husband.

In the middle of this festival, the woman, who had been kindly sent back from the ship, appeared carried on the shoulders of men guided by her husband.

The Spaniards thought these natives of St. Domingo much whiter than those of the other islands. Columbus says that two of the women, if dressed in Castilian costume, would be counted to be Spaniards. He says that the heat of the country is intense, and that if these people lived in a cooler region they would be of lighter color.

The Spaniards thought the natives of St. Domingo were much lighter-skinned than those from the other islands. Columbus mentions that two of the women, if dressed in Spanish clothing, would be considered Spaniards. He notes that the heat in the area is really strong, and that if these people lived in a cooler place, they would have lighter skin.

On the fourteenth of December he continued his voyage eastward, and on the fifteenth landed on the little island north of Hayti, which he called Tortuga, or Turtle island. At midnight on the sixteenth he sailed, and landed on Hispaniola again. Five hundred Indians met him, accompanied by their king, a fine young man of about twenty years of age. He had around him several counselors, one of whom appeared to be his tutor. To the steady questions where gold could be found, the reply as steady was made that it was in “the Island of Babeque.” This island, they said, was only two days off, and they pointed out the route. The interview ended in an offer by the king to the Admiral of all that he had. The explorers never found this mysterious Babeque, unless, as Bishop Las Casas guessed, Babeque and Jamaica be the same.

On December 14th, he continued his journey eastward, and on the 15th, he landed on a small island north of Haiti, which he named Tortuga, or Turtle Island. At midnight on the 16th, he set sail again and landed back on Hispaniola. Five hundred Native Americans greeted him, along with their king, a handsome young man around twenty years old. He had several advisors with him, one of whom seemed to be his teacher. When he asked where gold could be found, they consistently replied that it was on “the Island of Babeque.” They said this island was only two days away and pointed out the route. The meeting concluded with the king offering the Admiral everything he had. The explorers never located this mysterious Babeque, unless, as Bishop Las Casas speculated, Babeque and Jamaica were the same place.

The king visited Columbus on his ship in the evening, and Columbus entertained him with European food. With so cordial a beginning of intimacy, it was natural that the visitors should spend two or three days with these people. The king would not believe that any sovereigns of Castile could be more powerful than the men he saw. He and those around him all believed that they came direct from heaven.

The king visited Columbus on his ship in the evening, and Columbus entertained him with European food. With such a warm start to their relationship, it was only natural for the visitors to stay for two or three days with these people. The king couldn’t believe that any rulers of Castile could be more powerful than the men he was seeing. He and those with him all thought that they came straight from heaven.

Columbus was always asking for gold. He gave strict orders that it should always be paid for, when it was taken. To the islanders it was merely a matter of ornament, and they gladly exchanged it for the glass beads, the rings or the bells, which seemed to them more ornamental. One of the caciques or chiefs, evidently a man of distinction and authority, had little bits of gold which he exchanged for pieces of glass. It proved that he had clipped them off from a larger piece, and he went back into his cabin, cut that to pieces, and then exchanged all those in trade for the white man’s commodities. Well pleased with his bargain, he then told the Spaniards that he would go and get much more and would come and trade with them again.

Columbus was always asking for gold. He insisted that it should always be paid for when taken. For the islanders, it was just a matter of decoration, and they happily traded it for glass beads, rings, or bells, which they found more attractive. One of the chiefs, clearly a man of importance and power, had small pieces of gold that he swapped for glass pieces. It turned out he had cut them off from a larger piece, and he went back into his hut, chopped it up, and then traded all those pieces for the white man’s goods. Satisfied with his deal, he then told the Spaniards that he would go get much more and would come back to trade with them again.

On the eighteenth of December, the wind not serving well, they waited the return of the chief whom they had first seen. In the afternoon he appeared, seated in a palanquin, which was carried by four men, and escorted by more than two hundred of his people. He was accompanied by a counselor and preceptor who did not leave him. He came on board the ship when Columbus was at table. He would not permit him to leave his place, and readily took a seat at his side, when it was offered. Columbus offered him European food and drink; he tasted of each, and then gave what was offered to his attendants. The ceremonious Spaniards found a remarkable dignity in his air and gestures. After the repast, one of his servants brought a handsome belt, elegantly wrought, which he presented to Columbus, with two small pieces of gold, also delicately wrought.

On December 18th, with the wind not in their favor, they waited for the return of the chief they had first encountered. In the afternoon, he arrived, sitting in a palanquin carried by four men and accompanied by more than two hundred of his people. He had with him a counselor and teacher who stayed by his side. He came aboard the ship while Columbus was having his meal. He insisted that Columbus stay at the table and readily took a seat next to him when offered. Columbus served him European food and drink; he tasted everything and then handed what was offered to his attendants. The formal Spaniards found a notable dignity in his demeanor and gestures. After the meal, one of his servants brought a beautifully crafted belt, which he presented to Columbus along with two small pieces of finely made gold.

Columbus observed that this cacique looked with interest on the hangings of his ship-bed, and made a present of them to him, in return for his offering, with some amber beads from his own neck, some red shoes and a flask of orange flower water.

Columbus noticed that this chief was interested in the curtains of his ship's bed, so he gifted them to him in exchange for his offering, along with some amber beads from his own neck, red shoes, and a bottle of orange flower water.

On the nineteenth, after these agreeable hospitalities, the squadron sailed again, and on the twentieth arrived at a harbor which Columbus pronounced the finest he had ever seen. The reception he met here and the impressions he formed of Hispaniola determined him to make a colony on that island. It may be said that on this determination the course of his after life turned. This harbor is now known as the Bay of Azul.

On the nineteenth, after some pleasant hospitality, the squadron set sail again, and on the twentieth, they reached a harbor that Columbus claimed was the most beautiful he had ever seen. The welcome he received there and his impressions of Hispaniola led him to decide to establish a colony on that island. It's fair to say that this decision changed the direction of his later life. This harbor is now known as the Bay of Azul.

The men, whom he sent on shore, found a large village not far from the shore, where they were most cordially received. The natives begged the Europeans to stay with them, and as it proved, Columbus accepted the invitation for a part of his crew. On the first day three different chiefs came to visit him, in a friendly way, with their retinues. The next day more than a hundred and twenty canoes visited the ship, bringing with them such presents as the people thought would be acceptable. Among these were bread from the cassava root, fish, water in earthen jars, and the seeds of spices. These spices they would stir in with water to make a drink which they thought healthful.

The men he sent ashore discovered a large village not far from the beach, where they were warmly welcomed. The locals urged the Europeans to stay with them, and Columbus ended up accepting the invitation for part of his crew. On the first day, three different chiefs came to visit him in a friendly manner, accompanied by their followers. The following day, over a hundred and twenty canoes came to the ship, bringing gifts that the locals thought would be appreciated. Among these were bread made from cassava root, fish, water in clay jars, and seeds of spices. They would mix these spices with water to create a drink they believed was healthy.

On the same day Columbus sent an embassy of six men to a large town in the interior. The chief by giving his hand “to the secretary” pledged himself for their safe return.

On the same day, Columbus sent a group of six men to a big town inland. The chief, by shaking hands with "the secretary," guaranteed their safe return.

The twenty-third was Sunday. It was spent as the day before had been, in mutual civilities. The natives would offer their presents, and say “take, take,” in their own language. Five chiefs were among the visitors of the day. From their accounts Columbus was satisfied that there was much gold in the island, as indeed, to the misery and destruction of its inhabitants, there proved to be. He thought it was larger than England. But he was mistaken. In his journal of the next day he mentions Civao, a land to the west, where they told him that there was gold, and again he thought he was approaching Cipango, or Japan.

The twenty-third was a Sunday. It was spent just like the previous day, with friendly exchanges. The locals would offer their gifts, saying “take, take” in their own language. Five chiefs were among the day’s visitors. From what they shared, Columbus believed there was a lot of gold on the island, which, unfortunately for its inhabitants, turned out to be true. He thought it was bigger than England. But he was wrong. In his journal the next day, he mentions Civao, a land to the west, where they told him there was gold, and once again, he thought he was getting closer to Cipango, or Japan.

The next day he left these hospitable people, raising anchor in the morning, and with a light land wind continued towards the west. At eleven in the evening Columbus retired to rest. While he slept, on Christmas Day, there occurred an accident which changed all plans for the expedition so far as any had been formed, and from which there followed the establishment of the ill-fated first colony. The evening was calm when Columbus himself retired to sleep, and the master of the vessel followed his example, entrusting the helm to one of the boys. Every person on the ship, excepting this boy, was asleep, and he seems to have been awake to little purpose.

The next day, he said goodbye to these welcoming people, raised anchor in the morning, and continued west with a light land breeze. At eleven that night, Columbus went to bed. While he slept on Christmas Day, an accident happened that changed all the plans for the expedition and led to the creation of the unfortunate first colony. The evening was calm when Columbus went to sleep, and the ship's captain did the same, leaving the helm to one of the boys. Everyone on the ship, except for this boy, was asleep, and it seems he was awake for no good reason.

The young steersman let the ship drift upon a ridge of rock, although, as Columbus says, indignantly, there were breakers abundant to show the danger. So soon as she struck, the boy cried out, and Columbus was the first to wake. He says, by way of apology for himself, that for thirty-six hours he had not slept until now. The master of the ship followed him. But it was too late. The tide, such as there was, was ebbing, and the Santa Maria was hopelessly aground. Columbus ordered the masts cut away, but this did not relieve her.

The young helmsman let the ship drift onto a rock ridge, even though, as Columbus angrily pointed out, there were plenty of waves to indicate the danger. As soon as the ship hit, the boy shouted out, and Columbus was the first to wake up. He mentioned, as a way to excuse himself, that he hadn’t slept for thirty-six hours until that moment. The ship's captain followed him, but it was too late. The tide, what little there was, was going out, and the Santa Maria was stuck. Columbus ordered the masts to be cut away, but that didn’t help.

He sent out his boat with directions to carry aft an anchor and cable, but its crew escaped to the Nina with their tale of disaster. The Nina’s people would not receive them, reproached them as traitors, and in their own vessel came to the scene of danger. Columbus was obliged to transfer to her the crew of the Santa Maria.

He sent out his boat with orders to bring back an anchor and cable, but its crew fled to the Nina with their story of disaster. The people on the Nina wouldn’t take them in, called them traitors, and went to the danger zone on their own ship. Columbus had no choice but to move the crew of the Santa Maria onto her.

So soon as it was day, their friendly ally, Guacanagari, came on board. With tears in his eyes, he made the kindest and most judicious offers of assistance. He saw Columbus’s dejection, and tried to relieve him by expressions of his sympathy. He set aside on shore two large houses to receive the stores that were on the Santa Maria, and appointed as many large canoes as could be used to remove these stores to the land. He assured Columbus that not a bit of the cargo or stores should be lost, and this loyal promise was fulfilled to the letter.

As soon as it was day, their friendly ally, Guacanagari, came on board. With tears in his eyes, he made the kindest and most thoughtful offers of help. He noticed Columbus’s sadness and tried to comfort him with words of sympathy. He set aside two large houses onshore to hold the supplies from the Santa Maria and arranged for as many large canoes as needed to transport these supplies to land. He assured Columbus that not a single item from the cargo or supplies would be lost, and he kept that promise completely.

The weather continued favorable. The sea was so light that everything on board the Santa Maria was removed safely. Then it was that Columbus, tempted by the beauty of the place, by the friendship of the natives, and by the evident wishes of his men, determined to leave a colony, which should be supported by the stores of the Santa Maria, until the rest of the party could go back to Spain and bring or send reinforcements. The king was well pleased with this suggestion, and promised all assistance for the plan. A vault was dug and built, in which the stores could be placed, and on this a house was built for the home of the colonists, so far as they cared to live within doors.

The weather remained pleasant. The sea was so calm that everything on board the Santa Maria was safely unloaded. It was then that Columbus, drawn in by the beauty of the location, the friendliness of the locals, and the strong wishes of his crew, decided to establish a colony that would be supported by the supplies of the Santa Maria until the rest of the group could return to Spain and bring back more resources. The king was very supportive of this idea and promised to provide all necessary assistance for the plan. A vault was dug and constructed to store the supplies, and on top of that, a house was built for the settlers, as much as they wanted to live indoors.

The chief sent a canoe in search of Martin Pinzon and the Pinta, to tell them of the disaster. But the messengers returned without finding them. At the camp, which was to be a city, all was industriously pressed, with the assistance of the friendly natives. Columbus, having no vessel but the little Nina left, determined to return to Europe with the news of his discovery, and to leave nearly forty men ashore.

The chief sent a canoe to look for Martin Pinzon and the Pinta to inform them about the disaster. However, the messengers came back without finding them. At the camp, which was meant to become a city, everyone was working hard, with help from the friendly natives. Columbus, having only the small Nina left, decided to return to Europe with news of his discovery and leave almost forty men onshore.

It would appear that the men, themselves, were eager to stay. The luxury of the climate and the friendly overtures of the people delighted them, They had no need to build substantial houses. So far as houses were needed, those of the natives were sufficient. All the preparations which Columbus thought necessary were made in the week between the twenty-sixth of December and the second of January. On that day he expected to sail eastward, but unfavorable winds prevented.

It seems the men were keen to stick around. They were pleased by the pleasant climate and the warm welcomes from the locals. They didn't feel the need to construct solid homes; the natives' houses were just fine for what they needed. All the arrangements Columbus believed were essential were taken care of in the week between December 26 and January 2. He planned to set sail eastward that day, but bad winds held them back.

He landed his men again, and by the exhibition of a pretended battle with European arms, he showed the natives the military force of their new neighbors. He fired a shot from an arquebuse against the wreck of the Santa Maria, so that the Indians might see the power of his artillery. The Indian chief expressed his regret at the approaching departure, and the Spaniards thought that one of his courtiers said that the chief had ordered him to make a statue of pure gold as large as the Admiral.

He landed his men again, and by staging a fake battle with European weapons, he demonstrated the military strength of their new neighbors to the locals. He fired a shot from a gun at the wreck of the Santa Maria so that the Indians could see the power of his artillery. The Indian chief expressed his sadness about the upcoming departure, and the Spaniards thought that one of his courtiers mentioned that the chief had instructed him to create a statue of solid gold as large as the Admiral.

Columbus explained to the friendly chief that with such arms as the sovereigns of Castile commanded they could readily destroy the dreaded Caribs. And he thought he had made such an impression that the islanders would be the firm friends of the colonists.

Columbus told the friendly chief that with the weapons the kings of Castile had, they could easily defeat the feared Caribs. He believed he had made such an impact that the islanders would become strong allies of the colonists.

“I have bidden them build a solid tower and defense, over a vault. Not that I think this necessary against the natives, for I am satisfied that with a handful of people I could conquer the whole island, were it necessary, although it is, as far as I can judge, larger than Portugal, and twice as thickly peopled.” In this cheerful estimate of the people Columbus was wholly wrong, as the sad events proved before the year had gone by.

“I asked them to build a strong tower and defense over a vault. Not that I think this is necessary against the locals, because I believe that with just a small group of people I could take over the entire island if needed, though it seems to me to be larger than Portugal and twice as populated.” In this optimistic view of the people, Columbus was completely mistaken, as the tragic events proved within the year.

He left thirty-nine men to be the garrison of this fort; and the colony which was to discover the mine of gold. In command he placed Diego da Arana, Pedro Gutierres and Rodrigo de Segovia. To us, who have more experience of colonies and colonists than he had had, it does not seem to promise well that Rodrigo was “the king’s chamberlain and an officer of the first lord of the household.” Of these three, Diego da Arana was to be the governor, and the other two his lieutenants. The rest were all sailors, but among them there were Columbus’s secretary, an alguazil, or person commissioned in the civil service at home, an “arquebusier,” who was also a good engineer, a tailor, a ship carpenter, a cooper and a physician. So the little colony had its share of artificers and men of practical skill. They all staid willingly, delighted with the prospects of their new home.

He left thirty-nine men to garrison this fort and establish the colony that would discover the gold mine. He appointed Diego da Arana as the governor, along with Pedro Gutierres and Rodrigo de Segovia as his lieutenants. Given our experience with colonies and colonists, we find it concerning that Rodrigo was “the king’s chamberlain and an officer of the first lord of the household.” Among the three, Diego da Arana was in charge, while the other two assisted him. The rest were all sailors, but included Columbus’s secretary, a local civil servant, an “arquebusier” who was also a skilled engineer, a tailor, a ship carpenter, a cooper, and a physician. So, the small colony had its share of skilled tradespeople and practical talents. They all stayed willingly, enthusiastic about the opportunities in their new home.

On the third of January Columbus sailed for Europe in the little Nina. With her own crew and the addition she received from the Santa Maria, she must have been badly crowded. Fortunately for all parties, on Sunday, the third day of the voyage, while they were still in sight of land, the Pinta came in sight. Martin Pinzon came on board the Nina and offered excuses for his absence. Columbus was not really satisfied with them, but he affected to be, as this was no moment for a quarrel. He believed that Pinzon had left him, that, in the Pinta, he might be alone when he discovered the rich gold-bearing island of Babeque or Baneque. Although the determination was made to return, another week was spent in slow coasting, or in waiting for wind. It brought frequent opportunities for meeting the natives, in one of which they showed a desire to take some of their visitors captive. This would only have been a return for a capture made by Pinzon of several of their number, whom Columbus, on his meeting Pinzon, had freed. In this encounter two of the Indians were wounded, one by a sword, one by an arrow. It would seem that he did not show them the power of firearms.

On January 3rd, Columbus set sail for Europe on the small ship Nina. With her own crew plus the extra people from the Santa Maria, it must have been quite cramped. Luckily, on Sunday, the third day of the journey, while they were still near land, the Pinta appeared. Martin Pinzon boarded the Nina and offered excuses for not being there. Columbus wasn’t really satisfied with his explanations, but he pretended to be since it wasn’t the right time for a fight. He suspected that Pinzon had left him so he could be alone when he discovered the wealthy gold island of Babeque or Baneque. Even though they decided to head back, they spent another week slowly moving along the coast or waiting for wind. This gave them frequent chances to meet the natives, one of whom expressed a desire to capture some of their visitors. This was likely in retaliation for Pinzon’s earlier capture of several of their people, who Columbus had freed when he encountered Pinzon. In this encounter, two of the Indians were wounded—one by a sword and one by an arrow. It seems he didn’t demonstrate the power of firearms to them.

This was in the Bay of Samana, which Columbus called “The Bay of Arrows,” from the skirmish or quarrel which took place there. They then sailed sixty-four miles cast, a quarter northeast, and thought they saw the land of the Caribs, which he was seeking. But here, at length, his authority over his crew failed. The men were eager to go home;—did not, perhaps, like the idea of fight with the man-eating Caribs. There was a good western wind, and on the evening of the sixteenth of January Columbus gave way and they bore away for home.

This was in the Bay of Samana, which Columbus called “The Bay of Arrows” because of the fight that happened there. They then sailed sixty-four miles east, a quarter northeast, and thought they spotted the land of the Caribs, which he was looking for. But here, finally, he lost control over his crew. The men were eager to go home; they probably didn’t like the idea of battling the man-eating Caribs. There was a strong wind coming from the west, and on the evening of January 16th, Columbus gave in and they headed back home.

Columbus had satisfied himself in this week that there were many islands east of him which he had not hit upon, and that to the easternmost of these, from the Canaries, the distance would prove not more than four hundred leagues. In this supposition he was wholly wrong, though a chain of islands does extend to the southeast.

Columbus had convinced himself during that week that there were many islands to the east of him that he hadn't discovered yet, and that the distance to the easternmost of these from the Canaries would be no more than four hundred leagues. In this assumption, he was completely mistaken, although a chain of islands does stretch to the southeast.

He seems to have observed the singular regularity by which the trade winds bore him steadily westward as he came over. He had no wish to visit the Canary Islands again, and with more wisdom than could have been expected, from his slight knowledge of the Atlantic winds, he bore north. Until the fourteenth of February the voyage was prosperous and uneventful. One day the captive Indians amused the sailors by swimming. There is frequent mention of the green growth of the Sargasso sea. But on the fourteenth all this changed. The simple journal thus describes the terrible tempest which endangered the two vessels, and seemed, at the moment, to cut off the hope of their return to Europe.

He noticed the consistent pattern with which the trade winds pushed him steadily westward as he made his journey. He didn’t want to visit the Canary Islands again, and surprisingly wisely, given his limited understanding of the Atlantic winds, he headed north. Until February 14th, the voyage was smooth and uneventful. One day, the captive Indians entertained the sailors by swimming. There are frequent mentions of the lush greenery of the Sargasso Sea. But everything changed on the fourteenth. The simple journal describes the terrifying storm that threatened both ships and seemed, at that moment, to extinguish their hopes of returning to Europe.

“Monday, February 14.—This night the wind increased still more; the waves were terrible. Coming from two opposite directions, they crossed each other, and stopped the progress of the vessel, which could neither proceed nor get out from among them; and as they began continually to break over the ship, the Admiral caused the main-sail to be lowered. She proceeded thus during three hours, and made twenty miles. The sea became heavier and heavier, and the wind more and more violent. Seeing the danger imminent, he allowed himself to drift in whatever direction the wind took him, because he could do nothing else. Then the Pinta, of which Martin Alonzo Pinzon was the commander, began to drift also; but she disappeared very soon, although all through the night the Admiral made signals with lights to her, and she answered as long as she could, till she was prevented, probably by the force of the tempest, and by her deviation from the course which the Admiral followed.” Columbus did not see the Pinta again until she arrived at Palos. He was himself driven fifty-four miles towards the northeast.

“Monday, February 14.—Tonight the wind picked up even more; the waves were brutal. Coming from two opposite directions, they clashed and halted the ship's progress, making it impossible to move forward or escape from them. As they started breaking over the ship continuously, the Admiral ordered the main sail to be lowered. For three hours, the ship continued this way and covered twenty miles. The sea grew increasingly rough, and the wind became more violent. Realizing the danger was imminent, he let the ship drift in whatever direction the wind took it, as there was nothing else he could do. Then the Pinta, commanded by Martin Alonzo Pinzon, also started to drift but quickly vanished, even though the Admiral signaled her with lights all night, and she responded as long as she could until she was likely overpowered by the storm and veered off course compared to what the Admiral was following.” Columbus did not see the Pinta again until she returned to Palos. He himself was blown fifty-four miles toward the northeast.

The journal continues. “After sunrise the strength of the wind increased, and the sea became still more terrible. The Admiral all this time kept his mainsail lowered, so that the vessel might rise from among the waves which washed over it, and which threatened to sink it. The Admiral followed, at first, the direction of east-northeast, and afterwards due northeast. He sailed about six hours in this direction, and thus made seven leagues and a half. He gave orders that every sailor should draw lots as to who should make a pilgrimage to Santa Maria of Guadeloupe, to carry her a five-pound wax candle. And each one took a vow that he to whom the lot fell should make the pilgrimage.

The journal continues. “After sunrise, the wind got stronger, and the sea became even more frightening. Throughout this time, the Admiral kept the mainsail lowered so the ship could rise above the waves that crashed over it and threatened to sink it. The Admiral initially headed east-northeast, and then due northeast. He sailed for about six hours in that direction, covering seven and a half leagues. He instructed every sailor to draw lots to decide who would make a pilgrimage to Santa Maria of Guadeloupe to bring her a five-pound wax candle. Each sailor vowed that whoever drew the short straw would go on the pilgrimage."

“For this purpose, he gave orders to take as many dry peas as there were persons in the ship, and to cut, with a knife, a cross upon one of them, and to put them all into a cap, and to shake them up well. The first who put his hand in was the Admiral. He drew out the dry pea marked with the cross; so it was upon him that the lot fell, and he regarded himself, after that, as a pilgrim, obliged to carry into effect the vow which he had thus taken. They drew lots a second time, to select a person to go as pilgrim to Our Lady of Lorette, which is within the boundaries of Ancona, making a part of the States of the Church: it is a place where the Holy Virgin has worked and continues to work many and great miracles. The lot having fallen this time upon a sailor of the harbor of Santa Maria, named Pedro de Villa, the Admiral promised to give him all the money necessary for the expenses. He decided that a third pilgrim should be sent to watch one night at Santa Clara of Moguer, and to have a mass said there. For this purpose, they again shook up the dry peas, not forgetting that one which was marked with the cross, and the lot fell once again to the Admiral himself. He then took, as did all his crew, the vow that, on the first shore which they might reach, they would go in their shirts, in a procession, to make a prayer in some church in invocation of Our Lady.”

“For this purpose, he ordered that as many dry peas be taken as there were people on the ship, and to cut a cross on one of them with a knife, then put them all into a cap and shake them up well. The first to reach in was the Admiral. He pulled out the dry pea marked with the cross, so the lot fell on him, and he considered himself, from that moment, a pilgrim, obligated to fulfill the vow he had just made. They drew lots a second time to choose someone to go as a pilgrim to Our Lady of Lorette, located within the boundaries of Ancona, part of the States of the Church: it’s a place where the Holy Virgin has performed and continues to perform many great miracles. This time, the lot fell on a sailor from the harbor of Santa Maria named Pedro de Villa, and the Admiral promised to provide him with all the money needed for expenses. He decided that a third pilgrim should be sent to spend a night at Santa Clara of Moguer and have a mass said there. For this, they shook up the dry peas again, making sure to include the one marked with the cross, and once again, the lot fell to the Admiral himself. He then took, along with all his crew, the vow that, on the first shore they reached, they would go in their shirts in a procession to pray in some church in honor of Our Lady.”

“Besides the general vows, or those taken by all in common, each man made his own special vow, because nobody expected to escape. The storm which they experienced was so terrible, that all regarded themselves as lost; what increased the danger was the circumstance that the vessel lacked ballast, because the consumption of food, water and wine had greatly diminished her load. The hope of the continuance of weather as fine as that which they had experienced in all the islands, was the reason why the Admiral had not provided his vessel with the proper amount of ballast. Moreover, his plan had been to ballast it in the Women’s Island, whither he had from the first determined to go. The remedy which the Admiral employed was to fill with sea water, as soon as possible, all the empty barrels which had previously held either wine or fresh water. In this way the difficulty was remedied.

“Besides the general vows everyone took together, each person made their own individual vow, because no one expected to survive. The storm they faced was so fierce that everyone thought they were doomed; what made the situation worse was that the ship didn't have enough ballast since the supplies of food, water, and wine had significantly reduced its weight. They had hoped the nice weather they experienced in all the islands would continue, which is why the Admiral hadn’t equipped the ship with the right amount of ballast. Additionally, he planned to add ballast at Women’s Island, where he had originally intended to go. The solution the Admiral came up with was to fill all the empty barrels that had previously contained wine or fresh water with seawater as quickly as possible. This way, the issue was resolved.”

“The Admiral tells here the reasons for fearing that our Saviour would allow him to become the victim of this tempest, and other reasons which made him hope that God would come to his assistance, and cause him to arrive safe and sound, so that intelligence such as that which he was conveying to the king and queen would not perish with him. The strong desire which he had to be the bearer of intelligence so important, and to prove the truth of all which he had said, and that all which he had tried to discover had really been discovered, seemed to contribute precisely to inspire him with the greatest fear that he could not succeed. He confessed, himself, that every mosquito that passed before his eyes was enough to annoy and trouble him. He attributed this to his little faith, and his lack of confidence in Divine Providence. On the other hand, he was re-animated by the favors which God had shown him in granting to him so great a triumph as that which he had achieved, in all his discoveries, in fulfilling all his wishes, and in granting that, after having experienced in Castile so many rebuffs and disappointments, all his hopes should at last be more than surpassed. In one word, as the sovereign master of the universe, had, in the outset, distinguished him in granting all his requests, before he had carried out his expedition for God’s greatest glory, and before it had succeeded, he was compelled to believe now that God would preserve him to complete the work which he had begun.” Such is Las Casas’s abridgment of Columbus’s words.

“The Admiral shares his fears that our Saviour might let him fall victim to this storm, along with other reasons that made him hopeful that God would help him and ensure he arrived safely. He wanted to deliver the crucial information he was bringing to the king and queen, and didn’t want his mission to end with him. His strong desire to be the one to share such important news and to prove that everything he’d claimed was true, as well as that all his discoveries were legitimate, seemed to fuel his greatest fear of failing. He admitted that every little annoyance, like a mosquito flying by, was enough to trouble him. He attributed this to his lack of faith and confidence in Divine Providence. However, he also felt encouraged by the blessings God had shown him, like the significant triumphs in all his discoveries and the fulfillment of his wishes, especially after facing many setbacks and disappointments in Castile. Ultimately, as the supreme master of the universe had distinguished him by granting all his requests even before he set out on his expedition for God’s glory, he felt compelled to believe that God would protect him to complete the work he had started.” This is Las Casas’s summary of Columbus’s words.

“For which reasons he said he ought to have had no fear of the tempest that was raging. But his weakness and anguish did not leave him a moment’s calm. He also said that his greatest grief was the thought of leaving his two boys orphans. They were at Cordova, at their studies. What would become of them in a strange land, without father or mother? for the king and queen, being ignorant of the services he had rendered them in this voyage, and of the good news which he was bringing to them, would not be bound by any consideration to serve as their protectors.

“For that reason, he said he shouldn’t have been afraid of the storm that was raging. But his weakness and distress left him with no moment of peace. He also mentioned that his greatest sorrow was the thought of leaving his two boys orphans. They were in Cordova, focused on their studies. What would happen to them in a strange land, without a father or mother? The king and queen, unaware of the services he had provided during this voyage and the positive news he was bringing them, wouldn’t feel obligated to protect them.”

“Full of this thought, he sought, even in the storm, some means of apprising their highnesses of the victory which the Lord had granted him, in permitting him to discover in the Indies all which he had sought in his voyage, and to let them know that these coasts were free from storms, which is proved, he said, by the growth of herbage and trees even to the edge of the sea. With this purpose, that, if he perished in this tempest, the king and queen might have some news of his voyage, he took a parchment and wrote on it all that he could of his discoveries, and urgently begged that whoever found it would carry it to the king and queen. He rolled up this parchment in a piece of waxed linen, closed this parcel tightly, and tied it up securely; he had brought to him a large wooden barrel, within which he placed it, without anybody’s knowing what it was. Everybody thought the proceeding was some act of devotion. He then caused it to be thrown into the sea.” (*)

“Thinking about this, he looked for a way, even in the storm, to let the king and queen know about the victory that the Lord had given him by allowing him to find everything he had sought in the Indies during his journey. He wanted to inform them that these shores were safe from storms, which he claimed was evident by the growth of grass and trees right up to the edge of the sea. With this goal in mind, so that if he didn’t survive the tempest, the king and queen would have some word about his voyage, he took a piece of parchment and wrote down all he could about his discoveries, urgently requesting that whoever found it would deliver it to the king and queen. He rolled the parchment in a piece of waxed linen, sealed the bundle tightly, and secured it well. He had a large wooden barrel brought to him, into which he placed it without anyone knowing what it was. Everyone thought he was performing some sort of act of devotion. He then had it tossed into the sea.” (*)

     (*) Within a few months, in the summer of 1890, a well known
     English publisher has issued an interesting and ingenious
     edition, of what pretended to be a facsimile of this
     document. The reader is asked to believe that the lost
     barrel has just now been found on the western coast of
     England. But publishers and purchasers know alike that this
     is only an amusing suggestion of what might have been.
     (*) Within a few months, in the summer of 1890, a well-known English publisher released an intriguing and clever edition that claimed to be a facsimile of this document. The reader is led to believe that the lost barrel has just been discovered on the western coast of England. However, both publishers and buyers know that this is merely a playful idea of what could have happened.

The sudden and heavy showers, and the squalls which followed some time afterwards, changed the wind, which turned to the west. They had the wind thus abaft, and he sailed thus during five hours with the foresail only, having always the troubled sea, and made at once two leagues and a half towards the northeast. He had lowered the main topmast lest a wave might carry it away.

The sudden heavy rain and the squalls that came afterwards shifted the wind to the west. With the wind now at his back, he sailed for five hours using only the foresail, facing a rough sea, and covered two and a half leagues towards the northeast. He had lowered the main topmast to prevent a wave from taking it out.

With a heavy wind astern, so that the sea frequently broke over the little Nina, she made eastward rapidly, and at daybreak on the fifteenth they saw land. The Admiral knew that he had made the Azores, he had been steadily directing the course that way; some of the seamen thought they were at Madeira, and some hopeful ones thought they saw the rock of Cintra in Portugal. Columbus did not land till the eighteenth, when he sent some men on shore, upon the island of Santa Maria. His news of discovery was at first received with enthusiasm.

With a strong wind behind her, causing the sea to frequently crash over the little Nina, she quickly headed eastward, and at dawn on the fifteenth, they spotted land. The Admiral knew he had reached the Azores, having consistently steered in that direction; some of the crew believed they were at Madeira, while a few optimistic ones thought they saw the rock of Cintra in Portugal. Columbus didn't land until the eighteenth, when he sent some men ashore on the island of Santa Maria. His news of discovery was initially met with excitement.

But there followed a period of disagreeable negotiation with Castaneda, the governor of the Azores. Pretending great courtesy and hospitality, but really acting upon the orders of the king of Portugal, he did his best to disable Columbus and even seized some of his crew and kept them prisoners for some days. When Columbus once had them on board again, he gave up his plans for taking ballast and water on these inhospitable islands, and sailed for Europe.

But then there was a tough negotiation with Castaneda, the governor of the Azores. He pretended to be very courteous and hospitable, but was really just following the orders of the king of Portugal. He did everything he could to hinder Columbus and even captured some of his crew, holding them as prisoners for several days. Once Columbus got his crew back on board, he abandoned his plans to take on ballast and water at these unwelcoming islands and set sail for Europe.

He had again a stormy passage. Again they were in imminent danger. “But God was good enough to save him. He caused the crew to draw lots to send to Notre Dame de la Cintra, at the island of Huelva, a pilgrim who should come there in his shirt. The lot fell upon himself. All the crew, including the Admiral, vowed to fast on bread and water on the first Saturday which should come after the arrival of the vessel. He had proceeded sixty miles before the sails were torn; then they went under masts and shrouds on account of the unusual strength of the wind, and the roughness of the sea, which pressed them almost on all sides. They saw indications of the nearness of the land; they were in fact, very near Lisbon.”

He had a rough journey once again. They faced serious danger once more. “But God was kind enough to save him. He had the crew draw lots to send a pilgrim to Notre Dame de la Cintra, on the island of Huelva, someone who should go there in just a shirt. He drew the short straw. All the crew, including the Admiral, promised to fast on bread and water on the first Saturday after the ship's arrival. He had traveled sixty miles before the sails were ripped; then they had to go under masts and rigging due to the unusually strong wind and the choppy sea that surrounded them on almost all sides. They saw signs that land was nearby; in fact, they were very close to Lisbon.”

At Lisbon, after a reception which was at first cordial, the Portuguese officers showed an inhospitality like that of Castaneda at the Azores. But the king himself showed more dignity and courtesy. He received the storm-tossed Admiral with distinction, and permitted him to refit his shattered vessel with all he needed. Columbus took this occasion to write to his own sovereigns.

At Lisbon, after a reception that started off friendly, the Portuguese officers showed a lack of hospitality similar to that of Castaneda in the Azores. However, the king himself demonstrated more dignity and courtesy. He welcomed the troubled Admiral with respect and allowed him to repair his damaged ship with everything he needed. Columbus took this opportunity to write to his own rulers.

On the thirteenth he sailed again, and on the fifteenth entered the bay and harbor of Palos, which he had left six months and a half before. He had sailed on Friday. He had discovered America on Friday. And on Friday he safely returned to his home.

On the thirteenth, he set sail again, and on the fifteenth, he entered the bay and harbor of Palos, which he had left six and a half months earlier. He set sail on a Friday. He discovered America on a Friday. And on Friday, he safely returned home.

His journal of the voyage ends with these words: “I see by this voyage that God has wonderfully proved what I say, as anybody may convince himself, by reading this narrative, by the signal wonders which he has worked during the course of my voyage, and in favor of myself, who have been for so long a time at the court of your Highnesses in opposition and contrary to the opinions of so many distinguished personages of your household, who all opposed me, treating my project as a dream, and my undertaking as a chimera. And I hope still, nevertheless, in our Lord, this voyage will bring the greatest honor to Christianity, although it has been performed with so much ease.”

His journal of the voyage ends with these words: “I see from this journey that God has remarkably proven my point, as anyone can see by reading this account, through the amazing wonders He has performed during my voyage and on my behalf, despite being for so long at the court of Your Highnesses in opposition to the views of many distinguished members of your household, who all opposed me, dismissing my project as a fantasy and my endeavor as unrealistic. Still, I hope that, in our Lord, this voyage will bring great honor to Christianity, even though it has been accomplished with such ease.”





CHAPTER VII. — COLUMBUS IS CALLED TO MEET THE KING AND QUEEN

—HIS MAGNIFICENT RECEPTION—NEGOTIATIONS WITH THE POPE AND WITH THE KING OF PORTUGAL—SECOND EXPEDITION ORDERED—FONSECA—THE PREPARATIONS AT CADIZ.

—HIS MAGNIFICENT RECEPTION—NEGOTIATIONS WITH THE POPE AND WITH THE KING OF PORTUGAL—SECOND EXPEDITION ORDERED—FONSECA—THE PREPARATIONS AT CADIZ.

The letter which Columbus sent from Lisbon to the king and queen was everywhere published. It excited the enthusiasm first of Spain and then of the world. This letter found in the earlier editions is now one of the most choice curiosities of libraries. Well it may be, for it is the first public announcement of the greatest event of modern history.

The letter that Columbus sent from Lisbon to the king and queen was widely published. It sparked excitement first in Spain and then around the world. This letter, found in earlier editions, is now one of the most sought-after treasures in libraries. And it's no wonder, as it marks the first public announcement of the greatest event in modern history.

Ferdinand and Isabella directed him to wait upon them at once at court. It happened that they were then residing at Barcelona, on the eastern coast of Spain, so that the journey required to fulfill their wishes carried him quite across the kingdom. It was a journey of triumph. The people came together in throngs to meet this peaceful conqueror who brought with him such amazing illustrations of his discovery.

Ferdinand and Isabella told him to meet them immediately at court. At that time, they were staying in Barcelona, on the eastern coast of Spain, which meant he had to travel all the way across the kingdom to fulfill their request. It was a triumphant journey. Crowds gathered to welcome this peaceful conqueror, who brought incredible evidence of his discovery.

The letter bearing instructions for him to proceed to Barcelona was addressed “To Don Christopher Columbus, our Admiral of the Ocean Sea, Viceroy and Governor of the islands discovered in the Indies.” So far was he now raised above the rank of a poor adventurer, who had for seven years attended the court in its movements, seeking an opportunity to explain his proposals.

The letter with orders for him to go to Barcelona was addressed “To Don Christopher Columbus, our Admiral of the Ocean Sea, Viceroy and Governor of the islands discovered in the Indies.” He had come a long way from being just a struggling adventurer who had spent seven years following the court, trying to find a chance to present his ideas.

As he approached Barcelona he was met by a large company of people, including many persons of rank. A little procession was formed of the party of the Admiral. Six Indians of the islands who had survived the voyage, led the way. They were painted according to their custom in various colors, and ornamented with the fatal gold of their countries, which had given to the discovery such interest in the eyes of those who looked on.

As he got closer to Barcelona, he was welcomed by a large crowd, including many important figures. A small parade was formed by the Admiral's group. Six surviving natives from the islands led the way. They were painted in their customary bright colors and adorned with the precious gold from their land, which had made the discovery so fascinating to onlookers.

Columbus had brought ten Indians away with him, but one had died on the voyage and he had left three sick at Palos. Those whom he brought to Barcelona, were baptized in presence of the king and queen.

Columbus took ten Indians with him, but one died during the journey and he left three sick in Palos. The ones he brought to Barcelona were baptized in front of the king and queen.

After the Indians, were brought many curious objects which had come from the islands, such as stuffed birds and beasts and living paroquets, which perhaps spoke in the language of their own country, and rare plants, so different from those of Spain. Ornaments of gold were displayed, which would give the people some idea of the wealth of the islands. Last of all came Columbus, elegantly mounted and surrounded by a brilliant cavalcade of young Spaniards. The crowd of wondering people pressed around them. Balconies and windows were crowded with women looking on. Even the roofs were crowded with spectators.

After the Native Americans, many fascinating objects arrived from the islands, including stuffed birds and animals, live parrots that probably spoke their native language, and exotic plants that were very different from those in Spain. There were also displays of gold ornaments that hinted at the islands' wealth. Finally, Columbus arrived, riding elegantly and flanked by a dazzling group of young Spaniards. The crowd of amazed people gathered around them. Balconies and windows were filled with women watching. Even the rooftops were packed with onlookers.

The king and queen awaited Columbus in a large hall, where they were seated on a rich dais covered with gold brocade. It was in the palace known as the “Casa de la Deputacion” which the kings of Aragon made their residence when they were in Barcelona. A body of the most distinguished lords and ladies of Spain were in attendance. As Columbus entered the hall the king and queen arose. He fell on his knee that he might kiss their hands but they bade him rise and then sit and give an account of his voyage.

The king and queen were waiting for Columbus in a large hall, where they sat on an ornate platform draped in gold fabric. This was in the palace known as the “Casa de la Deputacion,” the residence of the kings of Aragon when they were in Barcelona. A group of the most prominent lords and ladies of Spain were present. As Columbus entered the hall, the king and queen stood up. He knelt to kiss their hands, but they told him to rise, then asked him to sit and share the details of his voyage.

Columbus spoke with dignity and simplicity which commanded respect, while all listened with sympathy. He showed some of the treasures he had brought, and spoke with certainty of the discoveries which had been made, as only precursors of those yet to come. When his short narrative was ended, all the company knelt and united in chanting the “Te Deum,” “We Praise Thee, O God.” Las Casas, describing the joy and hope of that occasion says, “it seems as if they had a foretaste of the joys of paradise.”

Columbus spoke with dignity and straightforwardness that earned respect, while everyone listened with empathy. He showcased some of the treasures he had brought and spoke confidently about the discoveries made, seeing them as just the beginning of what was yet to come. When he finished his brief account, everyone in the room knelt and joined together in singing the “Te Deum,” “We Praise Thee, O God.” Las Casas, reflecting on the joy and hope of that moment, says, “it felt like they had a preview of the joys of paradise.”

It would seem as if those whose duty it is to prepare fit celebrations of the periods of the great discovery, could hardly do better than to produce on the twenty-fourth of April, 1893, a reproduction of the solemn pageant in which, in Barcelona, four centuries before, the Spanish court commemorated the great discovery.

It seems like those responsible for organizing suitable celebrations for the anniversaries of the great discovery could hardly do better than to create a recreation on April 24, 1893, of the solemn event where, in Barcelona, the Spanish court celebrated the great discovery four centuries earlier.

From this time, for several weeks, a series of pageants and festivities surrounded him. At no other period of his life were such honors paid to him. It was at one of the banquets, at which he was present, that the incident of the egg, so often told in connection with the great discovery, took place. A flippant courtier—of that large class of people who stay at home when great deeds are done, and afterwards depreciate the doers of them—had the impertinence to ask Columbus, if the adventure so much praised was not, after all, a very simple matter. He probably said “a short voyage of four or five weeks; was it anything more?” Columbus replied by giving him an egg which was on the table, and asking him if he could stand it on one end. He said he could not, and the other guests said that they could not. Columbus tapped it on the table so as to break the end of the shell, and the egg stood erect. “It is easy enough,” he said, “when any one has shown you how.”

From this time, for several weeks, a series of parades and celebrations surrounded him. At no other time in his life had he received such honors. At one of the banquets he attended, the famous incident with the egg, often recounted in connection with the great discovery, took place. A sarcastic courtier—part of that large group of people who sit back while great things happen and later belittle those who achieve them—had the nerve to ask Columbus if the highly praised adventure wasn't really a simple task. He probably said, "Just a short trip of four or five weeks; was it anything more?" Columbus responded by giving him an egg from the table and asking if he could balance it on one end. He said he couldn’t, and neither could the other guests. Columbus tapped it on the table to break the end of the shell, and the egg stood up. “It’s easy enough,” he said, “once someone shows you how.”

It is well to remember, that if after years showed that the ruler of Spain wearied in his gratitude, Columbus was, at the time, welcomed with the enthusiasm which he deserved. From the very grains of gold brought home in this first triumph, the queen, Isabella, had the golden illumination wrought of a most beautiful missal-book.

It’s important to remember that even if years later the ruler of Spain grew tired of his gratitude, Columbus was celebrated with the enthusiasm he deserved at the time. From the very first grains of gold he brought back in this triumph, Queen Isabella had the golden illumination created for a beautiful missal book.

Distinguished artists decorated the book, and the portraits of sovereigns then on the throne appear as the representations of King David, King Solomon, the Queen of Sheba and other royal personages. This book she gave afterwards to her grandson, Charles V, of whom it has been said that perhaps no man in modern times has done the world more harm.

Distinguished artists illustrated the book, featuring portraits of the reigning sovereigns portrayed as King David, King Solomon, the Queen of Sheba, and other royal figures. She later gifted this book to her grandson, Charles V, who has been described as possibly the person in modern times who has caused the world the most harm.

This precious book, bearing on its gilded leaves the first fruits of America, is now preserved in the Royal Library at Madrid.

This treasured book, adorned with its gilded pages showcasing the early accomplishments of America, is now kept in the Royal Library in Madrid.

The time was not occupied merely in shows and banquets. There was no difficulty now, about funds for a second expedition. Directions were given that it might be set forward as quickly as possible, and on an imposing scale. For it was feared at court that King John of Portugal, the successful rival of Spain, thus far, in maritime adventure, might anticipate further discovery. The sovereigns at once sent an embassy to the pope, not simply to announce the discovery, but to obtain from him a decree confirming similar discoveries in the same direction. There was at least one precedent for such action. A former pope had granted to Portugal all the lands it might discover in Africa, south of Cape Bojador, and the Spanish crown had assented by treaty to this arrangement. Ferdinand and Isabella could now refer to this precedent, in asking for a grant to them of their discoveries on the western side of the Atlantic. The pope now reigning was Alexander II. He had not long filled the papal chair. He was an ambitious and prudent sovereign—a native of Spain—and, although he would gladly have pleased the king of Portugal, he was quite unwilling to displease the Spanish sovereigns. The Roman court received with respect the request made to them. The pope expressed his joy at the hopes thrown out for the conversion of the heathen, which the Spanish sovereigns had expressed, as Columbus had always done. And so prompt were the Spanish requests, and so ready the pope’s answer, that as early as May 3, 1493, a papal bull was issued to meet the wishes of Spain.

The time wasn’t just filled with shows and banquets. There were no issues now regarding funds for a second expedition. Instructions were given to start it as soon as possible and on a grand scale. Court officials were worried that King John of Portugal, who had been more successful than Spain in maritime exploration, might get ahead in making further discoveries. The sovereigns quickly sent an ambassador to the pope, not just to announce the discovery, but to get a decree from him confirming similar discoveries in that area. There was at least one example for this. A previous pope had granted Portugal all the lands it might find in Africa, south of Cape Bojador, and the Spanish crown had accepted this arrangement via treaty. Ferdinand and Isabella could now refer to this example when asking for a grant for their discoveries on the western side of the Atlantic. The reigning pope was Alexander II. He had recently taken the papal position. He was an ambitious and cautious leader—a native of Spain—and even though he would have liked to please the king of Portugal, he didn’t want to upset the Spanish sovereigns. The Roman court received their request with respect. The pope expressed his happiness about the hopes for converting non-Christians, which the Spanish sovereigns had mentioned, just as Columbus had always done. The Spanish requests were so prompt, and the pope’s response was so ready, that as early as May 3, 1493, a papal bull was issued to fulfill Spain’s wishes.

This bull determined for Spain and for Portugal, that all discoveries made west of a meridian line one hundred leagues west of the Azores should belong to Spain. All discoveries east of that line should belong to Portugal. No reference was made to other maritime powers, and it does not seem to have been supposed that other states had any rights in such matters. The line thus arranged for the two nations was changed by their own agreement, in 1494, for a north and south line three hundred and fifty leagues west of the Cape de Verde Islands. The difference between the two lines was not supposed to be important.

This treaty established that all discoveries made west of a line drawn one hundred leagues west of the Azores would belong to Spain, while any discoveries east of that line would belong to Portugal. There was no mention of other maritime nations, and it was assumed that other countries had no claims in these matters. The line agreed upon by the two nations was modified by mutual consent in 1494 to a north-south line three hundred and fifty leagues west of the Cape Verde Islands. The difference between the two lines was not considered significant.

The decision thus made was long respected. Under a mistaken impression as to the longitude of the Philippine Islands in the East Indies, Spain has held those islands, under this line of division, ever since their discovery by Magellan. She considered herself entitled to all the islands and lands between the meridian thus drawn in the Atlantic and the similar meridian one hundred and eighty degrees away, on exactly the other side of the world.

The decision that was made has been honored for a long time. Due to a misunderstanding about the longitude of the Philippine Islands in the East Indies, Spain has held onto those islands under this line of division ever since Magellan discovered them. Spain believed it had the rights to all the islands and lands between the meridian drawn in the Atlantic and the similar meridian 180 degrees opposite, on the other side of the globe.

Under the same line of division, Portugal held, for three centuries and more, Brazil, which projects so far eastward into the Atlantic as to cross this line of division.

Under the same line of division, Portugal ruled Brazil for over three centuries, a country that extends so far east into the Atlantic that it crosses this line of division.

Fearful, all the time, that neither the pope’s decree, nor any diplomacy would prevent the king of Portugal from attempting to seize lands at the west, the Spanish court pressed with eagerness arrangements for a second expedition. It was to be on a large and generous scale and to take out a thousand men. For this was the first plan, though the number afterwards was increased to fifteen hundred. To give efficiency to all the measures of colonization, what we should call a new department of administration was formed, and at the head of it was placed Juan Rodriguez de Fonseca.

Fearful all the time that neither the pope's decree nor any diplomatic efforts would stop the king of Portugal from trying to take lands in the west, the Spanish court eagerly pushed for plans for a second expedition. It was set to be large and ambitious, sending out a thousand men. Though this was the initial plan, the number was later increased to fifteen hundred. To make all colonization efforts more effective, what we would now call a new administrative department was created, with Juan Rodriguez de Fonseca at the helm.

Fonseca held this high and responsible position for thirty years. He early conceived a great dislike of Columbus, who, in some transactions before this expedition sailed, appealed to the sovereigns to set aside a decision of Fonseca’s, and succeeded. For all the period while he managed the Indian affairs of Spain, Fonseca kept his own interests in sight more closely than those of Spain or of the colonists; and not Columbus only, but every other official of Spain in the West Indies, had reason to regret the appointment.

Fonseca held this important and demanding position for thirty years. He quickly developed a strong dislike for Columbus, who, in some dealings before this expedition set sail, appealed to the monarchs to overturn one of Fonseca’s decisions and managed to do so. Throughout the time he oversaw Spain's Indian affairs, Fonseca prioritized his own interests more than those of Spain or the colonists. As a result, not only Columbus but also every other official of Spain in the West Indies had reasons to regret his appointment.

The king of Portugal and the sovereigns of Spain began complicated and suspicious negotiations with each other regarding the new discoveries. Eventually, as has been said, they acceded to the pope’s proposal and decree. But, at first, distrusting each other, and concealing their real purposes, in the worst style of the diplomacy of that time, they attempted treaties for the adjustment between themselves of the right to lands not yet discovered by either. Of these negotiations, the important result was that which has been named,—the change of the meridian of division from that proposed by the pope. It is curious now to see that the king of Portugal proposed a line of division, which would run east and west, so that Spain should have the new territories north of the latitude of the Grand Canary, and Portugal all to the south.

The king of Portugal and the rulers of Spain started complex and distrustful talks with each other about the new discoveries. Eventually, as mentioned, they agreed to the pope’s proposal and decree. But at first, they were suspicious of each other and hid their true intentions, using the worst tactics of diplomacy for that time. They tried to create treaties to figure out their rights to lands that neither had yet discovered. An important outcome of these discussions was the change of the division line from what the pope had suggested. Interestingly, the king of Portugal suggested a division line that would run east and west, so Spain would get the new territories north of the latitude of Grand Canary, while Portugal would take everything to the south.

In the midst of negotiation, the king and queen and Columbus knew that whoever was first on the ground of discovery would have the great advantage. There was a rumor in Spain that Portugal had already sent out vessels to the west. Everything was pressed with alacrity at Cadiz. The expedition was to be under Columbus’s absolute command. Seamen of reputation were engaged to serve under him. Seventeen vessels were to take out a colony. Horses as well as cattle and other domestic animals were provided. Seeds and plants of different kinds were sent out, and to this first colonization by Spain, America owes the sugar-cane, and perhaps some other of her tropical productions.

In the middle of negotiations, the king, queen, and Columbus knew that whoever got to the discovery site first would have a huge advantage. There was a rumor in Spain that Portugal had already sent ships westward. Everything was moving quickly in Cadiz. The expedition would be under Columbus’s complete control. Experienced sailors were hired to serve with him. Seventeen ships were set to take out a colony. They provided horses, cattle, and other domestic animals. Various seeds and plants were sent along, and to this first colonization by Spain, America owes sugarcane and possibly some other tropical crops.

Columbus remained in Barcelona until the twenty-third of May. But before that time, the important orders for the expedition had been given. He then went to Cadiz himself, and gave his personal attention to the preparations. Applications were eagerly pressed, from all quarters, for permission to go. Young men of high family were eager to try the great adventure. It was necessary to enlarge the number from that at first proposed. The increase of expense, ordered as the plans enlarged, did not please Fonseca. To quarrels between him and Columbus at this time have been referred the persecutions which Columbus afterwards suffered. In this case the king sustained Columbus in all his requisitions, and Fonseca was obliged to answer them.

Columbus stayed in Barcelona until May 23rd. However, before that date, the crucial orders for the expedition had been issued. He then traveled to Cadiz himself to oversee the preparations. Many people were eagerly seeking permission to join. Young men from prominent families were excited to embark on this great adventure. It became necessary to increase the number of participants from what was originally planned. The rise in costs, as the plans expanded, displeased Fonseca. Their conflicts during this period are often cited as the reason for the difficulties Columbus faced later on. In this instance, the king supported Columbus in all his requests, forcing Fonseca to comply.

So rapidly were all these preparations made, that, in a little more than a year from the sailing of the first expedition, the second, on a scale so much larger, was ready for sea.

So quickly were all these preparations made that, in just over a year from the departure of the first expedition, the second, much larger in scale, was ready to set sail.





CHAPTER VIII. — THE SECOND EXPEDITION SAILS

—FROM CADIZ AT CANARY ISLANDS—DISCOVERY OF DOMINICA AND GUADELOUPE—SKIRMISHES WITH THE CARIBS—PORTO RICO DISCOVERED—HISPANIOLA—THE FATE OF THE COLONY AT LA NAVIDAD.

—FROM CADIZ AT CANARY ISLANDS—DISCOVERY OF DOMINICA AND GUADELOUPE—CONFLICTS WITH THE CARIBS—PORTO RICO DISCOVERED—HISPANIOLA—THE FATE OF THE COLONY AT LA NAVIDAD.

There is not in history a sharper contrast, or one more dramatic, than that between the first voyage of Columbus and the second. In the first voyage, three little ships left the port of Palos, most of the men of their crews unwilling, after infinite difficulty in preparation, and in the midst of the fears of all who stayed behind.

There is no other moment in history that shows a sharper or more dramatic contrast than between Columbus's first voyage and his second. On the first voyage, three small ships departed from the port of Palos, with most of the crew members reluctant to go, after countless difficulties in preparation and in the face of the fears of everyone who stayed behind.

In the second voyage, a magnificent fleet, equipped with all that the royal service could command, crowded with eager adventurers who are excited by expectations of romance and of success, goes on the very same adventure.

In the second voyage, an impressive fleet, outfitted with everything the royal service could provide, filled with eager adventurers excited by dreams of romance and success, embarks on the same adventure.

In the first voyage, Columbus has but just turned the corner after the struggles and failures of eight years. He is a penniless adventurer who has staked all his reputation on a scheme in which he has hardly any support. In the second case, Columbus is the governor-general, for aught he knows, of half the world, of all the countries he is to discover; and he knows enough, and all men around him know enough, to see that his domain may be a principality indeed.

In the first voyage, Columbus has just made it past the challenges and setbacks of eight years. He is a broke adventurer who has risked his entire reputation on a plan that has very little backing. In the second case, Columbus is the governor-general, for all he knows, of half the world, of all the countries he is about to discover; and he knows enough, and everyone around him knows enough, to realize that his territory could actually be a principality.

Success brings with it its disadvantages. The world has learned since, if it did not know it then, that one hundred and fifty sailors, used to the hard work and deprivations of a seafaring life, would be a much more efficient force for purposes of discovery, than a thousand and more courtiers who have left the presence of the king and queen in the hope of personal advancement or of romantic adventure. Those dainty people, who would have been soldiers if there were no gunpowder, are not men to found states; and the men who have lived in the ante-chambers of courts are not people who co-operate sympathetically with an experienced man of affairs like Columbus.

Success has its downsides. The world has learned over time, if it didn’t realize it back then, that one hundred and fifty sailors, accustomed to the hard work and sacrifices of life at sea, would be a much more effective group for exploration than a thousand or more courtiers who have stepped away from the king and queen in hopes of personal gain or romantic escapades. Those delicate individuals, who would have been soldiers if there were no gunpowder, are not the ones to establish nations; and the people who have spent their time in the waiting rooms of courts are not the ones who work well with a seasoned businessman like Columbus.

From this time forward this is to be but a sad history, and the sadness, nay, the cruelty of the story, results largely from the composition of the body of men whom Columbus took with him on this occasion. It is no longer coopers and blacksmiths and boatswains and sailmakers who surround him. These were officers of court, whose titles even cannot be translated into modern language, so artificial were their habits and so conventional the duties to which they had been accustomed. Such men it was, who made poor Columbus endless trouble. Such men it was, who, at the last, dragged him down from his noble position, so that he died unhonored, dispirited and poor. To the same misfortune, probably, do we owe it that, for a history of this voyage, we have no longer authority so charming as the simple, gossipy journal which Columbus kept through the first voyage, of which the greater part has happily been preserved. It may be that he was too much pressed by his varied duties to keep up such a journal. For it is alas! an unfortunate condition of human life, that men are most apt to write journals when they have nothing to tell, and that in the midst of high activity, the record of that activity is not made by the actor. In the present case, a certain Doctor Chanca, a native of Seville, had been taken on board Columbus’s ship, perhaps with the wish that he should be the historian of the expedition. It may be that in the fact that his journal was sent home is the reason why the Admiral’s, if he kept one, has never been preserved. Doctor Chanca’s narrative is our principal contemporary account of the voyage. From later authorities much can be added to it, but all of them put together are not, for the purposes of history, equal to the simple contemporaneous statement which we could have had, had Columbus’s own journal been preserved.

From now on, this will be a sad story, and the sadness—indeed, the cruelty—of it largely comes from the type of men Columbus brought with him this time. Gone are the coopers, blacksmiths, boatswains, and sailmakers. Instead, he is surrounded by court officers, whose titles can't even be translated into modern terms, so artificial were their customs and so conventional the duties they were used to. It was these men who caused Columbus endless trouble, and ultimately, they pulled him down from his noble position, leading him to die unrecognized, discouraged, and broke. It's probably because of this misfortune that we don't have a history of this voyage as charming as the simple, gossipy journal Columbus kept during his first trip, most of which has thankfully been preserved. Perhaps he was too overwhelmed with his various responsibilities to maintain such a journal. Unfortunately, it's a sad truth of human nature that people tend to write journals when they have little to say, and that in times of great activity, the record of that activity often goes unwritten by those involved. In this case, a certain Doctor Chanca, a native of Seville, was taken aboard Columbus's ship, maybe with the intention that he would document the expedition. It could be that the reason his journal was sent home is why Columbus’s, if he kept one, has never been found. Doctor Chanca’s account is our main contemporary record of the voyage. While later sources can add to it, none come close, for historical purposes, to the simple, firsthand statement we could have had if Columbus’s own journal had survived.

The great fleet sailed from Cadiz on the twenty-fifth day of September, in the year 1493, rather more than thirteen months after the sailing of the little fleet from Palos of the year before. They touched at the Grand Canary as before, but at this time their vessels were in good condition and there was no dissatisfaction among the crews. From this time the voyage across the ocean was short. On the third day of November, 11 the Sunday after All Saints Day had dawned, a pilot on the ship cried out to the captain that he saw land. “So great was the joy among the people, that it was marvellous to hear the shouts of pleasure on all hands. And for this there was much reason because the people were so much fatigued by the hard life and by the water which they drank that they all hoped for land with much desire.”

The great fleet set sail from Cadiz on September 25, 1493, more than thirteen months after the little fleet left Palos the year before. They stopped at Grand Canary as before, but this time their ships were in good condition and the crews were satisfied. From then on, the ocean crossing was quick. On November 3, the Sunday after All Saints Day, a pilot on the ship shouted to the captain that he spotted land. “The joy among the people was so great that it was amazing to hear the cheers all around. And there was a lot of reason for this joy because everyone was exhausted from the tough journey and the water they had been drinking, so they were all eagerly hoping for land.”

The reader will see that this is the ejaculation of a tired landsman; one might say, of a tired scholar, who was glad that even the short voyage was at an end. Some of the pilots supposed that the distance which they had run was eight hundred leagues from Ferro; others thought it was seven hundred and eighty. As the light increased, there were two islands in sight the first was mountainous, being the island of “Dominica,” which still retains that name, of the Sunday when it was discovered; the other, the island of Maria Galante, is more level, but like the first, as it is described by Dr. Chanca, it was well wooded. The island received its name from the ship that Columbus commanded. In all, they discovered six islands on this day.

The reader will notice that this is the exclamation of a weary land dweller; you might say, of a tired scholar, who was relieved that even the brief journey was over. Some of the pilots estimated that the distance they had traveled was eight hundred leagues from Ferro; others believed it was seven hundred and eighty. As the light grew stronger, two islands came into view. The first was mountainous, known as the island of "Dominica," which still keeps that name from the Sunday it was discovered; the other, the island of Maria Galante, is flatter, but like the first, as described by Dr. Chanca, it was well wooded. The island got its name from the ship commanded by Columbus. Overall, they discovered six islands that day.

Finding no harbor which satisfied him in Dominica, Columbus landed on the island of Maria Galante, and took possession of it in the name of the king and queen. Dr. Chanca expresses the amazement which everyone had felt on the other voyage, at the immense variety of trees, of fruits and of flowers, which to this hour is the joy of the traveller in the West Indies.

Finding no harbor that suited him in Dominica, Columbus landed on the island of Maria Galante and claimed it in the name of the king and queen. Dr. Chanca shares the astonishment that everyone felt during the previous voyage at the incredible variety of trees, fruits, and flowers, which to this day continues to delight travelers in the West Indies.

“In this island was such thickness of forest that it was wonderful, and such a variety of trees, unknown to anyone, that it was terrible, some with fruit, some with flowers, so that everything was green. * * * There were wild fruits of different sorts, which some not very wise men tried, and, on merely tasting them, touching them with their tongues, their faces swelled and they had such great burning and pain that they seemed to rage (or to have hydrophobia). They were cured with cold things.” This fruit is supposed to have been the manchireel, which is known to produce such effects.

“In this island, the forest was so thick that it was incredible, and the variety of trees, unfamiliar to anyone, was alarming—some bore fruit, others had flowers—making everything lush and green. * * * There were wild fruits of various kinds that some not-so-wise individuals tried, and just by tasting them, touching them with their tongues, their faces swelled, and they experienced such intense burning and pain that they appeared to be in a frenzy (or as if they had rabies). They were treated with cold remedies.” This fruit is believed to be the manchireel, which is known to cause such reactions.

They found no inhabitants on this island and went on to another, now called Guadeloupe. It received this name from its resemblance to a province of the same name in Spain. They drew near a mountain upon it which “seemed to be trying to reach the sky,” upon which was a beautiful waterfall, so white with foam that at a distance some of the sailors thought it was not water, but white rocks. The Admiral sent a light caravel to coast along and find harbor. This vessel discovered some houses, and the captain went ashore and found the inhabitants in them. They fled at once, and he entered the houses. There he found that they had taken nothing away. There was much cotton, “spun and to be spun,” and other goods of theirs, and he took a little of everything, among other things, two parrots, larger and different from what had been seen before. He also took four or five bones of the legs and arms of men. This last discovery made the Spaniards suppose that these islands were those of Caribs, inhabited by the cannibals of whom they had heard in the first voyage.

They found no people on this island and moved on to another, now called Guadeloupe. It got its name because it looked like a region of the same name in Spain. They approached a mountain that “seemed to be trying to reach the sky,” which had a beautiful waterfall, so white with foam that from a distance, some of the sailors thought it was white rocks instead of water. The Admiral sent a small caravel to sail along the coast and find a harbor. This ship discovered some houses, and the captain went ashore to find the people inside. They ran away immediately, and he entered the houses. There, he saw that nothing had been taken. There was a lot of cotton, “spun and to be spun,” and other goods of theirs, and he took a little bit of everything, including two parrots that were larger and different from those seen before. He also collected four or five bones from human arms and legs. This last discovery led the Spaniards to believe that these islands were those of the Caribs, inhabited by the cannibals they had heard about during the first voyage.

They went on along the coast, passing by some little villages, from which the inhabitants fled, “as soon as they saw the sails.” The Admiral decided to send ashore to make investigations, and next morning “certain captains” landed. At dinnertime some of them returned, bringing with them a boy of fourteen, who said that he was one of the captives of the people of the island. The others divided, and one party “took a little boy and brought him on board.” Another party took a number of women, some of them natives of the island, and others captives, who came of their own accord. One captain, Diego Marquez, with his men, went off from the others and lost his way with his party. After four days he came out on the coast, and by following that, he succeeded in coming to the fleet. Their friends supposed them to have been killed and eaten by the Caribs, as, since some of them were pilots and able to set their course by the pole-star, it seemed impossible that they should lose themselves.

They continued along the coast, passing by some small villages, from which the residents fled as soon as they spotted the sails. The Admiral decided to send a team ashore to investigate, and the next morning, a few captains landed. Around lunchtime, some of them returned with a fourteen-year-old boy, who said he was one of the captives from the island's people. The group split up, with one team bringing a little boy back on board. Another group took several women, some of whom were natives of the island, while others came willingly as captives. One captain, Diego Marquez, separated from the others and lost his way with his men. After four days, he found his way to the coast, and by following it, he managed to reach the fleet. Their friends thought they had been killed and eaten by the Caribs since some of them were skilled pilots who could navigate by the North Star, making it seem impossible for them to get lost.

During the first day Columbus spent here, many men and women came to the water’s edge, “looking at the fleet and wondering at such a new thing; and when any boat came ashore to talk with them, saying, ‘tayno, tayno,’ which means good. But they were all ready to run when they seemed in danger, so that of the men only two could be taken by force or free-will. There were taken more than twenty women of the captives, and of their free-will came other women, born in other islands, who were stolen away and taken by force. Certain captive boys came to us. In this harbor we were eight days on account of the loss of the said captain.”

During the first day Columbus spent here, many men and women gathered at the water’s edge, admiring the fleet and wondering about this new sight. When any boat came ashore to talk with them, they would say, “tayno, tayno,” which means good. However, they were quick to run whenever they felt threatened, so only two men could be captured, either by force or willingly. More than twenty women were taken as captives, and other women from different islands came willingly, but they had also been kidnapped and taken by force. Some captive boys approached us. We stayed in this harbor for eight days due to the loss of the captain.

They found great quantities of human bones on shore, and skulls hanging like pots or cups about the houses. They saw few men. The women said that this was because ten canoes had gone on a robbing or kidnapping expedition to other islands. “This people,” says Doctor Chanca, “appeared to us more polite than those who live in the other islands we have seen, though they all have straw houses.” But he goes on to say that these houses are better made and provided, and that more of both men’s and women’s work appeared in them. They had not only plenty of spun and unspun cotton, but many cotton mantles, “so well woven that they yield in nothing (or owe nothing) to those of our country.”

They discovered a lot of human bones on the shore, with skulls hanging like pots or cups around the houses. They saw very few men. The women explained that this was because ten canoes had gone on a robbery or kidnapping mission to other islands. “These people,” says Doctor Chanca, “seemed more polite to us than those living on the other islands we’ve encountered, even though they all have straw houses.” However, he continues to mention that these houses are better constructed and more equipped, showing more contributions from both men and women. They not only had plenty of spun and unspun cotton but also many cotton mantles, “so well woven that they are in no way inferior to those from our country.”

When the women, who had been found captives, were asked who the people of the island were, they replied that they were Caribs. “When they heard that we abhorred such people for their evil use of eating men’s flesh, they rejoiced much.” But even in the captivity which all shared, they showed fear of their old masters.

When the women, who had been found as captives, were asked who the people of the island were, they said they were Caribs. “When they heard that we hated those people for their horrible practice of eating human flesh, they celebrated a lot.” But even in the captivity that they all experienced, they still showed fear of their former masters.

“The customs of this people, the Caribs,” says Dr. Chanca, “are beastly;” and it would be difficult not to agree with him, in spite of the “politeness” and comparative civilization he has spoken of.

“The customs of this people, the Caribs,” says Dr. Chanca, “are savage;” and it would be hard not to agree with him, despite the “politeness” and relative civilization he mentioned.

They occupied three islands, and lived in harmony with each other, but made war in their canoes on all the other islands in the neighborhood. They used arrows in warfare, but had no iron. Some of them used arrow-heads of tortoise shell, others sharply toothed fish-bones, which could do a good deal of damage among unarmed men. “But for people of our nation, they are not arms to be feared much.”

They lived on three islands, getting along with each other, but fought with their canoes against all the nearby islands. They used arrows in battle, but didn’t have any iron. Some used arrowheads made of tortoise shell, while others used sharp fish bones, which could inflict serious harm on unarmed people. “But for our people, those aren't weapons to be worried about.”

These Caribs carried off both men and women on their robbing expeditions. They slaughtered and ate the men, and kept the women as slaves; they were, in short, incredibly cruel. Three of the captive boys ran away and joined the Spaniards.

These Caribs took both men and women during their raids. They killed and ate the men, keeping the women as slaves; they were, in summary, unbelievably cruel. Three of the captive boys escaped and joined the Spaniards.

They had twice sent out expeditions after the lost captain, Diego Marquez, and another party had returned without news of him, on the very day on which he and his men came in. They brought with them ten captives, boys and women. They were received with great joy. “He and those that were with him, arrived so DESTROYED BY THE MOUNTAIN, that it was pitiful to see them. When they were asked how they had lost themselves, they said that it was the thickness of the trees, so great that they could not see the sky, and that some of them, who were mariners, had climbed up the trees to look at the star (the Pole-star) and that they never could see it.”

They had sent out teams twice to search for the lost captain, Diego Marquez, and another group had come back without any news of him, on the very day he and his men returned. They brought back ten captives, both boys and women. They were welcomed with great joy. "He and those with him arrived looking so ruined by the mountains that it was heartbreaking to see them. When they were asked how they had gotten lost, they said the trees were so thick that they couldn’t see the sky, and that some of them, who were sailors, had climbed the trees to look for the North Star, but they could never find it."

One of the accounts of this voyage(*) relates that the captive women, who had taken refuge with the Spaniards, were persuaded by them to entice some of the Caribs to the beach. “But these men, when they had seen our people, all struck by terror, or the consciousness of their evil deeds, looking at each other, suddenly drew together, and very lightly, like a flight of birds, fled away to the valleys of the woods. Our men then, not having succeeded in taking any cannibals, retired to the ships and broke the Indians’ canoes.”

One of the stories about this voyage(*) mentions that the captive women, who had sought shelter with the Spaniards, were convinced by them to lure some of the Caribs to the beach. “But when these men saw our people, all terrified or aware of their wrongdoing, they glanced at each other, quickly gathered together, and, like a flock of birds, fled to the valleys in the woods. Our men, unable to capture any cannibals, then returned to the ships and destroyed the Indians’ canoes.”

     (*) That of Peter Martyr.
That of Peter Martyr.

They left Guadeloupe on Sunday, the tenth of November. They passed several islands, but stopped at none of them, as they were in haste to arrive at the settlement of La Navidad in Hispaniola, made on the first voyage. They did, however, make some stay at an island which seemed well populated. This was that of San Martin. The Admiral sent a boat ashore to ask what people lived on the island, and to ask his way, although, as he afterwards found, his own calculations were so correct that he did not need any help. The boat’s crew took some captives, and as it was going back to the ships, a canoe came up in which were four men, two women and a boy. They were so astonished at seeing the fleet, that they remained, wondering what it could be, “two Lombard-shot from the ship,” and did not see the boat till it was close to them. They now tried to get off, but were so pressed by the boat that they could not. “The Caribs, as soon as they saw that flight did not profit them, with much boldness laid hands on their bows, the women as well as the men. And I say with much boldness, because they were no more than four men and two women, and ours more than twenty-five, of whom they wounded two. To one they gave two arrow-shots in the breast, and to the other one in the ribs. And if we had not had shields and tablachutas, and had not come up quickly with the boat and overturned their canoe, they would have shot the most of our men with their arrows. And after their canoe was overturned, they remained in the water swimming, and at times getting foothold, for there were some shallow places there. And our men had much ado to take them, for they still kept on shooting as they could. And with all this, not one of them could be taken, except one badly wounded with a lance-thrust, who died, whom thus wounded they carried to the ships.”

They left Guadeloupe on Sunday, November 10th. They passed several islands but didn’t stop at any of them since they were eager to reach the settlement of La Navidad in Hispaniola, established during the first voyage. They did, however, linger for a bit at an island that seemed well populated. This was San Martin. The Admiral sent a boat to shore to ask about the people living on the island and for directions, although he later realized that his own calculations were so precise that he didn’t need any help. The boat's crew captured some people, and as they were returning to the ships, a canoe approached with four men, two women, and a boy. They were so shocked to see the fleet that they stood there, wondering what it could be, “two cannon shots from the ship,” and didn’t notice the boat until it was close. They tried to escape, but the boat pressed them too hard. “The Caribs, seeing that fleeing didn’t help them, boldly grabbed their bows, both the women and the men. And I say boldly because there were only four men and two women against our more than twenty-five, of whom two were wounded. One got two arrow shots in the chest, and the other one in the ribs. If we hadn’t had shields and tablachutas, and if we hadn’t quickly approached with the boat and overturned their canoe, most of our men would have been shot with their arrows. After their canoe was capsized, they stayed in the water, swimming and occasionally finding footing in the shallow areas. Our men had a hard time capturing them because they kept shooting as best they could. In the end, they couldn’t capture any of them except for one who was seriously wounded by a spear, and he died after being taken to the ships.”

Another account of this fight says that the canoe was commanded by one of the women, who seemed to be a queen, who had a son “of cruel look, robust, with a lion’s face, who followed her.” This account represents the queen’s son to have been wounded, as well as the man who died. “The Caribs differed from the other Indians in having long hair; the others wore theirs braided and a hundred thousand differences made in their heads, with crosses and other paintings of different sorts, each one as he desires, which they do with sharp canes.” The Indians, both the Caribs and the others, were beardless, unless by a great exception. The Caribs, who had been taken prisoners here, had their eyes and eyebrows blackened, “which, it seems to me, they do as an ornament, and with that they appear more frightful.” They heard from these prisoners of much gold at an island called Cayre.

Another version of this fight says that the canoe was led by a woman who seemed like a queen, and she had a son "who looked fierce, strong, with a lion-like face, who followed her." This version indicates that the queen’s son was wounded, just like the man who died. “The Caribs were different from other Indians because they had long hair; the others wore theirs braided and had a hundred thousand different styles in their hair, with crosses and other decorations of various kinds, as each person preferred, which they created with sharp sticks.” The Indians, both Caribs and others, were mostly beardless unless there were rare exceptions. The captured Caribs here had their eyes and eyebrows darkened, “which, it seems to me, they do as decoration, and it makes them appear more terrifying.” They learned from these prisoners about a lot of gold on an island called Cayre.

They left San Martin on the same day, and passed the island of Santa Cruz, and the next day (November 15) they saw a great number of islands, which the Admiral named Santa Ursula and the Eleven Thousand Virgins. This seemed “a country fit for metals,” but the fleet made no stay there. They did stop for two days at an island called Burenquen. The Admiral named it San Juan Bautista (Saint John Baptist). It is what we now call Porto Rico. He was not able to communicate with any of the inhabitants, as they lived in such fear of the Caribs that they all fled. All these islands were new to the Admiral and all “very beautiful and of very good land, but this one seemed better than all of them.”

They left San Martin on the same day and passed the island of Santa Cruz. The next day (November 15), they saw a lot of islands, which the Admiral named Santa Ursula and the Eleven Thousand Virgins. This place seemed “a country fit for metals,” but the fleet didn’t stay there. They stopped for two days at an island called Burenquen, which the Admiral named San Juan Bautista (Saint John Baptist). This is what we now call Puerto Rico. He couldn’t communicate with any of the inhabitants because they were so afraid of the Caribs that they all fled. All these islands were new to the Admiral, and though they were all “very beautiful and of very good land,” this one seemed better than the rest.

On Friday, the twenty-second of November, they landed at the island of Hispaniola or Hayti which they so much desired. None of the party who had made the first voyage were acquainted with this part of the island; but they conjectured what it was, from what the Indian captive women told them.

On Friday, November 22nd, they arrived at the island of Hispaniola, or Hayti, which they had longed for. None of the group who had made the first journey were familiar with this part of the island, but they guessed what it was based on what the Indian captive women told them.

The part of the island where they arrived was called Hayti, another part Xamana, and the third Bohio. “It is a very singular country,” says Dr. Chanca, “where there are numberless great rivers and great mountain ridges and great level valleys. I think the grass never dries in the whole year. I do not think that there is any winter in this (island) nor in the others, for at Christmas are found many birds’ nests, some with birds, and some with eggs.” The only four-footed animals found in these islands were what Dr. Chanca calls dogs of various colors, and one animal like a young rabbit, which climbed trees. Many persons ate these last and said they were very good. There were many small snakes, and few lizards, because the Indians were so fond of eating them. “They made as much of a feast of them as we would do of pheasants.”

The part of the island where they arrived was called Hayti, another part Xamana, and the third Bohio. “It’s a really unique place,” says Dr. Chanca, “with countless large rivers, towering mountain ranges, and broad flat valleys. I don’t think the grass ever dries out throughout the year. I doubt there’s any winter here (on this island) or the others, because at Christmas, they find many birds’ nests, some with birds and some with eggs.” The only four-legged animals found on these islands were what Dr. Chanca referred to as dogs of various colors and one animal that resembled a young rabbit, which could climb trees. Many people ate these creatures and said they were quite tasty. There were also many small snakes and few lizards because the Indians loved eating them. “They enjoyed them as much as we would enjoy pheasants.”

“There are in this island and the others numberless birds, of those of our country, and many others which never were seen there. Of our domestic birds, none have ever been seen here, except that in Zuruquia there were some ducks in the houses, most of them white as snow, and others black.”

“There are countless birds on this island and others, some from our country and many that have never been seen there before. None of our domesticated birds have been spotted here, except that in Zuruquia, there were some ducks in the houses, most of them snow-white, and others black.”

They coasted along this island for several days, to the place where the Admiral had left his settlement. While passing the region of Xamana, they set ashore one of the Indians whom they had carried off on the first voyage. They “gave him some little things which the Admiral had commanded him to give away.” Another account adds that of the ten Indian men who had been carried off on the first voyage, seven had already died on account of the change of air and food. Two of the three whom the Admiral was bringing back, swam ashore at night. “The Admiral cared for this but little, thinking that he should have enough interpreters among those whom he had left in the island, and whom he hoped to find there again.” It seems certain that one Indian remained faithful to the Spaniards; he was named Diego Colon, after the Admiral’s brother.

They traveled along this island for several days, heading to the spot where the Admiral had established his settlement. While passing through the area of Xamana, they let one of the Indians they had taken on the first trip go ashore. They “gave him a few small items that the Admiral had instructed him to distribute.” Another account notes that out of the ten Indian men taken on the first journey, seven had already died due to the change in climate and diet. Two of the three that the Admiral was bringing back swam to shore at night. “The Admiral was not too concerned about this, believing he would have enough interpreters among those he had left on the island and hoped to find again.” It seems clear that one Indian remained loyal to the Spaniards; he was named Diego Colon, after the Admiral’s brother.

On the day that the captive Indian was set ashore, a Biscayan sailor died, who had been wounded by the Caribs in the fight between the boat’s crew and the canoe. A boat’s crew was sent ashore to bury him, and as they came to land there came out “many Indians, of whom some wore gold at the neck and at the ears. They sought to come with the christians to the ships, and they did not like to bring them, because they had not had permission from the Admiral.” The Indians then sent two of their number in a little canoe to one of the caravels, where they were received kindly, and sent to speak with the Admiral.

On the day the captured Indian was brought ashore, a Biscayan sailor died, who had been injured by the Caribs during the skirmish between the boat’s crew and the canoe. A crew was sent ashore to bury him, and as they arrived, many Indians came out, some wearing gold around their necks and in their ears. They wanted to come with the Christians to the ships, but the crew didn’t want to take them because they hadn’t received permission from the Admiral. The Indians then sent two of their own in a small canoe to one of the caravels, where they were warmly welcomed and sent to speak with the Admiral.

“They said, through an interpreter, that a certain king sent them to know what people we were, and to ask that we might be kind enough to land, as they had much gold and would give it to him, and of what they had to eat. The Admiral commanded silken shirts and caps and other little things to be given them, and told them that as he was going where Guacanagari was, he could not stop, that another time he would be able to see him. And with that, they (the Indians) went away.”

"They said, through an interpreter, that a certain king sent them to find out what kind of people we were and to ask if we could kindly land, as they had a lot of gold and would give it to him, along with information about what they had to eat. The Admiral ordered silken shirts, caps, and some other small items to be given to them, and told them that since he was heading to where Guacanagari was, he couldn't stop now but would be able to meet him another time. And with that, they (the Indians) left."

They stopped two days at a harbor which they called Monte Christi, to see if it were a suitable place for a town, for the Admiral did not feel altogether satisfied with the place where the settlement of La Navidad had been made on the first voyage. This Monte Christi was near “a great river of very good water” (the Santiago). But it is all an inundated region, and very unfit to live in.

They stayed for two days at a harbor they named Monte Christi to check if it was a good spot for a town, since the Admiral wasn’t completely happy with where the settlement of La Navidad had been established during the first voyage. Monte Christi was close to "a great river of very good water” (the Santiago). However, the area was all floodplain and really not suitable for living.

“As they were going along, viewing the river and land, some of our men found, in a place close by the river, two dead men, one with: a cord (lazo) around his neck, and the other with one around his foot. This was the first day. On the next day following, they found two other dead men farther on than these others. One of these was in such a position that it could be known that he had a plentiful beard. Some of our men suspected more ill than good, and with reason, as the Indians are all beardless, as I have said.”

“As they walked along, taking in the river and the land, some of our guys discovered, near the river, two dead men—one with a cord around his neck and the other with one around his foot. This was on the first day. The following day, they found two more dead men further along. One of these was positioned in such a way that it was clear he had a full beard. Some of our men had a bad feeling about this, and rightly so, as all the Indians are beardless, as I've mentioned.”

This port was not far from the port where the Spanish settlement had been made on the first voyage, so that there was great reason for these anxieties. They set sail once more for the settlement, and arrived opposite the harbor of La Navidad on the twenty-seventh of November. As they were approaching the harbor, a canoe came towards them, with five or six Indians on board, but, as the Admiral kept on his course without waiting for them, they went back.

This port wasn’t far from where the Spanish settlement had been established on the first voyage, so there was a lot of reason for their worries. They set sail again for the settlement and arrived near the harbor of La Navidad on November 27th. As they were nearing the harbor, a canoe approached them with five or six Indigenous people on board, but since the Admiral continued on his course without waiting for them, they turned back.

The Spaniards arrived outside the port of La Navidad so late that they did not dare to enter it that night. “The Admiral commanded two Lombards to be fired, to see if the christians replied, who had been left with the said Guacanagari, (this was the friendly cacique Guacanagari of the first voyage), for they too had Lombards,” “They never replied, nor did fires nor signs of houses appear in that place, at which the people were much discouraged, and they had the suspicion that was natural in such a case.”

The Spaniards arrived outside the port of La Navidad so late that they didn’t feel safe entering it that night. “The Admiral ordered two cannons to be fired, hoping the Christians left with Guacanagari (the friendly cacique from the first voyage) would respond, as they also had cannons,” “But they never replied, and there were no campfires or signs of life from the houses in the area, which left the crew feeling very discouraged and suspicious, as anyone would in that situation.”

“Being thus all very sad, when four or five hours of the night had passed, there came the same canoe which they had seen the evening before. The Indians in it asked for the Admiral and the captain of one of the caravels of the first voyage. They were taken to the Admiral’s ship, but would not come on board until they had spoken with him and seen him.” They asked for a light, and as soon as they knew him, they entered the ship. They came from Guacanagari, and one of them was his cousin.

“Feeling very sad, after about four or five hours into the night, the same canoe they had seen the evening before arrived. The people in it asked for the Admiral and the captain of one of the caravels from the first voyage. They were taken to the Admiral’s ship, but they refused to board until they had spoken to him and seen him.” They requested a light, and as soon as they recognized him, they came aboard the ship. They were from Guacanagari, and one of them was his cousin.

They brought with them golden masks, one for the Admiral and another for one of the captains who had been with him on the first voyage, probably Vicente Yanez Pinzon. Such masks were much valued among the Indians, and are thought to have been meant to put upon idols, so that they were given to the Spaniards as tokens of great respect. The Indian party remained on board for three hours, conversing with the Admiral and apparently very glad to see him again. When they were asked about the colonists of La Navidad, they said that they were all well, but that some of them had died from sickness, and that others had been killed in quarrels among themselves. Their own cacique, Guacanagari, had been attacked by two other chiefs, Caonabo and Mayreni. They had burned his village, and he had been wounded in the leg, so that he could not come to meet the Spaniards that night. As the Indians went away, however, they promised that they would bring him to visit them the next day. So the explorers remained “consoled for that night.”

They brought with them golden masks, one for the Admiral and another for one of the captains who had been with him on the first voyage, probably Vicente Yanez Pinzon. Such masks were highly valued among the Indians and were believed to be meant for idols, given to the Spaniards as a sign of great respect. The Indian group stayed on board for three hours, talking with the Admiral and seemingly very happy to see him again. When they were asked about the colonists of La Navidad, they said that everyone was fine, but some had died from illness, and others had been killed in fights among themselves. Their own leader, Guacanagari, had been attacked by two other chiefs, Caonabo and Mayreni. They had burned his village, and he had been injured in the leg, which prevented him from meeting the Spaniards that night. However, as the Indians left, they promised that they would bring him to visit them the next day. So the explorers felt “consoled for that night.”

Next day, however, events were less reassuring. None of last night’s party came back and nothing was seen of the cacique. The Spaniards, however, thought that the Indians might have been accidentally overturned in their canoe, as it was a small one, and as wine had been given them several times during their visit.

Next day, though, things were less comforting. None of last night’s party returned, and there was no sign of the leader. The Spaniards, however, figured that the Indians might have accidentally tipped over in their small canoe since they had been given wine several times during their visit.

While he was still waiting for them, the Admiral sent some of his men to the place where La Navidad had stood. They found that the strong fort with a palisade was burned down and demolished. They also found some cloaks and other clothes which had been carried off by the Indians, who seemed uneasy, and at first would not come near the party.

While he was still waiting for them, the Admiral sent some of his men to the location where La Navidad used to be. They discovered that the strong fort with the palisade had been burned down and destroyed. They also found some cloaks and other clothing that had been taken by the Indians, who appeared uncomfortable and initially refused to approach the group.

“This did not appear well” to the Spaniards, as the Admiral had told them how many canoes had come out to visit him in that very place on the other voyage. They tried to make friends, however, threw out to them some bells, beads and other presents, and finally a relation of the cacique and three others ventured to the boat, and were taken on board ship.

“This didn’t seem good” to the Spaniards, as the Admiral had mentioned how many canoes had come out to visit him at that very spot on the previous voyage. They tried to make friends anyway, tossed out some bells, beads, and other gifts, and eventually a relative of the cacique and three others took the risk to come to the boat and were brought on board the ship.

These men frankly admitted that the “christians” were all dead. The Spaniards had been told so the night before by their Indian interpreter, but they had refused to believe him. They were now told that the King of Canoaboa(*) and the King Mayreni had killed them and burned the village.

These men openly acknowledged that the “Christians” were all dead. The Spaniards had been informed of this by their Indian interpreter the night before, but they had dismissed his claim. They were now told that the King of Canoaboa(*) and King Mayreni had killed them and set the village on fire.

     (*) “Canoaboa” was thought to mean “Land of Gold.”
 
     (*) “Canoaboa” was believed to mean “Land of Gold.”

They said, as the others had done, that Guacanagari was wounded in the thigh and they, like the others, said they would go and summon him. The Spaniards made them some presents, and they, too, disappeared.

They said, like everyone else, that Guacanagari was hurt in the thigh, and just like the others, they said they would go and call for him. The Spaniards gave them some gifts, and they disappeared as well.

Early the next morning the Admiral himself, with a party, including Dr. Chanca, went ashore.

Early the next morning, the Admiral himself, along with a group that included Dr. Chanca, went ashore.

“And we went where the town used to be, which we saw all burnt, and the clothes of the christians were found on the grass there. At that time we saw no dead body. There were among us many different opinions, some suspecting that Guacanagari himself was (concerned) in the betrayal or death of the christians, and to others it did not appear so, as his town was burnt, so that the thing was very doubtful.”

“And we went to where the town used to be, which we saw was all burnt down, and the clothes of the Christians were found on the grass there. At that time, we didn’t see any dead bodies. Among us, there were many different opinions; some suspected that Guacanagari himself was involved in the betrayal or death of the Christians, while others didn’t think so, since his town was also burnt, making the situation very uncertain.”

The Admiral directed the whole place to be searched for gold, as he had left orders that if any quantity of it were found, it should be buried. While this search was being made, he and a few others went to look for a suitable place for a new settlement. They arrived at a village of seven or eight houses, which the inhabitants deserted at once. Here they found many things belonging to the christians, such as stockings, pieces of cloth, and “a very pretty mantle which had not been unfolded since it was brought from Castile.” These, the Spaniards thought, could not have been obtained by barter. There was also one of the anchors of the ship which had gone ashore on the first voyage.

The Admiral ordered the entire area to be searched for gold, as he had instructed that if any was found, it should be buried. While this search was happening, he and a few others went to look for a suitable spot for a new settlement. They came across a village with seven or eight houses, which the residents evacuated immediately. Here, they discovered many items that belonged to the Christians, like stockings, pieces of cloth, and "a very nice mantle that hadn’t been unfolded since it was brought from Castile." The Spaniards believed these items couldn’t have been obtained through trade. They also found one of the anchors from the ship that had gone ashore on the first voyage.

When they returned to the site of La Navidad they found many Indians, who had become bold enough to come to barter gold. They had shown the place where the bodies of eleven Spaniards lay “covered already by the grass which had grown over them.” They all “with one voice” said that Canoaboa and Mayreni had killed them. But as, at the same time, they complained that some of the christians had taken three Indian wives, and some four, it seemed likely that a just resentment on the part of the islanders had had something to do with their death.

When they returned to the site of La Navidad, they found many Native Americans who had become bold enough to come and trade gold. They pointed out the place where the bodies of eleven Spaniards lay, "already covered by the grass that had grown over them." They all said, "with one voice," that Canoaboa and Mayreni had killed them. However, at the same time, they complained that some of the Christians had taken three Indian wives and some four, which suggested that a legitimate anger from the islanders might have contributed to their death.

The next day the Admiral sent out a caravel to seek for a suitable place for a town, and he himself went out to look for one in a different direction. He found a secure harbor and a good place for a settlement, But he thought it too far from the place where he expected to find a gold mine. On his return, he found the caravel he had sent out. As it was coasting along the island, a canoe had come out to it, with two Indians on board, one of whom was a brother of Guacanagari. This man begged the party to come and visit the cacique. The “principal men” accordingly went on shore, and found him in bed, apparently suffering from his wounded thigh, which he showed them in bandages. They judged from appearances that he was telling them the truth.

The next day, the Admiral sent out a caravel to look for a good spot to set up a town, while he himself went to search in a different direction. He discovered a safe harbor and a decent location for a settlement, but he thought it was too far from where he expected to find a gold mine. On his way back, he encountered the caravel he had sent out. As it cruised along the island, a canoe approached it with two Indigenous people on board, one of whom was Guacanagari's brother. This man asked the group to come visit the cacique. The "leading men" then went ashore and found him in bed, seemingly in pain from his wounded thigh, which he showed them wrapped in bandages. They took his appearance as a sign that he was being truthful.

He said to them, “by signs as best he could,” that since he was thus wounded, they were to invite the Admiral to come to visit him. As they were going away, he gave each of them a golden jewel, as each “appeared to him to deserve it.” “This gold,” says Dr. Chanca, “is made in very delicate sheets, like our gold leaf, because they use it for making masks and to plate upon bitumen. They also wear it on the head and for earrings and nose-rings, and therefore they beat it very thin as they only wear it for its beauty and not for its value.”

He told them, “using gestures as best he could,” that because he was injured, they should invite the Admiral to visit him. As they were leaving, he gave each of them a gold jewel, as each “seemed deserving to him.” “This gold,” Dr. Chanca says, “is made into very thin sheets, like our gold leaf, because they use it for making masks and to cover bitumen. They also wear it on their heads, as earrings, and as nose rings, so they pound it very thin since they wear it mainly for its beauty and not for its value.”

The Admiral decided to go to the cacique on the next day. He was visited early in the day by his brother, who hurried on the visit.

The Admiral decided to visit the chief the next day. He was visited early in the morning by his brother, who rushed the visit.

The Admiral went on shore and all the best people (gente de pro) with him, “handsomely dressed, as would be suitable in a capital city.” They carried presents with them, as they had already received gold from him.

The Admiral went ashore, accompanied by all the top people, “dressed nicely, as you would expect in a major city.” They brought gifts with them since they had already received gold from him.

“When we arrived, we found him lying in his bed, according to their custom, hanging in the air, the bed being made of cotton like a net. He did not rise, but from the bed made a semblance of courtesy, as best he knew how. He showed much feeling, with tears in his eyes, at the death of the Christians, and began to talk of it, showing, as best he could, how some died of sickness, and how others had gone to Canoaboa to seek for the gold mine, and that they had been killed there, and how the others had been killed in their town.”

“When we got there, we saw him lying on his bed, as was customary, suspended in the air, the bed made of cotton like a net. He didn’t get up, but made a nod of respect from the bed, as best he could. He was very emotional, with tears in his eyes, over the death of the Christians, and started talking about it, explaining as best he could how some died from illness, and how others went to Canoaboa to look for the gold mine, where they were killed, and how the rest were killed in their town.”

He presented to the Admiral some gold and precious stones. One of the accounts says that there were eight hundred beads of a stone called ciba, one hundred of gold, a golden coronet, and three small calabashes filled with gold dust. Columbus, in return, made him a present.

He gave the Admiral some gold and precious stones. One of the accounts states that there were eight hundred beads made of a stone called ciba, one hundred made of gold, a golden crown, and three small gourds filled with gold dust. Columbus, in return, gave him a gift.

“I and a navy surgeon were there,” says Dr. Chanca. “The Admiral now said that we were learned in the infirmities of men, and asked if he would show us the wound. He replied that it pleased him to do so. I said that it would be necessary, if he could, for him to go out of the house, since with the multitudes of people it was dark, and we could not see well. He did it immediately, as I believe, more from timidity than from choice. The surgeon came to him and began to take off the bandage. Then he said to the Admiral that the injury was caused by ciba, that is, by a stone. When it was unbandaged we managed to examine it. It is certain that he was no more injured in that leg than in the other, although he pretended that it was very painful.”

“I was there with a navy surgeon,” Dr. Chanca says. “The Admiral said we were knowledgeable about human ailments and asked if he could show us the wound. He agreed willingly. I suggested that it would be better for him to step outside, since it was dark inside with all the people and we couldn't see very well. He did this right away, probably more out of shyness than choice. The surgeon approached him and started to unwrap the bandage. Then he told the Admiral that the injury was caused by ciba, which means a stone. Once it was unwrapped, we managed to examine it. It’s clear that he was no more injured in that leg than in the other, even though he pretended it was very painful.”

The Spaniards did not know what to believe. But it seemed certain that an attack of some enemy upon these Indians had taken place, and the Admiral determined to continue upon good terms with them. Nor did he change this policy toward Guacanagari. How far that chief had tried to prevent the massacre will never be known. The detail of the story was never fully drawn from the natives. The Spaniards had been cruel and licentious in their dealing with the Indians. They had quarrelled among themselves, and the indignant natives, in revenge, had destroyed them all.

The Spaniards were unsure about what to think. However, it was clear that some enemy had attacked these Indians, and the Admiral decided to maintain friendly relations with them. He also didn't change his approach towards Guacanagari. We may never know how much that chief tried to stop the massacre. The full details of the story were never revealed by the natives. The Spaniards had been brutal and disrespectful in their interactions with the Indians. They had fought amongst themselves, and in retaliation, the angry natives had wiped them out.





CHAPTER IX. — THE NEW COLONY

—EXPEDITIONS OF DISCOVERY—GUACANAGARI—SEARCH FOR GOLD—MUTINY IN THE COLONY—THE VESSELS SENT HOME—COLUMBUS MARCHES INLAND—COLLECTION OF GOLD—FORTRESS OF ST. THOMAS—A NEW VOYAGE OF DISCOVERY—JAMAICA VISITED—THE SOUTH SHORE OF CUBA EXPLORED—RETURN—EVANGELISTA DISCOVERED—COLUMBUS FALLS SICK—RETURN TO ISABELLA.

—EXPEDITIONS OF DISCOVERY—GUACANAGARI—SEARCH FOR GOLD—MUTINY IN THE COLONY—THE VESSELS SENT HOME—COLUMBUS MARCHES INLAND—COLLECTION OF GOLD—FORTRESS OF ST. THOMAS—A NEW VOYAGE OF DISCOVERY—JAMAICA VISITED—THE SOUTH SHORE OF CUBA EXPLORED—RETURN—EVANGELISTA DISCOVERED—COLUMBUS FALLS SICK—RETURN TO ISABELLA.

Columbus had hoped, with reason, to send back a part of the vessels which made up his large squadron, with gold collected in the year by the colonists at La Navidad. In truth, when, in 1501, the system of gold-washing-had been developed, the colony yielded twelve hundred pounds of gold in one year. The search for gold, from the beginning, broke up all intelligent plans for geographical discovery or for colonization. In this case, it was almost too clear that there was nothing but bad news to send back to Spain. Columbus went forward, however, as well as he could, with the establishment of a new colony, and with the search for gold.

Columbus had reasonably hoped to send back some of the ships from his large fleet, carrying gold collected by the colonists at La Navidad that year. In fact, when the gold-washing technique was developed in 1501, the colony produced twelve hundred pounds of gold in just one year. From the start, the quest for gold disrupted any realistic plans for geographic exploration or colonization. In this case, it was quite obvious that there was nothing but bad news to report back to Spain. Nevertheless, Columbus moved forward as best as he could with establishing a new colony and searching for gold.

He sent out expeditions of discovery to open relations with the natives, and to find the best places for washing and mining for gold. Melchior Meldonado commanded three hundred men, in the first of these expeditions. They came to a good harbor at the mouth of a river, where they saw a fine house, which they supposed might be the home of Guacanagari. They met an armed party of one hundred Indians; but these men put away their weapons when signals of peace were made, and brought presents in token of good-will.

He sent out expeditions to establish relations with the locals and to find the best spots for washing and mining gold. Melchior Meldonado led three hundred men in the first of these expeditions. They arrived at a good harbor at the mouth of a river, where they saw a nice house that they thought might be Guacanagari's home. They encountered a group of one hundred armed Indigenous people, but they laid down their weapons when peace signals were given and brought gifts as a sign of goodwill.

The house to which they went was round, with a hemispherical roof or dome. It was thirty-two paces in diameter, divided by wicker work into different rooms. Smaller houses, for persons of rank lower than the chiefs, surrounded it. The natives told the explorers that Guacanagari himself had retired to the hills.

The house they visited was round, with a dome-shaped roof. It was thirty-two paces wide, divided by wicker work into different rooms. Smaller houses for people of lower rank than the chiefs surrounded it. The locals informed the explorers that Guacanagari had gone up into the hills.

On receiving the report of these explorers Columbus sent out Ojeda with a hundred men, and Corvalan with a similar party in different directions. These officers, in their report, described the operation of gold-washing, much as it is known to explorers in mining regions to-day. The natives made a deep ditch into which the gold bearing sand should settle. For more important work they had flat baskets in which they shook the sand and parted it from the gold. With the left hand they dipped up sand, handled this skilfully or “dextrously” with the right hand, so that in a few minutes they could give grains of gold to the gratified explorers. Ojeda brought home to Columbus one nugget which weighed nine ounces.

On receiving the report from these explorers, Columbus sent Ojeda with a hundred men and Corvalan with a similar group in different directions. In their reports, these officers described the process of gold-washing, much like it's known to explorers in mining areas today. The locals dug a deep ditch for the gold-bearing sand to settle. For more extensive work, they used flat baskets to shake the sand and separate it from the gold. With their left hand, they scooped up the sand and skillfully handled it with their right hand, allowing them to produce grains of gold for the pleased explorers in just a few minutes. Ojeda brought back a nugget to Columbus that weighed nine ounces.

They also brought tidings of the King of Canoaboa, of whom they had heard before, and he is called by the name of Caunebo himself.(*) He was afterwards carried, as a prisoner or as a hostage, on the way to Spain; but died on the passage.

They also brought news of the King of Canoaboa, who they had heard about before, and his name is Caunebo himself.(*) He was later taken, either as a prisoner or as a hostage, on the way to Spain; but he died during the journey.

     (*) The name is spelled in many different ways.
     (*) The name is spelled in various ways.

Columbus was able to dispatch the returning ships, with the encouraging reports brought in by Meldonado and Ojeda, but with very little gold. But he was obliged to ask for fresh supplies of food for the colony—even in the midst of the plenty which he described; for he had found already what all such leaders find, the difficulty of training men to use food to which they were not accustomed. He sent also his Carib prisoners, begging that they might be trained to a knowledge of the christian religion and of the Spanish language. He saw, already, how much he should need interpreters. The fleet sailed on the second of February, and its reports were, on the whole, favorably received.

Columbus was able to send off the returning ships, thanks to the positive reports from Meldonado and Ojeda, but there was very little gold. He had to request more food supplies for the colony—even amidst the abundance he described—because he had already discovered what all leaders face: the challenge of getting men to use food they weren’t familiar with. He also sent his Carib prisoners, asking that they be educated in the Christian faith and the Spanish language. He realized how much he would need interpreters. The fleet set sail on February 2nd, and overall, its reports were received positively.

Columbus chose for the new city an elevation, ten leagues east of Monte Christi, and at first gave to his colony the name of Martha. It is the Isabella of the subsequent history.

Columbus selected a site for the new city, ten leagues east of Monte Christi, and initially named his colony Martha. This location later became known as Isabella in the history that followed.

The colonists were delighted with the fertility of the soil under the tropical climate. Andalusia itself had not prepared them for it. They planted seeds of peas, beans, lettuces, cabbages and other vegetables, and declared that they grew more in eight days than they would have grown in twenty at home. They had fresh vegetables in sixteen days after they planted them; but for melons, pumpkins and other fruits of that sort, they are generous enough to allow thirty days.

The colonists were thrilled with how fertile the soil was in the tropical climate. Andalusia hadn’t really prepared them for this. They planted peas, beans, lettuce, cabbage, and other vegetables, claiming they grew more in eight days than they would have at home in twenty. They had fresh veggies in just sixteen days after planting, but for melons, pumpkins, and similar fruits, they generously estimated it would take thirty days.

They had carried out roots and suckers of the sugar-cane. In fifteen days the shoots were a cubit high. A farmer who had planted wheat in the beginning of February had ripe grain in the beginning of April; so that they were sure of, at least, two crops in a year.

They had removed the roots and shoots of the sugarcane. In fifteen days, the new plants were about a foot high. A farmer who planted wheat at the start of February had ripe grain by early April, so they were confident of getting at least two crops a year.

But the fertility of the soil was the only favorable token which the island first exhibited. The climate was enervating and sickly. The labor on the new city was hard and discouraging. Columbus found that his colonists were badly fitted for their duty, or not fitted for it at all. Court gentlemen did not want to work. Priests expected to be put on better diet than any other people. Columbus—though he lost his own popularity—insisted on putting all on equal fare, in sharing the supplies he had brought from Spain. It did not require a long time to prove that the selection of the site of the colony was unfortunate. Columbus himself gave way to the general disease. While he was ill, a mutiny broke out which he had to suppress by strong measures.

But the fertility of the soil was the only positive sign the island showed at first. The climate was draining and unhealthy. The work on the new city was tough and demoralizing. Columbus realized that his colonists were either unprepared for their tasks or not suited for them at all. The court nobles were unwilling to work. The priests expected to be treated better than everyone else. Columbus—though it cost him his own popularity—insisted on everyone having the same rations, sharing the supplies he brought from Spain. It didn't take long to show that choosing the location for the colony was a poor decision. Columbus himself succumbed to the widespread illness. While he was sick, a mutiny broke out that he had to crush with severe measures.

Bornal Diaz, who ranked as comptroller of the expedition, and Fermin Cedo, an assayer, made a plot for seizing the remaining ships and sailing for Europe. News of the mutiny was brought to Columbus. He found a document in the writing of Diaz, drawn as a memorial, accusing Columbus himself of grave crimes. He confined Diaz on board a ship to be sent to Spain with the memorial. He punished the mutineers of lower rank. He took the guns and naval munitions from four of the vessels, and entrusted them all to a person in whom he had absolute confidence.

Bornal Diaz, who served as the comptroller of the expedition, and Fermin Cedo, an assayer, plotted to seize the remaining ships and sail to Europe. Columbus was informed about the mutiny. He discovered a document written by Diaz, presented as a memorial, accusing Columbus himself of serious crimes. He confined Diaz on a ship to be sent to Spain along with the memorial. He punished the lower-ranking mutineers. He took the guns and naval munitions from four of the vessels and entrusted them to someone he completely trusted.

On the report of the exploring parties, four names were given to as many divisions of the island. Junna was the most western, Attibunia the most eastern, Jachen the northern and Naiba the southern. Columbus himself, seeing the fortifications of the city well begun, undertook, in March, an exploration, of the island, with a force of five hundred men.

On the report of the exploring parties, four names were given to as many divisions of the island. Junna was the westernmost, Attibunia the easternmost, Jachen the northern, and Naiba the southern. Columbus himself, noticing that the city’s fortifications were well underway, launched an exploration of the island in March with a force of five hundred men.

It was in the course of this exploration that one of the natives brought in a gold-bearing stone which weighed an ounce. He was satisfied with a little bell in exchange. He was surprised at the wonder expressed by the Spaniards, and showing a stone as large as a pomegranate, he said that he had nuggets of gold as large as this at his home. Other Indians brought in gold-bearing stones which weighed more than an ounce. At their homes, also, but not in sight, alas, was a block of gold as large as an infant’s head.

It was during this exploration that one of the locals brought in a gold-bearing rock that weighed an ounce. He was happy to trade it for a small bell. He was amazed at the wonder the Spaniards showed, and while displaying a stone the size of a pomegranate, he claimed he had nuggets of gold as big as that at home. Other Indigenous people also brought in gold-bearing stones that weighed more than an ounce. At their homes, hidden from view, was a block of gold the size of a baby's head.

Columbus himself thought it best to take as many men as he could into the mountain region. He left the new city under the care of his brother, Diego, and with all the force of healthy men which he could muster, making a little army of nearly five hundred men, he marched away from the sickly seaboard into the interior. The simple natives were astonished by the display of cavalry and other men in armor. After a few days of a delightful march, in the beauty of spring in that country, he entered upon the long sought Cibao. He relinquished his first idea of founding another city here, but did build a fortress called St. Thomas, in joking reference to Cedo and others, who had asserted that these regions produced no gold. While building this fortress, as it was proudly called, he sent a young cavalier named Luxan for further exploration.

Columbus believed it was best to bring as many men as possible into the mountain region. He left the new city in the care of his brother, Diego, and gathered nearly five hundred healthy men to form a little army. He marched away from the unhealthy coastline into the interior. The simple natives were amazed by the sight of cavalry and men in armor. After a few days of a pleasant march during the beautiful spring season, he reached the long-sought Cibao. He decided against his initial plan of founding another city there, but instead built a fortress called St. Thomas, jokingly named in reference to Cedo and others who claimed that these areas contained no gold. While constructing this fortress, which was proudly called that, he sent a young knight named Luxan for further exploration.

Luxan returned with stories even greater than they had heard of before, but with no gold, “because he had no orders to do so.” He had found ripe grapes. And at last they had found a region called Cipangi, cipan signifying stone. This name recalled the memory of Cipango, or Japan. With tidings as encouraging as this, Columbus returned to his city. He appointed his brother and Pedro Margarita governors of the city, and left with three ships for the further exploration of Cuba, which he had left only partly examined in his first voyage. He believed that it was the mainland of Asia. And as has been said, such was his belief till he died, and that of his countrymen. Cuba was not known to be an island for many years afterwards. He was now again in the career which pleased him, and for which he was fitted. He was always ill at ease in administering a colony, or ruling the men who were engaged in it. He was happy and contented when he was discovering. He had been eager to follow the southern coast of Cuba, as he had followed the north in his first voyage. And now he had his opportunity. Having commissioned his brother Diego and Margarita and appointed also a council of four other gentlemen, he sailed to explore new coasts, on the twenty-fourth of April.

Luxan came back with stories even more amazing than they'd heard before, but without any gold, “because he had no orders to do so.” He had found ripe grapes. And finally, they discovered a region called Cipangi, with "cipan" meaning stone. This name brought to mind Cipango, or Japan. With such encouraging news, Columbus returned to his city. He appointed his brother and Pedro Margarita as governors of the city and left with three ships to further explore Cuba, which he had only partly examined on his first voyage. He believed it was the mainland of Asia. As mentioned, he held this belief until his death, and so did his fellow countrymen. Cuba was not recognized as an island for many years afterward. He was back in the career he loved and for which he was suited. He always felt uncomfortable managing a colony or ruling the men involved. He was happy and content when he was discovering. He had been eager to follow the southern coast of Cuba, just as he had along the north on his first voyage. Now he had his chance. On April 24th, after commissioning his brother Diego and Margarita and appointing a council of four other gentlemen, he set sail to explore new coasts.

He was soon tempted from his western course that he might examine Jamaica, of which he saw the distant lines on the south. “This island,” says the account of the time, “is larger than Sicily. It has only one mountain, which rises from the coast on every side, little by little, until you come to the middle of the island and the ascent is so gradual that, whether you rise or descend, you hardly know whether you are rising or descending.” Columbus found the island well peopled, and from what he saw of the natives, thought them more ingenious, and better artificers, than any Indians he had seen before. But when he proposed to land, they generally showed themselves prepared to resist him. He therefore deferred a full examination of the island to his return, and, with the first favorable wind, pressed on toward the southern coast of Cuba. He insisted on calling this the “Golden Chersonesus” of the East. This name had been given by the old geographers to the peninsula now known as Malacca.

He was soon tempted to change his western route to check out Jamaica, which he could see in the distance to the south. “This island,” according to the accounts from that time, “is larger than Sicily. It has only one mountain, which rises gradually from the coast all around until you reach the center of the island, and the ascent is so gentle that you can hardly tell whether you are going up or down.” Columbus found the island well-populated, and from what he observed of the natives, he thought they were more clever and skilled artisans than any Indians he had encountered before. However, when he tried to land, they generally appeared ready to fight back. Therefore, he postponed a full exploration of the island for his return trip and, with the first favorable wind, continued on to the southern coast of Cuba. He insisted on calling this place the “Golden Chersonesus” of the East. This name had been used by earlier geographers to refer to the peninsula now known as Malacca.

Crossing the narrow channel between Jamaica and Cuba, he began coasting that island westward. If the reader will examine the map, he will find many small keys and islands south of Cuba, which, before any survey had been made, seriously retarded his westward course. In every case he was obliged to make a separate examination to be sure where the real coast of the island was, all the time believing it was the continent of Asia. One of the narratives says, with a pardonable exaggeration, that in all this voyage he thus discovered seven hundred islands. His own estimate was that he sailed two hundred and twenty-two leagues westward in the exploration which now engaged him.

Crossing the narrow channel between Jamaica and Cuba, he started sailing west along that island. If you look at a map, you'll see many small keys and islands south of Cuba that, before any surveys were done, significantly slowed his westward journey. In each case, he had to conduct a separate inspection to figure out where the actual coast of the island was, all the while believing it was the continent of Asia. One of the accounts states, with a bit of exaggeration, that throughout this voyage he discovered seven hundred islands. His own estimate was that he traveled two hundred and twenty-two leagues westward during this exploration he was undertaking.

The month of May and the beginning of June were occupied with such explorations. The natives proved friendly, as the natives of the northern side of Cuba had proved two years before. They had, in general, heard of the visit of the Spaniards; but their wonder and admiration seem to have been none the less now that they saw the reality.

The month of May and the start of June were filled with such explorations. The locals were friendly, just like the people on the northern side of Cuba two years earlier. They had, for the most part, heard about the Spaniards' visit; but their amazement and admiration seemed just as strong now that they were witnessing it for themselves.

On one occasion the hopes of all the party, that they should find themselves at the court of the Grand Khan, were greatly quickened. A Spaniard had gone into a forest alone, hunting. Suddenly he saw a man clothed in white, or thought he did, whom he supposed to be a friar of the order of Saint Mary de Mercedes, who was with the expedition. But, almost immediately, ten other friars dressed in the same costume, appeared, and then as many as thirty. The Spaniard was frightened at the multiplication of their number, it hardly appears why, as they were all men of peace, or should have been, whatever their number. He called out to his companions, and bade them escape. But the men in white called out to him, and waved their hands, as if to assure him that there was no danger. He did not trust them, however, but rushed back to the shore and the ship, as fast as he could, to report what he had seen to the Admiral.

On one occasion, the hopes of everyone in the party that they would reach the court of the Grand Khan were boosted. A Spaniard had gone into a forest by himself to hunt. Suddenly, he thought he saw a man dressed in white, whom he believed to be a friar from the order of Saint Mary de Mercedes, who was part of the expedition. But almost immediately, ten other friars in the same outfit appeared, and then as many as thirty. The Spaniard was scared by the growing number, which was hard to understand since they were all supposed to be peaceful men. He called out to his companions and told them to escape. But the men in white shouted to him and waved their hands, as if to reassure him that there was no danger. He didn’t trust them, though, and hurried back to the shore and the ship as quickly as he could to report what he had seen to the Admiral.

Here, at last, was reason for hope that they had found one of the Asiatic missions of the Church. Columbus at once landed a party, instructing them to go forty miles inland, if necessary, to find people. But this party found neither path nor roadway, although the country was rich and fertile. Another party brought back rich bunches of grapes, and other native fruits. But neither party saw any friars of the order of Saint Mary. And it is now supposed that the Spaniard saw a peaceful flock of white cranes. The traveller Humboldt describes one occasion, in which the town of Angostura was put to alarm by the appearance of a flock of cranes known as soldados, or “soldiers,” which were, as people supposed, a band of Indians.

Here, at last, was a reason for hope that they had found one of the Asian missions of the Church. Columbus immediately sent a group ashore, instructing them to go forty miles inland, if necessary, to find people. However, this group found neither paths nor roads, despite the land being rich and fertile. Another group returned with large bunches of grapes and other native fruits. But neither group saw any friars from the order of Saint Mary. It is now believed that the Spaniards mistook a peaceful flock of white cranes for something more. The traveler Humboldt recounts an incident where the town of Angostura was alarmed by a flock of cranes called soldados, or “soldiers,” which people mistakenly thought was a group of Indians.

In his interviews with the natives at one point and another, upon the coast, Columbus was delighted with their simplicity, their hospitality, and their kindly dealing with each other. On one occasion, when the Mass was celebrated, a large number of them were present, and joined in the service, as well as they could, with respect and devotion. An old man as much as eighty years old, as the Spaniards thought, brought to the Admiral a basket full of fruit, as a present. Then he said, by an interpreter:

In his interviews with the locals at various times along the coast, Columbus was impressed by their simplicity, hospitality, and the kindness they showed to one another. One time, when Mass was celebrated, a large group of them attended and participated in the service as best as they could, with respect and devotion. An old man, believed to be around eighty years old, brought the Admiral a basket full of fruit as a gift. Then he spoke through an interpreter:

“We have heard how you have enveloped, by your power, all these countries, and how much afraid of you the people have been. But I have to exhort you, and to tell you that there are two ways when men leave this body. One is dark and dismal; it is for those who have injured the race of men. The other is delightful and pleasant; it is for those who, while alive, have loved peace and the repose of mankind. If, then, you remember that you are mortal, and what these retributions are, you will do no harm to any one.”

“We’ve heard how you’ve taken control of all these countries through your power, and how afraid the people have been of you. But I need to urge you and remind you that there are two paths when people leave this life. One is dark and dismal; it’s for those who have harmed humanity. The other is joyful and pleasant; it’s for those who, while alive, have loved peace and the well-being of others. So, if you remember that you are mortal and what these consequences are, you won’t hurt anyone.”

Columbus told him in reply that he had known of the two roads after death, and that he was well pleased to find that the natives of these lands knew of them; for he had not expected this. He said that the king and queen of Spain had sent him with the express mission of bringing these tidings to them. In particular, that he was charged with the duty of punishing the Caribs and all other men of impure life, and of rewarding and honoring all pure and innocent men. This statement so delighted the old prophet that he was eager to accompany Columbus on a mission so noble, and it was only by the urgent entreaty of his wife and children that he stayed with them. He found it hard to believe that Columbus was inferior in rank or command to any other sovereign.

Columbus replied that he had discovered the two paths after death and was pleased to learn that the locals knew about them, which he hadn't expected. He explained that the king and queen of Spain had specifically sent him to bring this news to them. In particular, he was instructed to punish the Caribs and all others living immorally, and to reward and honor all pure and innocent people. This news thrilled the old prophet, who was eager to join Columbus on such a noble mission, and it was only due to the urgent pleas of his wife and children that he decided to stay with them. He found it hard to believe that Columbus was of lower rank or authority than any other ruler.

The beauty of the island and the hospitality of the natives, however, were not enough to dispose the crews to continue this exploration further. They were all convinced that they were on the coast of Asia. Columbus did not mean that afterwards any one should accuse him of abandoning the discovery of that coast too soon. Calling to their attention the distance they had sailed, he sent round a written declaration for the signature of every person on the ships. Every man and boy put his name to it. It expressed their certainty that they were on the cape which made the end of the eastern Indies, and that any one who chose could proceed thence westward to Spain by land. This extraordinary declaration was attested officially by a notary, and still exists.

The beauty of the island and the friendliness of the locals, however, weren’t enough to convince the crews to keep exploring further. They were all sure they were on the coast of Asia. Columbus wanted to make sure that no one could later claim he had given up on discovering that coast too soon. Pointing out the distance they had traveled, he sent out a written statement for everyone on the ships to sign. Every man and boy added their name to it. The statement confirmed their belief that they were at the cape that marked the end of the eastern Indies, and that anyone who wanted could head west to Spain by land. This remarkable declaration was officially recorded by a notary and still exists.

It was executed in a bay at the extreme southwestern corner of Cuba. It has been remarked by Munoz, that at that moment, in that place, a ship boy at the masthead could have looked over the group of low islands and seen the open sea, which would have shown that Cuba was an island.

It was carried out in a bay at the far southwestern corner of Cuba. Munoz pointed out that at that moment, in that location, a cabin boy on the mast could have looked over the cluster of low islands and seen the open sea, which would have revealed that Cuba was an island.

The facts, which were controlling, were these, that the vessels were leaky and the crews sick and discontented. On the thirteenth of June, Columbus stood to the southeast. He discovered the island now known as the Island of Pines. He called it Evangelista. He anchored here and took in water. In an interview, not unlike that described, in which the old Cuban expressed his desire to return with Columbus, it is said that an Evangelistan chief made the same offer, but was withheld by the remonstrances, of his wife and children. A similar incident is reported in the visit to Jamaica, which soon followed. Columbus made a careful examination of that island. Then he crossed to Hispaniola, where, from the Indians, he received such accounts from the new town of Isabella as assured him that all was well there.

The key facts were that the ships were leaking, and the crews were sick and unhappy. On June 13, Columbus headed southeast. He discovered the island now known as the Island of Pines, which he named Evangelista. He anchored here to take on water. In a conversation, similar to the one mentioned, where an old Cuban expressed his wish to return with Columbus, it’s said that a chief from Evangelista made the same offer, but his wife and kids convinced him not to go. A similar event happened during the visit to Jamaica that followed soon after. Columbus carefully explored that island. Then he crossed over to Hispaniola, where he received reports from the Indians about the new town of Isabella that assured him everything was fine there.

With his own indomitable zeal, he determined now to go to the Carib islands and administer to them the vengeance he had ready. But his own frame was not strong enough for his will. He sank exhausted, in a sort of lethargy. The officers of his ship, supposing he was dying, put about the vessels and the little squadron arrived, none too soon as it proved, at Isabella.

With his unstoppable determination, he decided to head to the Caribbean islands and unleash the revenge he had planned. But his body couldn't keep up with his will. He collapsed, drained and in a kind of stupor. The officers on his ship, thinking he was dying, turned the ships around, and the small squadron reached Isabella just in time.

He was as resolute as ever in his determination to crush the Caribs, and prevent their incursions upon those innocent islanders to whom he had made so many promises of protection. But he fell ill, and for a short time at least was wholly unconscious. The officers in command took occasion of his illness, and of their right to manage the vessels, to turn back to the city of Isabella. He arrived there “as one half dead,” and his explorations and discoveries for this voyage were thus brought to an end. To his great delight he found there his brother Bartholomew, whom he had not seen for eight years. Bartholomew had accompanied Diaz in the famous voyage in which he discovered the Cape of Good Hope. Returning to Europe in 1488 he had gone to England, with a message from Christopher Columbus, asking King Henry the Seventh to interest himself in the great adventure he proposed.

He was as determined as ever to defeat the Caribs and stop their attacks on the innocent islanders to whom he had promised protection. But he fell ill and was completely unconscious for a while. The officers in charge took advantage of his illness and their authority over the ships to head back to the city of Isabella. He arrived there "half dead," and his explorations and discoveries for this voyage came to an end. To his great joy, he found his brother Bartholomew there, whom he hadn't seen in eight years. Bartholomew had sailed with Diaz on the famous expedition that discovered the Cape of Good Hope. After returning to Europe in 1488, he went to England with a message from Christopher Columbus, asking King Henry the Seventh to get involved in the great adventure he was proposing.

The authorities differ as to the reception which Henry gave to this great proposal. Up to the present time, no notice has been found of his visit in the English archives. The earliest notice of America, in the papers preserved there, is a note of a present of ten pounds “to hym that found the new land,” who was Cabot, after his first voyage. Bartholomew Columbus was in England on the tenth of February, 1488; how much later is not known. Returning from England he staid in France, in the service of Madama de Bourbon. This was either Anne of Beaujeu, or the widow of the Admiral Louis de Bourbon. Bartholomew was living in Paris when he heard of his brother’s great discovery.

The authorities disagree about how Henry responded to this significant proposal. So far, no record of his visit has been found in the English archives. The earliest mention of America in the preserved documents there is a note about a gift of ten pounds “to him who found the new land,” referring to Cabot after his first voyage. Bartholomew Columbus was in England on February 10, 1488; how much longer he stayed is unknown. After returning from England, he remained in France, serving Madama de Bourbon. This could have been Anne of Beaujeu or the widow of Admiral Louis de Bourbon. Bartholomew was living in Paris when he learned about his brother’s remarkable discovery.

He had now been appointed by the Spanish sovereigns to command a fleet of three vessels, which had been sent out to provision the new colony. He had sailed from Cadiz on the thirtieth of April, 1494, and he arrived at Isabella on St. John’s Day of the same year.

He had now been appointed by the Spanish rulers to lead a fleet of three ships, which had been sent to support the new colony. He left Cadiz on April 30, 1494, and arrived at Isabella on St. John’s Day of the same year.

Columbus welcomed him with delight, and immediately made him his first-lieutenant in command of the colony. There needed a strong hand for the management of the colony, for the quarrels which had existed before Columbus went on his Cuban voyage had not diminished in his absence. Pedro Margarita and Father Boil are spoken of as those who had made the most trouble. They had come determined to make a fortune rapidly, and they did not propose to give up such a hope to the slow processes of ordinary colonization. Columbus knew very well that those who had returned to Spain had carried with them complaints as to his own course. He would have been glad on some accounts to return, himself, at once; but he did not think that the natives of the islands were sufficiently under the power of the new colony to be left in safety.

Columbus greeted him with excitement and quickly appointed him as his first lieutenant in charge of the colony. It required a strong leader to manage the colony, especially since the disputes that had arisen before Columbus’s Cuban voyage hadn’t lessened during his absence. Pedro Margarita and Father Boil were noted as key troublemakers. They had arrived with the intention of making a fortune quickly and weren’t willing to abandon that hope for the slow process of regular colonization. Columbus was well aware that those who had returned to Spain had taken with them complaints about his leadership. He would have been eager to return himself under certain circumstances, but he didn’t believe that the indigenous people of the islands were sufficiently under the control of the new colony to be left safely.

First of all he sent back four caravels, which had recently arrived from Europe, with five hundred Indians whom he had taken as slaves. He consigned them to Juan de Fonseca’s care. He was eager himself to say that he sent them out that they might be converted, to Christianity, and that they might learn the Spanish language and be of use as interpreters. But, at the same time, he pointed out how easy it would be to make a source of revenue to the Crown from such involuntary emigration. To Isabella’s credit it is to be said, that she protested against the whole thing immediately; and so far as appears, no further shipments were made in exactly the same way. But these poor wretches were not sent back to the islands, as she perhaps thought they were. Fonseca did not hesitate to sell them, or apprentice them, to use our modern phrase, and it is said by Bernaldez that they all died. His bitter phrase is that Fonseca took no more care of them than if they had been wild animals.

First of all, he sent back four caravels that had recently arrived from Europe, carrying five hundred Indians he had taken as slaves. He entrusted them to Juan de Fonseca. He was eager to say that he was sending them out to be converted to Christianity and to learn Spanish so they could serve as interpreters. But at the same time, he suggested how easy it would be to generate revenue for the Crown from this involuntary migration. To Isabella's credit, she immediately protested against the entire situation; and as far as we know, no additional shipments were made in the same manner. However, these poor people were not sent back to the islands, as she might have believed. Fonseca didn’t hesitate to sell them, or to use our modern term, apprentice them, and it’s said by Bernaldez that they all died. His bitter remark is that Fonseca took no more care of them than if they were wild animals.

Columbus did not recover his health, so as to take a very active part in affairs for five months after his arrival at San Domingo. He was well aware that the Indians were vigorously organized, with the intention of driving his people from the island, or treating the colony as they had treated the colony of Navidad. He called the chief of the Cipangi, named Guarionexius, for consultation. The interpreter Didacus, who had served them so faithfully, married the king’s sister, and it was hoped that this would be a bond of amity between the two nations.

Columbus didn’t regain his health enough to play an active role in affairs for five months after arriving in San Domingo. He was well aware that the Indians were strongly organized, aiming to drive his people from the island or to treat the colony like they did with the colony of Navidad. He summoned the chief of the Cipangi, named Guarionexius, for a consultation. The interpreter Didacus, who had served them faithfully, married the king’s sister, and it was hoped that this would create a bond of friendship between the two nations.

Columbus sent Ojeda into the gold mountains with fifty armed men to make an alliance with Canabao. Canabao met this party with a good deal of perplexity. He undoubtedly knew that he had given the Spaniards good reason for doubting him. It is said that he had put to death twenty Spaniards by treasonable means, but it is to be remembered that this is the statement of his enemies. He, however, came to Columbus with a large body of his people, all armed. When he was asked why he brought so large a force with him, he said that so great a king as he, could not go anywhere without a fitting military escort. But Ojeda did not hesitate to take him prisoner and carry him into Isabella, bound. As has been said, he was eventually sent to Spain, but he died on the passage.

Columbus sent Ojeda into the gold mountains with fifty armed men to form an alliance with Canabao. Canabao greeted this group with a lot of confusion. He must have known that he had given the Spaniards plenty of reasons to doubt him. It's said that he had killed twenty Spaniards through treacherous means, but it's important to remember that this is the claim of his enemies. However, he came to Columbus with a large group of his people, all armed. When asked why he brought such a large force, he replied that a great king like him couldn't go anywhere without an appropriate military escort. But Ojeda didn’t hesitate to capture him and take him to Isabella, bound. As mentioned, he was eventually sent to Spain, but he died on the way.

Columbus made another fortress, or tower, on the border of King Guarionexius’s country, between his kingdom and Cipango. He gave to this post the name of the “Tower of the Conception,” and meant it to be a rallying point for the miners and others, in case of any uprising of the natives against them. This proved to be an important centre for mining operations. From this place, what we should call a nugget of gold, which one of the chiefs brought in, was sent to Spain. It weighed twenty ounces. A good deal of interest attached also to the discovery of amber, one mass of which weighed three hundred pounds. Such discoveries renewed the interest and hope which had been excited in Spain by the first accounts of Hispaniola.

Columbus built another fortress, or tower, on the border of King Guarionexius’s territory, between his kingdom and Cipango. He named this post the “Tower of the Conception,” intending it to serve as a gathering place for the miners and others in case of a native uprising against them. This became an important center for mining activities. From here, what we would call a nugget of gold, brought in by one of the chiefs, was sent to Spain. It weighed twenty ounces. There was also significant interest in the discovery of amber, with one piece weighing three hundred pounds. These findings sparked renewed interest and hope in Spain, reminiscent of the excitement generated by the initial reports about Hispaniola.

Columbus satisfied himself that he left the island really subdued; and in this impression he was not mistaken. Certain that his presence in Spain was needed, if he would maintain his own character against the attacks of the disaffected Spaniards who had gone before him, he set sail on the Nina on the tenth of March, taking with him as a consort a caravel which had been built at Isabella. He did not arrive in Cadiz till the eleventh of June, having been absent from Spain two years and nine months.

Columbus convinced himself that he had truly conquered the island, and he was right about that. Knowing that his presence in Spain was essential to defend his reputation against the criticisms of disgruntled Spaniards who had come before him, he set sail on the Nina on March 10, taking a caravel built at Isabella as his companion. He didn’t reach Cadiz until June 11, having been away from Spain for two years and nine months.

His return to Spain at this time gave Isabella another opportunity to show the firmness of her character, and the determination to which alone belongs success.

His return to Spain at this time gave Isabella another chance to demonstrate her strong character and the determination that is essential for success.

The excitement and popularity which attended the return from the first voyage had come to an end. Spain was in the period of reaction. The disappointment which naturally follows undue expectations and extravagant prophecies, was, in this instance, confirmed by the return of discontented adventurers. Four hundred years have accustomed the world to this reflex flow of disappointed colonists, unable or unwilling to work, who come back from a new land to say that its resources have been exaggerated. In this case, where everything was measured by the standard of gold, it was certainly true that the supply of gold received from the islands was very small as compared with the expenses of the expedition which had been sent out.

The excitement and popularity surrounding the return from the first voyage had faded away. Spain was in a period of backlash. The disappointment that naturally follows unrealistic expectations and grand predictions was, in this case, confirmed by the return of unhappy adventurers. Four hundred years have made the world familiar with this pattern of disappointed colonists, who, unable or unwilling to work, return from a new land to claim that its resources have been overstated. In this instance, where everything was measured against the gold standard, it was indeed true that the amount of gold brought back from the islands was very small compared to the costs of the expedition that had been sent out.

Five hundred Indians, who came to be taught the language, entering Spain as slaves, were but a poor return for the expenses in which the nation, not to say individuals, had been involved. The people of Spain, therefore, so far as they could show their feeling, were prejudiced against Columbus and those who surrounded him. They heard with incredulity the accounts of Cuba which he gave, and were quite indifferent to the geographical theories by which he wanted to prove that it was a part of Asia. He believed that the rich mines, which he had really found in Hispaniola, were the same as those of Ophir. But after five years of waiting, the Spanish public cared but little for such conjectures.

Five hundred Indians, who came to learn the language, entered Spain as slaves, which was a disappointing return for the expenses the nation, and individuals, had incurred. The people of Spain, therefore, expressed their feelings by being prejudiced against Columbus and his supporters. They listened with disbelief to his descriptions of Cuba and were pretty indifferent to the geographical theories he proposed to prove it was part of Asia. He thought that the rich mines he had actually discovered in Hispaniola were the same as those of Ophir. But after five years of waiting, the Spanish public cared very little about such guesses.

As he arrived in Cadiz, he found three vessels, under Nino, about to sail with supplies. These were much needed, for the relief of the preceding year, sent out in four vessels, had been lost by shipwreck. Columbus was able to add a letter of his own to the governor of Isabella, begging him to conform to the wishes expressed by the king and queen in the dispatches taken by Nino. He recommended diligence in exploring the new mines, and that a seaport should be founded in their neighborhood. At the same time he received a gracious letter from the king and queen, congratulating him on his return, and asking him to court as soon as he should recover from his fatigue.

As he arrived in Cadiz, he found three ships, led by Nino, ready to sail with supplies. These were greatly needed because the relief effort from the previous year, sent out in four ships, had been lost to shipwreck. Columbus was able to add his own letter to the governor of Isabella, urging him to follow the wishes outlined by the king and queen in the messages carried by Nino. He recommended being proactive in exploring the new mines and suggested that a seaport should be established nearby. At the same time, he received a kind letter from the king and queen, congratulating him on his return and inviting him to court as soon as he recovered from his exhaustion.

Columbus was encouraged by the tone of this letter. He had chosen to act as if he were in disgrace, and dressed himself in humble garb, as if he were a Franciscan monk, wearing his beard as the brethren of those orders do. Perhaps this was in fulfillment of one of those vows which, as we know, he frequently made in periods of despondency.

Columbus felt motivated by the tone of this letter. He decided to pretend he was in disgrace and dressed in simple clothes, like a Franciscan monk, sporting a beard like the members of that order. This might have been to uphold one of those vows he often made during times of despair.

He went to Burgos, where Ferdinand and Isabella were residing, and on the way made such a display of treasure as he had done on the celebrated march to Barcelona. Canabao, the fierce cacique of Hispaniola, had died on the voyage, but his brother and nephew still lived, and he took them to the king and queen, glittering on state occasions with golden ornaments. One chain of gold which the brother wore, is said to have been worth more than three thousand dollars of our time. In the procession Columbus carried various masks and other images, made by the Indians in fantastic shapes, which attracted the curiosity which in all nations surrounds the idols of a foreign creed.

He traveled to Burgos, where Ferdinand and Isabella were staying, and on the way, he showcased as much treasure as he had during the famous march to Barcelona. Canabao, the fierce leader of Hispaniola, had died during the journey, but his brother and nephew were still alive, and he brought them to the king and queen, who shone in their gold ornaments during official events. One gold chain that the brother wore is said to have been worth more than three thousand dollars today. In the procession, Columbus carried various masks and other figures made by the Indians in creative shapes, which drew the same curiosity that people in all nations have for the idols of a foreign religion.

The sovereigns received him cordially. No reference was made to the complaints of the adventurers who had returned. However the sovereigns may have been impressed by these, they were still confident in Columbus and in his merits, and do not seem to have wished to receive the partial accounts of his accusers. On his part, he pressed the importance of a new expedition, in order that they might annex to their dominions the eastern part of Asia. He wanted for this purpose eight ships. He was willing to leave two in the island of Hispaniola, and he hoped that he might have six for a voyage of discovery. The sovereigns assented readily to his proposal, and at the time probably intended to carry out his wishes.

The rulers welcomed him warmly. They didn't bring up the complaints from the adventurers who had come back. No matter how much the sovereigns might have been affected by those complaints, they still believed in Columbus and his abilities, and they didn’t seem interested in hearing the biased stories from his critics. Columbus emphasized the need for a new expedition so they could claim the eastern part of Asia for their empire. He requested eight ships for this mission. He was willing to leave two on the island of Hispaniola and hoped to have six for a discovery voyage. The rulers quickly agreed to his proposal and likely intended to support his plans at that time.

But Spain had something else to do than to annex Asia or to discover America; and the fulfillment of the promises made so cordially in 1496, was destined to await the exigencies of European war and diplomacy. In fact, he did not sail upon the third expedition for nearly two years after his arrival in Cadiz.

But Spain had other priorities besides annexing Asia or discovering America; fulfilling the promises made so enthusiastically in 1496 was set to depend on the demands of European wars and diplomacy. In fact, he didn’t set sail on the third expedition for almost two years after arriving in Cadiz.

In the autumn of 1496, an order was given for a sum amounting to nearly a hundred thousand dollars of our time, for the equipment of the promised squadron. At the same time Columbus was relieved from the necessity by which he was bound in his original contract, to furnish at least one-eighth of the money necessary in any of these expeditions. This burden was becoming too heavy for him to bear. It was agreed, however, that in the event of any profit resulting to the crown, he should be entitled to one-eighth of it for three ensuing years. This concession must be considered as an evidence that he was still in favor. At the end of three years both parties were to fall back upon the original contract.

In the fall of 1496, an order was placed for almost a hundred thousand dollars in today's money for the outfitting of the promised fleet. At the same time, Columbus was freed from his original contract's requirement to provide at least one-eighth of the funding necessary for these expeditions. This obligation was becoming too much for him to handle. However, it was agreed that if any profit came to the crown, he would be entitled to one-eighth of it for the next three years. This concession shows that he still had support. After three years, both parties would revert to the original contract.

But these noble promises, which must have been so encouraging to him, could not be fulfilled, as it proved. For the exigencies of war, the particular money which was to be advanced to Columbus was used for the repair of a fortress upon the frontier. Instead of this, Columbus was to receive his money from the gold brought by Nino on his return. Alas, it proved that a report that he had returned with so much gold, meant that he had Indian prisoners, from the sale of whom he expected to realize this money. And poor Columbus was virtually consigned to building and fitting out his ship from the result of a slave-trade, which was condemned by Isabella, and which he knew was wretchedly unprofitable.

But these noble promises, which must have been so encouraging to him, couldn’t be fulfilled, as it turned out. Due to the demands of war, the specific funds meant for Columbus were used to repair a fortress on the frontier. Instead, Columbus was supposed to get his money from the gold brought back by Nino upon his return. Unfortunately, the report that Nino had returned with a lot of gold actually meant that he had Indian prisoners, from the sale of whom he expected to make this money. And poor Columbus was effectively left to build and equip his ship from the profits of a slave trade, which was condemned by Isabella and which he knew was terribly unprofitable.

A difficulty almost equally great resulted from the unpopularity of the expedition. People did not volunteer eagerly, as they had done, the minds of men being poisoned by the reports of emigrants, who had gone out in high hope, and had returned disappointed. It even became necessary to commute the sentences of criminals who had been sentenced to banishment, so that they might be transported into the new settlements, where they were to work without pay. Even these expedients did not much hasten the progress of the expedition.

A similar challenge arose from the expedition's unpopularity. People weren’t volunteering as eagerly as before, influenced by the negative stories from emigrants who left with high hopes but returned disillusioned. It even became necessary to change the sentences of criminals who had been sentenced to banishment, allowing them to be sent to the new settlements, where they would work without pay. Even these measures didn’t significantly speed up the expedition's progress.

Fonseca, the steady enemy of Columbus, was placed in command again at this time. The queen was overwhelmed with affliction by the death of Prince Juan; and it seemed to Columbus and his friends that every petty difficulty was placed in the way of preparation. When at length six vessels were fitted for sea, it was only after the wear and tear of constant opposition from officials in command; and the expedition, as it proved, was not what Columbus had hoped for, for his purposes.

Fonseca, Columbus's constant adversary, was put in charge again at this time. The queen was deeply saddened by the death of Prince Juan; and it seemed to Columbus and his associates that every minor obstacle was thrown in the way of preparations. When six ships were finally readied for sea, it came only after the strain of ongoing resistance from the officials in charge; and the expedition, as it turned out, wasn't what Columbus had envisioned for his goals.

On the thirtieth of May, however, in 1498, he was able to sail. As this was the period when the Catholic church celebrates the mystery of the Trinity, he determined and promised that the first land which he discovered should receive that sacred name. He was well convinced of the existence of a continent farther south than the islands among which he had cruised, and intended to strike that continent, as in fact he did, in the outset of his voyage.

On May 30, 1498, he set sail. Since this was the time when the Catholic Church celebrates the mystery of the Trinity, he decided and vowed that the first land he discovered would be named after it. He was certain that there was a continent to the south of the islands where he had been sailing and aimed to reach that continent, which he indeed did at the start of his journey.





CHAPTER X. — THE THIRD VOYAGE.

LETTER TO THE KING AND QUEEN—DISCOVERY OF TRINIDAD AND PARIA—CURIOUS SPECULATION AS TO THE EARTHLY PARADISE—ARRIVAL AT SAN DOMINGO—REBELLIONS AND MUTINIES IN THAT ISLAND—ROLDAN AND HIS FOLLOWERS—OJEDA AND HIS EXPEDITION—ARRIVAL OF BOBADILLA—COLUMBUS A PRISONER.

LETTER TO THE KING AND QUEEN—DISCOVERY OF TRINIDAD AND PARIA—CURIOUS SPECULATION ABOUT THE EARTHLY PARADISE—ARRIVAL AT SAN DOMINGO—REBELLIONS AND MUTINIES ON THAT ISLAND—ROLDAN AND HIS FOLLOWERS—OJEDA AND HIS EXPEDITION—ARRIVAL OF BOBADILLA—COLUMBUS AS A PRISONER.

For the narrative of the third voyage, we are fortunate in having once more a contemporary account by Columbus himself. The more important part of his expedition was partly over when he was able to write a careful letter to the king and queen, which is still preserved. It is lighted up by bursts of the religious enthusiasm which governed him from the beginning. All the more does it show the character of the man, and it impresses upon us, what is never to be forgotten, the mixture in his motive of the enthusiasm of a discoverer, the eager religious feeling which might have quickened a crusader, and the prospects of what we should call business adventure, by which he tries to conciliate persons whose views are less exalted than his own.

For the story of the third voyage, we’re lucky to have once again a firsthand account from Columbus himself. The more significant part of his expedition was mostly complete when he managed to write a detailed letter to the king and queen, which is still preserved. It’s filled with moments of the religious fervor that inspired him from the start. This letter also highlights his character and reminds us, in a way that should never be overlooked, of the mix in his motivations: the excitement of a discoverer, the passionate religious sentiment that could have fueled a crusader, and the business prospects he hopes to appeal to those whose ambitions are less lofty than his own.

In addressing the king and queen, who are called “very high and very powerful princes,” he reminds them that his undertaking to discover the West Indies began in the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, which appointed him as a messenger for this enterprise. He asks them to remember that he has always addressed them as with that intention.

In speaking to the king and queen, who are referred to as “very high and very powerful rulers,” he reminds them that his quest to find the West Indies started with the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, which appointed him as a messenger for this mission. He asks them to remember that he has always approached them with that purpose in mind.

He reminds them of the seven or eight years in which he was urging his cause and that it was not enough that he should have showed the religious side of it, that he was obliged to argue for the temporal view as well. But their decision, for which he praises them indirectly, was made, he says, in the face of the ridicule of all, excepting the two priests, Marcheza and the Archbishop of Segovia. “And everything will pass away excepting the word of God, who spoke so clearly of these lands by the voice of Isaiah in so many places, affirming that His name should be divulged to the nations from Spain.” He goes on in a review of the earlier voyages, and after this preface gives his account of the voyage of 1498.

He reminds them of the seven or eight years he spent advocating for his cause, emphasizing that just showing the religious aspect wasn't enough; he had to also argue for the practical perspective. However, he acknowledges their decision, which he praises them for indirectly, was made despite the mockery from everyone except the two priests, Marcheza and the Archbishop of Segovia. “And everything will fade away except the word of God, who spoke so clearly about these lands through Isaiah in many places, stating that His name should be proclaimed to the nations from Spain.” He continues with a review of the earlier voyages, and after this introduction, he recounts the voyage of 1498.

They sailed from Santa Lucca the thirtieth of May, and went down to Madeira to avoid the hostile squadron of the French who were awaiting him at Cape St. Vincent. In the history by Herrara, of another generation, this squadron is said to be Portuguese. From Maderia, they passed to the Canary Islands, from which, with one ship and two caravels, he makes his voyage, sending the other three vessels to Hispaniola. After making the Cape de Verde Islands, he sailed southwest. He had very hot weather for eight days, and in the hope of finding cooler weather changed his course to the westward.

They left Santa Lucca on May 30th and headed to Madeira to steer clear of the French navy waiting for him at Cape St. Vincent. In the history written by Herrara from a different era, this navy is referred to as Portuguese. From Madeira, they moved on to the Canary Islands, from which he made his journey with one ship and two caravels, sending the other three vessels to Hispaniola. After passing the Cape Verde Islands, he sailed southwest. He experienced extremely hot weather for eight days, and hoping to find cooler conditions, he changed his course to the west.

On the thirty-first of July, they made land, which proved to be the cape now known as Galeota, the southeastern cape of the island of Trinidad. The country was as green at this season as the orchards of Valencia in March. Passing five leagues farther on, he lands to refit his vessels and take on board wood and water. The next day a large canoe from the east, with twenty-four men, well armed, appeared.

On July 31st, they reached land, which turned out to be the cape now known as Galeota, the southeastern tip of the island of Trinidad. The landscape was as green at this time of year as the orchards in Valencia in March. After sailing another five leagues, he landed to repair his ships and gather wood and water. The following day, a large canoe carrying twenty-four well-armed men arrived from the east.

The Admiral wished to communicate with them, but they refused, although he showed them basins and other things which he thought would attract them. Failing in this effort, he directed some of the boys of the crew to dance and play a tambourine on the poop of the ship. But this conciliatory measure had as little success as the other. The natives strung their bows, took up their shields and began to shoot the dancers. Columbus stopped the entertainment, therefore, and ordered some balls shot at them, upon which they left him. With the other vessel they opened more friendly communication, but when the pilot went to Columbus and asked leave to land with them, they went off, nor were any of them or theirs seen again.

The Admiral wanted to talk to them, but they wouldn’t respond, even though he showed them bowls and other items he thought might interest them. After this didn’t work, he had some of the crew’s boys dance and play a tambourine on the back of the ship. However, this friendly gesture was just as unsuccessful as the last. The locals readied their bows, grabbed their shields, and started shooting at the dancers. Columbus ended the performance and ordered some shots to be fired at them, which made them leave. With the other ship, they managed to communicate more amicably, but when the pilot went to Columbus and asked for permission to land with them, they left, and none of them were seen again.

On his arrival at Punta de Icacocos, at the southern point of Trinidad, he observes the very strong currents which are always noticed by voyagers, running with as much fury as the Guadalquiver in time of flood. In the night a terrible wave came from the south, “a hill as high as a ship,” so that even in writing of it he feels fear. But no misfortune came from it.

On arriving at Punta de Icacocos, at the southern tip of Trinidad, he notices the incredibly strong currents that travelers always talk about, moving with the same intensity as the Guadalquivir during a flood. At night, a massive wave came from the south, “a wall as tall as a ship,” making him feel apprehensive even as he writes about it. However, nothing bad happened as a result.

Sailing the next day, he found the water comparatively fresh. He is, in fact, in the current produced by the great river Orinoco, which affects, in a remarkable way, all the tide-flow of those seas. Sailing north, he passes different points of the Island of Trinidad, and makes out the Punta de la Pena and the mainland. He still observes the freshness of the water and the severity of the currents.

Sailing the next day, he found the water relatively fresh. He is, in fact, in the current from the great Orinoco River, which significantly influences the tides in those seas. As he sails north, he passes various points of Trinidad Island and spots Punta de la Pena and the mainland. He continues to notice the freshness of the water and the strength of the currents.

As he sails farther westward, he observes fleets, and he sends his people ashore. They find no inhabitants at first, but eventually meet people who tell him the enemy of this country is Paria. Of these he took on board four. The king sent him an invitation to land, and numbers of the people came in canoes, many of whom wore gold and pearls. These pearls came to them from the north. Columbus did not venture to land here because the provisions of his vessels were already failing him.

As he sails further west, he sees fleets and sends his crew ashore. They initially find no inhabitants, but eventually encounter people who inform him that the enemy of this land is Paria. He took four of them on board. The king invited him to land, and many people came in canoes, most of whom were adorned with gold and pearls. These pearls came from the north. Columbus didn’t dare to land here because his ships were already running low on supplies.

He describes the people, as of much the same color as those who have been observed before, and were ready for intercourse, and of good appearance. Two prominent persons came to meet them, whom he thought to be father and son. The house to which the Spaniards were led was large, with many seats. An entertainment was brought forward, in which there were many sorts of fruits, and wine of many kinds. It was not made from grapes, however, and he supposed it must be made of different sorts of fruits.

He describes the people as being very similar in appearance to those he had seen before, and they were open to interaction and looked good. Two prominent individuals approached them, whom he believed to be a father and son. The house the Spaniards were taken to was large, with plenty of seating. A feast was laid out that included various types of fruit and different kinds of wine. However, it wasn’t made from grapes, and he figured it must have been made from other types of fruit.

A part of the entertainment was of maize, “which is a sort of corn which grows here, with a spike like a spindle.” The Indians and their guests parted with regret that they could not understand each other’s conversation. All this passed in the house of the elder Indian. The younger then took them to his house, where a similar collation was served, and they then returned to the ship, Columbus being in haste to press on, both on account of his want of supplies and the failure of his own health. He says he was still suffering from diseases which he had contracted on the last voyage, and with blindness. “That then his eyes did not give him as much pain, nor were they bloodshot as much as they are now.”

A part of the entertainment included maize, "which is a type of corn that grows here, with a spike like a spindle." The Indians and their guests parted with sadness because they couldn't understand each other's conversations. All this took place in the home of the elder Indian. The younger one then took them to his house, where a similar meal was served, and they returned to the ship afterward, as Columbus was eager to move on due to his lack of supplies and declining health. He mentioned that he was still dealing with illnesses he had picked up on the last voyage, along with issues with his eyesight. "At that time, his eyes didn't hurt him as much, nor were they as bloodshot as they are now."

He describes the people whom they at first visited as of fine stature, easy bearing, with long straight hair, and wearing worked handkerchiefs on their heads. At a little distance it seemed as if these were made of silk, like the gauze veil with which the Spaniards were familiar, from Moorish usage.

He describes the people they initially visited as tall, easygoing, with long straight hair, and wearing embroidered handkerchiefs on their heads. From a distance, it looked like these were made of silk, similar to the gauzy veils the Spaniards were used to from Moorish traditions.

“Others,” he says, “wore larger handkerchiefs round their waists, like the panete of the Spaniards.” By this phrase he means a full garment hanging over the knees, either trousers or petticoats. These people were whiter in color than the Indians he had seen before. They all wore something at the neck and arms, with many pieces of gold at the neck. The canoes were much larger than he had seen, better in build and lighter; they had a cabin in the middle for the princes and their women.

“Others,” he says, “wore larger handkerchiefs around their waists, like the panete of the Spaniards.” By this, he means a full garment hanging over the knees, either pants or skirts. These people were lighter in skin tone than the Indians he had seen before. They all wore something around their necks and arms, with many gold pieces around their necks. The canoes were much larger than the ones he had seen, better built and lighter; they had a cabin in the middle for the princes and their women.

He made many inquiries for gold, but was told he must go farther on, but he was advised not to go there, because his men would be in danger of being eaten. At first, Columbus supposed that this meant that the inhabitants of the gold-bearing countries were cannibals, but he satisfied himself afterwards that the natives meant that they would be eaten by beasts. With regard to pearls, also, he got some information that he should find them when he had gone farther west and farther north.

He asked a lot of questions about gold, but was told he needed to go further on. However, he was warned not to go there because his men could be in danger of being eaten. At first, Columbus thought this meant that the people in the gold-rich areas were cannibals, but he later realized that the locals meant they would be eaten by animals. As for pearls, he also received information that he would find them if he traveled further west and north.

After these agreeable courtesies, the little fleet raised its anchors and sailed west. Columbus sent one caravel to investigate the river. Finding that he should not succeed in that direction, and that he had no available way either north or south, he leaves by the same entrance by which he had entered. The water is still very fresh, and he is satisfied, correctly as we know, that these currents were caused by the entrance of the great river of water.

After these friendly exchanges, the small fleet lifted its anchors and sailed west. Columbus sent one caravel to explore the river. Realizing that he wouldn't succeed in that direction and that he had no viable route north or south, he exited through the same entrance he had used to enter. The water was still very fresh, and he was correct, as we now know, that these currents were caused by the inflow of the large river.

On the thirteenth of August he leaves the island by what he calls the northern mouth of the river (Boca Grande), and begins to strike salt water again.

On August 13th, he leaves the island through what he refers to as the northern mouth of the river (Boca Grande) and starts to hit saltwater again.

At this part of Columbus’s letter there is a very curious discussion of temperature, which shows that this careful observer, even at that time, made out the difference between what are called isothermal curves and the curves of latitude. He observes that he cannot make any estimate of what his temperature will be on the American coast from what he has observed on the coast of Africa.

At this point in Columbus’s letter, there's an interesting discussion about temperature, showing that this meticulous observer, even back then, could tell the difference between what's known as isothermal curves and latitude curves. He notes that he can't predict what the temperature will be on the American coast based on what he observed on the coast of Africa.

He begins now to doubt whether the world is spherical, and is disposed to believe that it is shaped like a pear, and he tries to make a theory of the difference of temperature from this suggestion. We hardly need to follow this now. We know he was entirely wrong in his conjecture. “Pliny and others,” he says, “thought the world spherical, because on their part of it it was a hemisphere.” They were ignorant of the section over which he was sailing, which he considers to be that of a pear cut in the wrong way. His demonstration is, that in similar latitudes to the eastward it is very hot and the people are black, while at Trinidad or on the mainland it is comfortable and the people are a fine race of men, whiter than any others whom he has seen in the Indies. The sun in the constellation of the Virgin is over their heads, and all this comes from their being higher up, nearer the air than they would have been had they been on the African coast.

He’s starting to question whether the world is round and leans towards believing it’s shaped like a pear. He even tries to come up with a theory about temperature differences based on this idea. We really don’t need to go into that now. We know he was completely wrong in his guess. “Pliny and others,” he says, “thought the world was round because in their part of it, they saw a half-circle.” They were unaware of the section he was sailing through, which he thinks looks like a pear cut the wrong way. His argument is that in similar latitudes to the east, it’s really hot and the people there are black, while at Trinidad or on the mainland, it’s pleasant and the people are a great race, whiter than anyone he’s seen in the Indies. The sun in the Virgin constellation is directly overhead, and all of this is because they are at a higher altitude, closer to the air than they would be if they were on the African coast.

With this curious speculation he unites some inferences from Scripture, and goes back to the account in the Book of Genesis and concludes that the earthly Paradise was in the distant east. He says, however, that if he could go on, on the equinoctial line, the air would grow more temperate, with greater changes in the stars and in the water. He does not think it possible that anyone can go to the extreme height of the mountain where the earthly Paradise is to be found, for no one is to be permitted to enter there but by the will of God, but he believes that in this voyage he is approaching it.

With this interesting theory, he connects some insights from the Bible and refers back to the story in Genesis, concluding that the earthly Paradise was located in the far east. However, he notes that if he could continue along the equator, the air would become milder, with more variations in the stars and the water. He doesn’t believe it’s possible for anyone to reach the very top of the mountain where earthly Paradise is said to be, because access is only allowed by God's will, but he feels that on this journey, he is getting closer to it.

Any reader who is interested in this curious speculation of Columbus should refer to the “Divina Comedia” of Dante, where Dante himself held a somewhat similar view, and describes his entrance into the terrestrial paradise under the guidance of Beatrice. It is a rather curious fact, which discoverers of the last three centuries have established, that the point, on this world, which is opposite the city of Jerusalem, where all these enthusiasts supposed the terrestrial Paradise would be found, is in truth in the Pacific Ocean not far from Pitcairn’s Island, in the very region where so many voyagers have thought that they found the climate and soil which to the terrestrial Paradise belong.

Any reader interested in Columbus's intriguing speculation should check out Dante's "Divina Commedia," where Dante himself had a somewhat similar perspective and describes his entrance into earthly paradise under Beatrice's guidance. It's quite interesting that discoverers over the last three centuries have established that the spot on this planet opposite Jerusalem—where all these enthusiasts believed the earthly paradise would be found—is actually in the Pacific Ocean, not far from Pitcairn Island, right in the area where so many travelers thought they discovered the climate and soil that belonged to earthly paradise.

Columbus expresses his dissent from the recent theory, which was that of Dante, supposing that the earthly Paradise was at the top of a sharp mountain. On the other hand, he supposes that this mountain rises gently, but yet that no person can go to the top.

Columbus disagrees with the recent theory, which was Dante's idea, suggesting that Paradise on Earth is located at the top of a steep mountain. Instead, he believes this mountain rises gradually, but still, no one can reach the summit.

This is his curious “excursion,” made, perhaps, because Columbus had the time to write it.

This is his interesting "excursion," possibly created because Columbus had the time to write it.

The journal now recurs to more earthly affairs. Passing out from the mouth of the “Dragon,” he found the sea running westward and the wind gentle. He notices that the waters are swept westward as the trade winds are. In this way he accounts for there being so many islands in that part of the earth, the mainland having been eaten away by the constant flow of the waves. He thinks their very shape indicates this, they being narrow from north to south and longer from east to west. Although some of the islands differ in this, special reasons maybe given for the difference. He brings in many of the old authorities to show, what we now know to be entirely false, that there is much more land than water on the surface of the globe.

The journal now focuses on more practical matters. After emerging from the “Dragon,” he found the sea flowing westward with a gentle wind. He observes that the waters are pushed westward by the trade winds. This is how he explains the abundance of islands in that part of the world, as the mainland has been eroded by the constant waves. He thinks their shapes reflect this, being narrow from north to south and longer from east to west. Although some islands vary from this pattern, specific reasons can be given for those differences. He references many old sources to argue, what we now know to be completely false, that there is much more land than water on the surface of the globe.

All this curious speculation as to the make-up of the world encourages him to beg their Highnesses to go on with the noble work which they have begun. He explains to them that he plants the cross on every cape and proclaims the sovereignty of their Majesties and of the Christian religion. He prays that this may continue. The only objection to it is the expense, but Columbus begs their Highnesses to remember how much more money is spent for the mere formalities of the elegancies of the court. He begs them to consider the credit attaching to plans of discovery and quickens their ambition by reference to the efforts of the princes of Portugal.

All this curious speculation about how the world is structured encourages him to urge their Highnesses to continue the great work they've started. He explains that he plants the cross at every cape and announces the sovereignty of their Majesties and the Christian faith. He hopes this practice will go on. The only objection is the cost, but Columbus asks their Highnesses to remember how much more is spent on the mere formalities of courtly elegance. He asks them to consider the prestige that comes from discovery plans and boosts their ambition by referencing the efforts of the princes of Portugal.

This letter closes by the expression of his determination to go on with his three ships for further discoveries.

This letter ends with his declaration to continue on with his three ships for more discoveries.

This letter was written from San Domingo on the eighth of October. He had already made the great discovery of the mainland of South America, though he did not yet know that he had touched the continent. He had intentionally gone farther south than before, and had therefore struck the island of Trinidad, to which, as he had promised, he gave the name which it still bears. A sailor first saw the summits of three mountains, and gave the cry of land. As the ships approached, it was seen that these three mountains were united at the base. Columbus was delighted by the omen, as he regarded it, which thus connected his discovery with the vow which he had made on Trinity Sunday.

This letter was written from San Domingo on October 8th. He had already made the significant discovery of the South American mainland, although he didn’t yet realize he had reached the continent. He had intentionally traveled further south than before, which led him to the island of Trinidad, to which, as he had promised, he gave the name it still carries today. A sailor was the first to spot the peaks of three mountains and shouted that land was ahead. As the ships got closer, it became clear that these three mountains were connected at their base. Columbus was thrilled by the sign, as he saw it, which linked his discovery to the vow he had taken on Trinity Sunday.

As the reader has seen, he first passed between this great island and the mainland. The open gulf there described is now known as the Gulf of Paria. The observation which he made as to the freshness of the water caused by the flow of the Orinoco, has been made by all navigators since. It may be said that he was then really in the mouth of the Orinoco.

As the reader has seen, he first traveled between this large island and the mainland. The open gulf mentioned here is now called the Gulf of Paria. His observation about the freshness of the water caused by the flow of the Orinoco has been noted by all navigators since. It could be said that he was indeed at the mouth of the Orinoco at that time.

Young readers, at least, will be specially interested to remember that it was in this region that Robinson Crusoe’s island was placed by Defoe; and if they will carefully read his life they will find discussions there of the flow of the “great River Orinoco.” Crossing this gulf, Columbus had touched upon the coast of Paria, and thus became the first discoverer of South America. It is determined, by careful geographers, that the discovery of the continent of North America, had been made before this time by the Cabots, sailing under the orders of England.

Young readers, at least, will be particularly interested to note that it was in this area that Defoe set Robinson Crusoe’s island; and if they read his life carefully, they will find discussions about the flow of the “great River Orinoco.” After crossing this gulf, Columbus landed on the coast of Paria, becoming the first explorer of South America. Careful geographers have determined that the discovery of North America had already been made by the Cabots, who were sailing under the orders of England.

Columbus was greatly encouraged by the discovery of fine pearls among the natives of Paria. Here he found one more proof that he was on the eastern coast of Asia, from which coast pearls had been brought by the caravans on which, till now, Europe had depended for its Asiatic supplies. He gave the name “Gulf of Pearls” to the estuary which makes the mouth of the River Paria.

Columbus was really excited by the discovery of beautiful pearls among the natives of Paria. Here he found another sign that he was on the eastern coast of Asia, from which pearls had been brought by the caravans that Europe had relied on for its Asian supplies until now. He named the estuary at the mouth of the River Paria the “Gulf of Pearls.”

He would gladly have spent more time in exploring this region; but the sea-stores of his vessel were exhausted, he was suffering from a difficulty with his eyes, caused by overwatching, and was also a cripple from gout. He resisted the temptation, therefore, to make further explorations on the coast of Paria, and passed westward and northwestward. He made many discoveries of islands in the Caribbean Sea as he went northwest, and he arrived at the colony of San Domingo, on the thirtieth of August. He had hoped for rest after his difficult voyage; but he found the island in confusion which seemed hopeless.

He would have happily spent more time exploring this area; however, the supplies on his ship were low, he was dealing with an eye issue from too much strain, and he was also suffering from gout. So, he resisted the urge to continue exploring the coast of Paria and headed west and northwest instead. As he traveled northwest, he discovered many islands in the Caribbean Sea and arrived at the colony of San Domingo on August 30th. He had expected to find some rest after his challenging journey, but he discovered that the island was in a chaotic state that seemed beyond fixing.

His brother Bartholomew, from all the accounts we have, would seem to have administered its affairs with justice and decision; but the problem he had in hand was one which could not be solved so as to satisfy all the critics. Close around him he had a body of adventurers, almost all of whom were nothing but adventurers. With the help of these adventurers, he had to repress Indian hostilities, and to keep in order the natives who had been insulted and injured in every conceivable way by the settlers.

His brother Bartholomew, from all the reports we have, seemed to manage things with fairness and determination; however, the challenge he faced was one that couldn’t satisfy all the critics. Surrounding him was a group of adventurers, nearly all of whom were just that—adventurers. With their help, he had to deal with Indian hostilities and maintain order among the natives who had been insulted and harmed in every possible way by the settlers.

He was expected to send home gold to Spain with every vessel; he knew perfectly well that Spain was clamoring with indignation because he did not succeed in doing so. But on the island itself he had to meet, from day to day, conspiracies of Spaniards and what are called insurrections of natives. These insurrections consisted simply in their assertion of such rights as they had to the beautiful land which the Spaniards were taking away from them.

He was expected to send gold back to Spain with every ship; he knew very well that Spain was outraged because he wasn’t able to do that. But on the island, he had to deal daily with conspiracies from Spaniards and what were referred to as native uprisings. These uprisings were simply their claim to the rights they had over the beautiful land that the Spaniards were seizing from them.

At the moment when Columbus landed, there was an instant of tranquility. But the natives, whom he remembered only six years ago as so happy and cheerful and hospitable, had fled as far as they could. They showed in every way their distrust of those who were trying to become their masters. On the other hand, soldiers and emigrants were eager to leave the island if they could. They were near starvation, or if they did not starve they were using food to which they were not accustomed. The eagerness with which, in 1493, men had wished to rush to this land of promise, was succeeded by an equal eagerness, in 1498, to go home from it.

At the moment Columbus landed, there was a brief moment of calm. But the natives, who he remembered just six years ago as happy, cheerful, and welcoming, had run as far away as they could. They showed their distrust in every possible way toward those who were trying to become their rulers. Meanwhile, soldiers and settlers were eager to leave the island if they could. They were close to starving, or if they weren’t starving, they were eating food they were not used to. The enthusiasm that men had in 1493 to rush to this land of opportunity was replaced by an equal eagerness, in 1498, to head back home.

As soon as he arrived, Columbus issued a proclamation, approving of the measures of his brother in his absence, and denouncing the rebels with whom Bartholomew had been contending. He found the difficulties which surrounded him were of the most serious character. He had not force enough to take up arms against the rebels of different names. He offered pardon to them in the name of the sovereigns, and that they refused.

As soon as he arrived, Columbus made an announcement, supporting the actions of his brother during his absence, and condemning the rebels that Bartholomew had been fighting against. He realized that the challenges he faced were extremely serious. He didn't have enough manpower to fight against the various rebels. He offered them forgiveness on behalf of the rulers, but they refused.

Columbus was obliged, in order to maintain any show of authority, to propose to the sovereigns that they should arbitrate between his brother and Roldan, who was the chief of the rebel party. He called to the minds of Ferdinand and Isabella his own eager desire to return to San Domingo sooner, and ascribed the difficulties which had arisen, in large measure, to his long delay. He said he should send home the more worthless men by every ship.

Columbus had to suggest to the monarchs that they intervene in the conflict between his brother and Roldan, the leader of the rebel group, to keep up the appearance of having authority. He reminded Ferdinand and Isabella of his strong wish to get back to San Domingo as soon as possible and blamed a lot of the issues that had come up on his extended absence. He stated that he would send the less valuable crew members back on every ship.

He asked that preachers might be sent out to convert the Indians and to reform the dissolute Spaniards. He asked for officers of revenue, and for a learned judge. He begged at the same time that, for two years longer, the colony might be permitted to employ the Indians as slaves, but he promised they would only use such as they captured in war and insurrections.

He requested that preachers be sent out to convert the Native Americans and to reform the immoral Spaniards. He asked for revenue officers and an educated judge. At the same time, he pleaded that the colony be allowed to use the Native Americans as slaves for two more years, but he promised they would only use those they captured in warfare and uprisings.

By the same vessel the rebels sent out letters charging Columbus and his brother with the grossest oppression and injustice. All these letters came to court by one messenger. Columbus was then left to manage as best he could, in the months which must pass, before he could receive an answer.

By the same ship, the rebels sent letters accusing Columbus and his brother of the worst oppression and injustice. All these letters arrived at court through one messenger. Columbus was then left to handle things as best as he could during the months that would pass before he could get a response.

He was not wholly without success. That is to say, no actual battles took place between the parties before the answer returned. But when it returned, it proved to be written by his worst enemy, Fonseca. It was a genuine Spanish answer to a letter which required immediate decision. That is to say, Columbus was simply told that the whole matter must be left in suspense till the sovereigns could make such an investigation as they wished. The hope, therefore, of some help from home was wholly disappointed.

He wasn't completely unsuccessful. In other words, there were no actual confrontations between the parties before the response came back. But when it did arrive, it turned out to be written by his biggest enemy, Fonseca. It was a typical Spanish reply to a letter that needed an immediate decision. In other words, Columbus was just informed that the entire issue had to be put on hold until the rulers could conduct whatever investigation they wanted. Therefore, any hope for assistance from home was completely dashed.

Roldan, the chief of the rebels, was encouraged by this news to take higher ground than even he had ventured on before. He now proposed that he should send fifteen of his company to Spain, also that those who remained should not only be pardoned, but should have lands granted them; third, that a public proclamation should be made that all charges against him had been false; and fourth, that he should hold the office of chief judge, which he had held before the rebellion.

Roldan, the leader of the rebels, was motivated by this news to take risks greater than ever before. He now suggested sending fifteen members of his group to Spain, and that those who stayed behind should not only be pardoned but also granted land. Third, he wanted a public announcement that all accusations against him were false. Fourth, he proposed that he resume the position of chief judge, which he had held prior to the rebellion.

Columbus was obliged to accede to terms as insolent as these, and the rebels even added a stipulation, that if he should fail in fulfilling either of these articles, they might compel him to comply, by force or any other means. Thus was he hampered in the very position where, by the king’s orders, and indeed, one would say, by the right of discovery, he was the supreme master.

Columbus was forced to agree to demands as arrogant as these, and the rebels even added a condition that if he failed to meet any of these terms, they could force him to comply by any means necessary. Thus, he was restricted in the very role where, by the king’s orders, and quite frankly, by the right of discovery, he should have been in complete control.

For himself, he determined to return with Bartholomew to Spain, and he made some preparations to do so. But at this time he learned, from the western part of the island, that four strange ships had arrived there. He could not feel that it was safe to leave the colony in such a condition of latent rebellion as he knew it to be in; he wrote again to the sovereigns, and said directly that his capitulation with the rebels had been extorted by force, and that he did not consider that the sovereigns, or that he himself, were bound by it. He pressed some of the requests which he had made before, and asked that his son Diego, who was no longer a boy, might be sent out to him.

For his part, he decided to go back to Spain with Bartholomew and started making some plans for that. However, he then learned from the western part of the island that four unfamiliar ships had arrived there. He didn’t feel it was safe to leave the colony in such a state of silent rebellion as he knew it to be; he wrote again to the monarchs, stating outright that his agreement with the rebels had been forced upon him, and that neither the monarchs nor he felt bound by it. He reiterated some of his previous requests and asked for his son Diego, who was no longer a boy, to be sent to him.

It proved that the ships which had arrived at the west of the island were under the command of Ojeda, who will be remembered as a bold cavalier in the adventures of the second voyage. Acting under a general permission which had been given for private adventurers, Ojeda had brought out this squadron, and, when Columbus communicated with him, was engaged in cutting dye-woods and shipping slaves.

It turned out that the ships that arrived on the west side of the island were under the command of Ojeda, who will be remembered as a daring knight in the adventures of the second voyage. Acting on a general permission granted for private adventurers, Ojeda had brought this squadron, and when Columbus contacted him, he was busy cutting dye-woods and shipping slaves.

Columbus sent Roldan, who had been the head of the rebels, to inquire on what ground he was there. Ojeda produced a license signed by Fonseca, authorizing him to sail on a voyage of discovery. It proved that Columbus’s letters describing the pearls of Paria had awakened curiosity and enthusiasm, and, while the crown had passed them by so coldly, Ojeda and a body of adventurers had obtained a license and had fitted out four ships for adventure. The special interest of this voyage for us, is that it is supposed that Vespucci, a Florentine merchant, made at this time his first expedition to America.

Columbus sent Roldan, the leader of the rebels, to find out why he was there. Ojeda showed a license signed by Fonseca that allowed him to go on a voyage of discovery. It showed that Columbus’s letters about the pearls of Paria had sparked curiosity and excitement. While the crown had ignored them so coldly, Ojeda and a group of adventurers had secured a license and prepared four ships for their expedition. The special significance of this voyage for us is that it's believed Vespucci, a merchant from Florence, made his first trip to America at this time.

Vespucci was not a professional seaman, but he was interested in geography, and had made many voyages before this time. So soon as it was announced that Ojeda was on the coast, the rebels of San Domingo selected him as a new leader. He announced to Columbus, rather coolly, that he could probably redress the grievances which these men had. He undoubtedly knew that he had the protection of Fonseca at home. Fortunately for Columbus, Roldan did not mean to give up his place as “leader of the opposition;” and it may be said that the difficulty between the two was a certain advantage to Columbus in maintaining his authority.

Vespucci wasn’t a professional sailor, but he had a passion for geography and had made several voyages before this. Once it was announced that Ojeda was on the coast, the rebels in San Domingo chose him as their new leader. He told Columbus, somewhat casually, that he could likely address the issues the rebels had. He clearly knew he had Fonseca’s backing back home. Luckily for Columbus, Roldan didn’t intend to step down as “leader of the opposition,” and this conflict between them actually helped Columbus keep his authority.

Meanwhile, all wishes on his part to continue his discoveries were futile, while he was engaged in the almost hopeless duty of reconciling various adventurers and conciliating people who had no interests but their own. In Spain, his enemies were doing everything in their power to undermine his reputation. His statements were read more and more coldly, and at last, on the twenty-first and twenty-sixth of May, 1499, letters were written to him instructing him to deliver into the hands of Bobadilla, a new commandant, all the fortresses any ships, houses and other royal property which he held, and to give faith and obedience to any instructions given by Bobadilla. That is to say, Bobadilla was sent out as a commander who was to take precedence of every one on the spot. He was an officer of the royal household, probably a favorite at court, and was selected for the difficult task of reconciling all difficulties, and bringing the new colony into loyal allegiance to the crown. He sailed for San Domingo in the middle of July, 1500, and arrived on the twenty-third of August.

Meanwhile, all his attempts to continue his discoveries were fruitless, as he was busy with the nearly impossible task of mediating among various adventurers and appeasing people who only cared about their own interests. In Spain, his enemies were doing everything they could to damage his reputation. His statements were being met with increasing indifference, and finally, on May 21 and 26, 1499, letters were sent to him instructing him to hand over all the fortresses, ships, houses, and other royal property in his possession to Bobadilla, a new commander, and to obey any orders given by Bobadilla. In other words, Bobadilla was sent as a commander who was to have priority over everyone present. He was an officer in the royal household, likely a favorite at court, and was chosen for the challenging role of resolving all disputes and ensuring the new colony's loyalty to the crown. He sailed for San Domingo in mid-July 1500 and arrived on August 23.

On his arrival, he found that Columbus and his brother Bartholomew were both absent from the city, being in fact engaged in efforts to set what may be called the provinces in order. The young Diego Columbus was commander in their absence. The morning after he arrived, Bobadilla attended mass, and then, with the people assembled around the door of the church, he directed that his commission should be read. He was to investigate the rebellion, he was to seize the persons of delinquents and punish them with rigor, and he was to command the Admiral to assist him in these duties.

On his arrival, he found that Columbus and his brother Bartholomew were both out of the city, actually busy trying to organize the provinces. The young Diego Columbus was in charge while they were away. The morning after he arrived, Bobadilla went to mass, and then, with a crowd gathered around the church door, he ordered his commission to be read. He was to look into the rebellion, capture the wrongdoers, punish them harshly, and he was to have the Admiral assist him in these responsibilities.

He then bade Diego surrender to him certain prisoners, and ordered that their accusers should appear before him. To this Diego replied that his brother held superior powers to any which Bobadilla could possess; he asked for a copy of the commission, which was declined, until Columbus himself should arrive. Bobadilla then took the oath of office, and produced, for the first time, the order which has been described above, ordering Columbus to deliver up all the royal property. He won the popular favor by reading an order which directed him to pay all arrears of wages due to all persons in the royal service.

He then told Diego to hand over certain prisoners and instructed that their accusers should appear before him. Diego replied that his brother had more authority than Bobadilla could ever have; he requested a copy of the commission, which was refused until Columbus arrived. Bobadilla then took the oath of office and revealed, for the first time, the order mentioned earlier, instructing Columbus to hand over all the royal property. He gained public support by reading an order that required him to pay all back wages owed to everyone in royal service.

But when he came before the fortress, he found that the commander declined to surrender it. He said he held the fortress for the king by the command of the Admiral, and would not deliver it until he should arrive. Bobadilla, however, “assailed the portal;” that is to say, he broke open the gate. No one offered any opposition, and the commander and his first-lieutenant were taken prisoners. He went farther, taking up his residence in Columbus’s house, and seizing his papers. So soon as Columbus received account of Bobadilla’s arrival, he wrote to him in careful terms, welcoming him to the island. He cautioned him against precipitate measures, told him that he himself was on the point of going to Spain, and that he would soon leave him in command, with everything explained. Bobadilla gave no answer to these letters; and when Columbus received from the sovereigns the letter of the twenty-sixth of May, he made no longer any hesitation, but reported in person at the city of San Domingo.

But when he arrived at the fortress, he found that the commander refused to surrender it. He claimed he was holding the fortress for the king by the Admiral's orders and wouldn’t hand it over until the Admiral arrived. Bobadilla, however, "attacked the gate"; in other words, he broke it open. No one put up any resistance, and the commander and his first lieutenant were taken prisoner. He went further, setting up his base in Columbus's house and seizing his documents. As soon as Columbus heard about Bobadilla’s arrival, he wrote to him in polite terms, welcoming him to the island. He warned him against hasty actions, told him that he was about to go to Spain, and that he would soon leave him in charge with everything explained. Bobadilla didn't respond to these letters; and when Columbus received a letter from the sovereigns dated May 26, he no longer hesitated and reported in person to the city of San Domingo.

He traveled without guards or retinue, but Bobadilla had made hostile preparations, as if Columbus meant to come with military force. Columbus preferred to show his own loyalty to the crown and to remove suspicion. But no sooner did he arrive in the city than Bobadilla gave orders that he should be put in irons and confined in the fortress. Up to this moment, Bobadilla had been sustained by the popular favor of those around him; but the indignity, of placing chains upon Columbus, seems to have made a change in the fickle impressions of the little town.

He traveled without any guards or entourage, but Bobadilla had set up hostile preparations, as if Columbus intended to come with military force. Columbus chose to demonstrate his loyalty to the crown and eliminate any suspicion. But as soon as he arrived in the city, Bobadilla ordered that he be shackled and imprisoned in the fortress. Until this point, Bobadilla had been supported by the local favor of those around him; however, the humiliation of chaining Columbus appeared to shift the changing opinions of the small town.

Columbus, himself, behaved with magnanimity, and made no complaint. Bobadilla asked him to bid his brother return to San Domingo, and he complied. He begged his brother to submit to the authority of the sovereigns, and Bartholomew immediately did so. On his arrival in San Domingo he was also put in irons, as his brother Diego had been, and was confined on board a caravel. As soon as a set of charges could be made up to send to Spain with Columbus, the vessels, with the prisoners, set sail.

Columbus acted generously and didn’t complain. Bobadilla asked him to tell his brother to return to San Domingo, and he agreed. He urged his brother to accept the authority of the monarchs, and Bartholomew quickly did just that. When he arrived in San Domingo, he was also put in chains, just like his brother Diego had been, and was confined on a ship. Once they put together a list of charges to send to Spain with Columbus, the ships with the prisoners set off.

The master of the caravel, Martin, was profoundly grieved by the severe treatment to which the great navigator was subjected. He would gladly have taken off his irons, but Columbus would not consent. “I was commanded by the king and queen,” he said, “to submit to whatever Bobadilla should order in their name. He has put these chains on me by their authority. I will wear them until the king and queen bid me take them off. I will preserve them afterwards as relics and memorials of the reward of my services.” His son, Fernando, who tells this story, says that he did so, that they were always hanging in his cabinet, and that he asked that they might be buried with him when he died.

The captain of the caravel, Martin, was deeply saddened by the harsh treatment that the great navigator faced. He would have gladly removed Columbus's shackles, but Columbus refused to agree. “I was ordered by the king and queen,” he said, “to comply with whatever Bobadilla decides in their name. He has put these chains on me with their authority. I will wear them until the king and queen tell me to take them off. I will keep them afterward as mementos and reminders of the rewards for my service.” His son, Fernando, who recounts this story, states that Columbus did keep them, that they always hung in his cabinet, and that he requested to be buried with them when he died.

From this expression of Fernando Columbus, there has arisen, what Mr. Harrisse calls, a “pure legend,” that the chains were placed in the coffin of Columbus. Mr. Harrisse shows good reason for thinking that this was not so. “Although disposed to believe that, in a moment of just indignation, Columbus expressed the wish that these tokens of the ingratitude of which he had been the victim should be buried, with him, I do not believe that they were ever placed in his coffin.”

From Fernando Columbus's statement, there has developed what Mr. Harrisse refers to as a “pure legend,” suggesting that chains were buried with Columbus. Mr. Harrisse provides good reasons to believe this wasn't the case. “While I am inclined to think that, in a moment of rightful indignation, Columbus wished for these symbols of the ingratitude he suffered to be buried with him, I do not believe they were ever actually placed in his coffin.”

It will thus be seen that the third voyage added to the knowledge of the civilized world the information which Columbus had gained regarding Paria and the island of Trinidad. For other purposes of discovery, it was fruitless.

It will thus be seen that the third voyage added to the knowledge of the civilized world the information that Columbus had gained regarding Paria and the island of Trinidad. For other purposes of discovery, it was fruitless.





CHAPTER XI. — SPAIN, 1500, 1501.

A CORDIAL RECEPTION IN SPAIN—COLUMBUS FAVORABLY RECEIVED AT COURT—NEW INTEREST IN GEOGRAPHICAL DISCOVERY—HIS PLANS FOR THE REDEMPTION OF THE HOLY SEPULCHRE—PREPARATIONS FOR A FOURTH EXPEDITION.

A FRIENDLY WELCOME IN SPAIN—COLUMBUS WELCOMED AT COURT—NEW EXCITEMENT FOR GEOGRAPHICAL DISCOVERY—HIS PLANS FOR THE REDEMPTION OF THE HOLY SEPULCHRE—PREPARATIONS FOR A FOURTH EXPEDITION.

Columbus was right in insisting on wearing his chains. They became rather an ornament than a disgrace. So soon as it was announced in Spain that the great discoverer had been so treated by Bobadilla, a wave of popular indignation swept through the people and reached the court. Ferdinand and Isabella, themselves, had never intended to give such powers to their favorite, that he should disgrace a man so much his superior.

Columbus was right to insist on wearing his chains. They became more of an ornament than a shame. As soon as it was reported in Spain that the great explorer had been treated this way by Bobadilla, a wave of public outrage spread throughout the country and reached the royal court. Ferdinand and Isabella had never meant to give their favorite the power to humiliate a man so far above him.

They instantly sent orders to Cadiz that Columbus should be received with all honor. So soon as he arrived he had been able to send, to Dona Juana de la Torre, a lady high in favor at court, a private letter, in which he made a proud defense of himself. This letter is still preserved, and it is of the first interest, as showing his own character, and as showing what were the real hardships which he had undergone.

They quickly sent orders to Cadiz that Columbus should be welcomed with full honors. As soon as he arrived, he managed to send a private letter to Dona Juana de la Torre, a lady well-regarded at court, in which he made a proud defense of himself. This letter is still preserved and is of great interest, as it reveals his character and illustrates the real hardships he faced.

The Lady Juana read this letter to Isabella. Her own indignation, which probably had been kindled by the general news that Columbus had been chained, rose to the highest. She received him, therefore, when he arrived at court, with all the more cordiality. Ferdinand was either obliged to pretend to join with her in her indignation, or he had really felt distressed by the behavior of his subordinate.

The Lady Juana read this letter to Isabella. Her own anger, probably sparked by the news that Columbus had been chained, reached its peak. So, when he arrived at court, she welcomed him with even more warmth. Ferdinand either had to pretend to share in her anger, or he genuinely felt upset by the actions of his subordinate.

They did not wait for any documents from Bobadilla. As has been said, they wrote cordially to Columbus; they also ordered that two thousand ducats should be paid him for his expenses, and they bade him appear at Grenada at court. He did appear there on the seventeenth of December, attended by an honorable retinue, and in the proper costume of a gentleman in favor with the king and queen.

They didn’t wait for any documents from Bobadilla. As mentioned, they wrote warmly to Columbus; they also ordered that two thousand ducats be paid to him for his expenses, and they asked him to appear at court in Granada. He did show up there on December 17th, accompanied by a distinguished entourage, and dressed properly as a gentleman in good standing with the king and queen.

When the queen met him she was moved to tears, and Columbus, finding himself so kindly received, threw himself upon his knees. For some time he could not express himself except by tears and sobs. His sovereigns raised him from the ground and encouraged him by gracious words.

When the queen met him, she was brought to tears, and Columbus, feeling so warmly welcomed, dropped to his knees. For a while, he could only express himself through tears and sobs. His rulers lifted him from the ground and encouraged him with kind words.

So soon as he recovered his self-possession he made such an address as he had occasion to make more than once in his life, and showed the eloquence which is possible to a man of affairs. He could well boast of his loyalty to the Spanish crown; and he might well say that, whether he were or were not experienced in government, he had been surrounded by such difficulties in administration as hardly any other man had had to go through. But really, it was hardly necessary that he should vindicate himself.

As soon as he regained his composure, he delivered a speech like he had done several times before in his life, showcasing the eloquence of a person accustomed to leadership. He could confidently boast about his loyalty to the Spanish crown; and he could rightly claim that, whether or not he had governmental experience, he had faced challenges in administration that few others had encountered. However, in reality, he hardly needed to defend himself.

The stupidity of his enemies, had injured their cause more than any carelessness of Columbus could have done. The sovereigns expressed their indignation at Bobadilla’s proceedings, and, indeed, declared at once that he should be dismissed from command. They never took any public notice of the charges which he had sent home; on the other hand, they received Columbus with dignity and favor, and assured him that he should be reinstated in all his privileges.

The foolishness of his enemies hurt their cause more than any mistakes Columbus could have made. The rulers expressed their anger at Bobadilla’s actions and immediately declared that he would be removed from command. They never publicly addressed the accusations he had sent back; instead, they welcomed Columbus with respect and support, assuring him that he would regain all his privileges.

The time at which he arrived was, in a certain sense, favorable for his future plans, so far as he had formed any. On the other hand, the condition of affairs was wholly changed from what it was when he began his great discoveries, and the changes were in some degree unfavorable. Vasco da Gama had succeeded in the great enterprise by which he had doubled the Cape of Good Hope, had arrived at the Indies by the route of the Indian ocean, and his squadron had successfully returned.

The time he arrived was, in some ways, good for his future plans, as long as he had any in mind. On the flip side, the situation was completely different from when he started his major discoveries, and the changes were somewhat not in his favor. Vasco da Gama had succeeded in the ambitious mission to round the Cape of Good Hope, reached the Indies via the Indian Ocean route, and his fleet had returned safely.

This great adventure, with the commercial and other results which would certainly follow it, had quickened the mind of all Europe, as the discovery by Columbus had quickened it eight years before. So far, any plan for the discoveries over which Columbus was always brooding, would be favorably received. But, on the other hand, in eight years since the first voyage, a large body of skillful adventurers had entered upon the career which then no one chose to share with him. The Pinzon brothers were among these; Ojeda, already known to the reader, was another; and Vespucci, as the reader knows, an intelligent and wise student, had engaged himself in such discoveries.

This exciting adventure, along with the commercial and other benefits that would definitely come from it, had energized the minds of everyone in Europe, just like Columbus's discovery had done eight years earlier. At this point, any plans for the discoveries that Columbus was always thinking about would be welcomed. However, in the eight years since his first voyage, a significant group of skilled explorers had begun their own journeys that no one wanted to share with him. The Pinzon brothers were part of this group; Ojeda, as mentioned earlier, was another; and Vespucci, as you may recall, an insightful and knowledgeable scholar, had committed himself to these discoveries.

The rumors of the voyages of the Cabots, much farther north than those made by Columbus, had gone through all Europe. In a word, Columbus was now only one of several skilful pilots and voyagers, and his plans were to be considered side by side with those which were coming forward almost every day, for new discoveries, either by the eastern route, of which Vasco da Gama had shown the practicability, or by the western route, which Columbus himself had first essayed.

The rumors about the Cabots’ voyages, which went much further north than Columbus’s, had spread throughout Europe. In short, Columbus was now just one of several skilled navigators and explorers, and his plans were being evaluated alongside the many new proposals that were emerging almost daily for new discoveries, either through the eastern route that Vasco da Gama had proven was possible, or through the western route that Columbus had originally attempted.

It is to be remembered, as well, that Columbus was now an old man, and, whatever were his successes as a discoverer, he had not succeeded as a commander. There might have been reasons for his failure; but failure is failure, and men do not accord to an unsuccessful leader the honors which they are ready to give to a successful discoverer. When, therefore, he offered his new plans at court, he should have been well aware that they could not be received, as if he were the only one who could make suggestions. Probably he was aware of this. He was also obliged, whether he would or would not, to give up the idea that he was to be the commander of the regions which he discovered.

It’s important to remember that Columbus was now an old man, and despite his successes as a discoverer, he had not succeeded as a leader. There might have been reasons for his failure, but failure is still failure, and people don’t give the same respect to an unsuccessful leader that they would give to a successful discoverer. So, when he presented his new plans at court, he should have known that they wouldn’t be accepted as if he were the only one able to make suggestions. He probably realized this. He also had to accept, whether he liked it or not, that he would no longer be the leader of the lands he had discovered.

It had been easy enough to grant him this command before there was so much as an inch of land known, over which it would make him the master. But now that it was known that large islands, and probably a part of the continent of Asia, were to be submitted to his sway if he had it, there was every reason why the sovereigns should be unwilling to maintain for him the broad rights which they had been willing to give when a scratch of the pen was all that was needful to give them.

It had been simple enough to give him this command before there was even an inch of land known that would make him the master. But now that it was clear that large islands, and probably part of the continent of Asia, were going to be under his control if he got it, there was every reason for the leaders to hesitate about maintaining the broad rights they had been willing to grant when all it took was a quick signature.

Bobadilla was recalled; so far well. But neither Ferdinand nor Isabella chose to place Columbus again in his command. They did choose Don Nicola Ovando, a younger man, to take the place of Bobadilla, to send him home, and to take the charge of the colony.

Bobadilla was called back; so far, so good. But neither Ferdinand nor Isabella decided to put Columbus back in command. Instead, they chose Don Nicola Ovando, a younger man, to replace Bobadilla, send him home, and take over the colony.

From the colony itself, the worst accounts were received. If Columbus and his brother had failed, Bobadilla had failed more disgracefully. Indeed, he had begun by the policy of King Log, as an improvement on the policy of King Stork. He had favored all rebels, he had pardoned them, he had even paid them for the time which they had spent in rebellion; and the natural result was utter disorder and license.

From the colony itself, the worst reports were received. If Columbus and his brother had failed, Bobadilla had failed even more disgracefully. In fact, he had started with the strategy of King Log, in an attempt to improve on the strategy of King Stork. He supported all rebels, pardoned them, and even paid them for the time they had spent in rebellion; and the natural outcome was complete chaos and lawlessness.

It does not appear that he was a bad man; he was a man wholly unused to command; he was an imprudent man, and was weak. He had compromised the crown by the easy terms on which he had rented and sold estates; he had been obliged, in order to maintain the revenue, to work the natives with more severity than ever. He knew very well that the system, under which he was working could not last long. One of his maxims was, “Do the best with your time,” and he was constantly sacrificing future advantages for such present results as he could achieve.

He didn’t seem like a bad guy; he was just someone who had never been in charge before. He was reckless and weak. He compromised the crown with the easy terms he used to rent and sell land; to keep the revenue up, he had to treat the locals more harshly than ever. He understood that the system he was using wouldn’t hold up for long. One of his sayings was, “Make the most of your time,” and he often sacrificed long-term benefits for whatever short-term gains he could get.

The Indians, who had been treated badly enough before, were worse treated now. And during his short administration, if it may be called an administration,—during the time when he was nominally at the head of affairs—he was reducing the island to lower and lower depths. He did succeed in obtaining a large product of gold, but the abuses of his government were not atoned for by such remittances. Worst of all, the wrongs of the natives touched the sensitiveness of Isabella, and she was eager that his successor should be appointed, and should sail, to put an end to these calamities.

The Indigenous people, who were already treated poorly, faced even harsher treatment now. During his brief time in charge, if it can even be considered leadership—while he was supposedly overseeing things—he was driving the island into deeper trouble. He did manage to produce a significant amount of gold, but the issues caused by his government were not justified by those profits. Worst of all, the suffering of the locals affected Isabella deeply, and she was determined that a new leader should be appointed and sent out to stop these disasters.

The preparations which were made for Ovando’s expedition, for the recall of Bobadilla, and for a reform, if it were possible, in the administration of the colony, all set back any preparations for a new expedition of discovery on the part of Columbus. He was not forgotten; his accounts were to be examined and any deficiencies made up to him; he was to receive the arrears of his revenue; he was permitted to have an agent who should see that he received his share in future. To this agency he appointed Alonzo Sanchez de Carvajal, and the sovereigns gave orders that this agent should be treated with respect.

The preparations for Ovando’s expedition, the recall of Bobadilla, and any potential reforms in the colony's administration all delayed Columbus’s plans for a new discovery expedition. He wasn't forgotten; his accounts were set to be reviewed, and any shortcomings addressed. He was to receive the back payments owed to him, and he was allowed to have an agent to ensure he got his share in the future. He chose Alonzo Sanchez de Carvajal for this role, and the ruling monarchs instructed that this agent be treated with respect.

Other preparations were made, so that Ovando might arrive with a strong reinforcement for the colony. He sailed with thirty ships, the size of these vessels ranging from one hundred and fifty Spanish toneles to one bark of twenty-five. It will be remembered that the Spanish tonele is larger by about ten per cent than our English ton. Twenty-five hundred persons embarked as colonists in the vessels, and, for the first time, men took their families with them.

Other preparations were made so that Ovando could arrive with a strong reinforcement for the colony. He set sail with thirty ships, ranging in size from one hundred and fifty Spanish toneles to one bark of twenty-five. It's important to note that the Spanish tonel is about ten percent larger than our English ton. Two thousand five hundred people boarded the ships as colonists, and for the first time, men brought their families with them.

Everything was done to give dignity to the appointment of Ovando, and it was hoped that by sending out families of respectable character, who were to be distributed in four towns, there might be a better basis given to the settlement. This measure had been insisted upon by Columbus.

Everything was done to give respect to Ovando's appointment, and it was hoped that by sending out families of good reputation, who were to be settled in four towns, there would be a stronger foundation for the settlement. This approach had been pushed by Columbus.

This fleet put to sea on the thirteenth of February, 1502. It met, at the very outset, a terrible storm, and one hundred and twenty of the passengers were lost by the foundering of a ship. The impression was at first given in Spain that the whole fleet had been lost; but this proved to be a mistake. The others assembled at the Canaries, and arrived in San Domingo on the fifteenth of April.

This fleet set sail on February 13, 1502. Right from the start, they encountered a severe storm, resulting in the loss of one hundred and twenty passengers when one ship sank. Initially, it was believed in Spain that the entire fleet had been lost, but this turned out to be incorrect. The remaining ships gathered at the Canary Islands and reached San Domingo on April 15.

Columbus himself never lost confidence in his own star. He was sure that he was divinely sent, and that his mission was to open the way to the Indies, for the religious advancement of mankind. If Vasco de Gama had discovered a shorter way than men knew before, Christopher Columbus should discover one shorter still, and this discovery should tend to the glory of God. It seemed to him that the simplest way in which he could make men understand this, was to show that the Holy Sepulchre might, now and thus, be recovered from the infidel.

Columbus never lost faith in his own destiny. He believed he was sent by God and that his mission was to pave the way to the Indies for the spiritual progress of humanity. If Vasco de Gama had found a quicker route than anyone knew before, Christopher Columbus was meant to find an even shorter one, and this discovery should honor God. He thought the clearest way to help people see this was to demonstrate that the Holy Sepulchre could be reclaimed from the infidels now and in this manner.

Far from urging geographical curiosity as an object, he proposed rather the recovery of the Holy Sepulchre. That is, there was to be a new and last crusade, and the money for this enterprise was to be furnished from the gold of the farthest East. He was close at the door of this farthest East; and as has been said, he believed that Cuba was the Ophir of Solomon, and he supposed, that a very little farther voyaging would open all the treasures which Marco Polo had described, and would bring the territory, which had made the Great Khan so rich, into the possession of the king of Spain.

Instead of promoting geographical exploration as a goal, he suggested focusing on reclaiming the Holy Sepulchre. In other words, there was to be a new and final crusade, funded by the wealth of the farthest East. He was on the brink of this distant East; as mentioned, he believed that Cuba was the Ophir of Solomon, and he thought that with just a bit more sailing, all the treasures described by Marco Polo would become accessible, bringing the lands that had made the Great Khan so wealthy under the control of the King of Spain.

He showed to Ferdinand and Isabella that, if they would once more let him go forward, on the adventure which had been checked untimely by the cruelty of Bobadilla, this time they would have wealth which would place them at the head of the Christian sovereigns of the world.

He showed Ferdinand and Isabella that if they would allow him to move forward once again on the adventure that had been unjustly interrupted by Bobadilla's cruelty, this time they would gain wealth that would position them as the leading Christian rulers of the world.

While he was inactive at Seville, and the great squadron was being prepared which Ovando was to command, he wrote what is known as the “Book of Prophecies,” in which he attempted to convince the Catholic kings of the necessity of carrying forward the enterprise which he proposed. He urged haste, because he believed the world was only to last a hundred and fifty-five years longer; and, with so much before them to be done, it was necessary that they should begin.

While he was idle in Seville, and the large fleet was being readied for Ovando to command, he wrote what is known as the “Book of Prophecies,” in which he tried to persuade the Catholic kings of the importance of moving forward with his proposed venture. He pushed for urgency because he believed the world would only last another hundred and fifty-five years; with so much to accomplish, it was essential for them to get started.

He remembered an old vow that he had undertaken, that, within seven years of the time of his discovery, he would furnish fifty thousand foot soldiers and five thousand horsemen for the recovery of the Holy Sepulchre. He now arranged in order prophecies from the Holy Scripture, passages from the writings of the Fathers, and whatever else suggested itself, mystical and hopeful, as to the success of an enterprise by which the new world could be used for the conversion of the Gentiles and for the improvement of the Christianity of the old world.

He remembered an old promise he had made, that within seven years of his discovery, he would provide fifty thousand infantry and five thousand cavalry to reclaim the Holy Sepulchre. He now organized prophecies from the Holy Scriptures, excerpts from the writings of the Church Fathers, and anything else that came to mind, mystical and hopeful, about the success of a venture that could use the new world for converting non-believers and enhancing the Christianity of the old world.

He had the assistance of a Carthusian monk, who seems to have been skilled in literary work, and the two arranged these passages in order, illustrated them with poetry, and collected them into a manuscript volume which was sent to the sovereigns.

He had help from a Carthusian monk, who appeared to be talented in literary work, and the two organized these passages, added illustrations with poetry, and compiled them into a manuscript volume that was sent to the rulers.

Columbus accompanied the Book of Prophecies with one of his own long letters, written with the utmost fervor. In this letter he begins, as Peter the Hermit might do, by urging the sovereigns to set on foot a crusade. If they are tempted to consider his advice extravagant, he asks them how his first scheme of discovery was treated. He shows that, as heaven had chosen him to discover the new world, heaven has also chosen him to discover the Holy Sepulchre. God himself had opened his eyes that he might make the great discovery, which has reflected such honor upon them and theirs.

Columbus included his own long letter with the Book of Prophecies, written with great enthusiasm. In this letter, he starts, much like Peter the Hermit would, by urging the rulers to initiate a crusade. If they find his suggestion unreasonable, he reminds them how his initial plan for discovery was received. He argues that just as heaven chose him to find the new world, it has also chosen him to uncover the Holy Sepulchre. God himself has given him insight so he could make this significant discovery, which has brought such honor to them and their family.

“If his hopes had been answered,” says a Catholic writer, “the modern question of holy places, which is the Gordian knot of the religious politics of the future, would have been solved long ago by the gold of the new world, or would have been cut by the sword of its discoverer. We should not have seen nations which are separated from the Roman communion, both Protestant and Pantheistic governments, coming audaciously into contest for privileges, which, by the rights of old possession, by the rights of martyrdom and chivalry, belong to the Holy Catholic Church, the Apostolic Church, the Roman Church, and after her to France, her oldest daughter.”

“If his hopes had been realized,” says a Catholic writer, “the modern issue of holy sites, which is the complicated challenge of future religious politics, would have been resolved long ago by the wealth of the New World, or would have been addressed by the sword of its discoverer. We wouldn’t have witnessed nations outside of the Roman communion, both Protestant and Pantheistic governments, boldly competing for privileges that, by the rights of longstanding possession, by the rights of martyrdom and chivalry, rightfully belong to the Holy Catholic Church, the Apostolic Church, the Roman Church, and after her, to France, her oldest daughter.”

Columbus now supposed that the share of the western wealth which would belong to him would be sufficient for him to equip and arm a hundred thousand infantry and ten thousand horsemen.

Columbus now believed that his portion of the western wealth would be enough for him to equip and arm one hundred thousand infantry and ten thousand cavalry.

At the moment when the Christian hero made this pious calculation he had not enough of this revenue with which “to buy a cloak,” This is the remark of the enthusiastic biographer from whom we have already quoted.

At the moment the Christian hero had this devout thought, he didn’t have enough money to “buy a cloak.” This is a comment from the passionate biographer we’ve already quoted.

It is not literally true, but it is true that Columbus was living in the most modest way at the time when he was pressing his ambitious schemes upon the court. At the same time, he wrote a poem with which he undertook to press the same great enterprise upon his readers. It was called “The End of Man,” “Memorare novissima tua, et non peccabis in eternum.”

It’s not literally accurate, but it’s true that Columbus was living very simply when he was pushing his ambitious plans on the court. At the same time, he wrote a poem in which he tried to persuade his readers about the same grand project. It was called “The End of Man,” “Memorare novissima tua, et non peccabis in eternum.”

In his letter to the king and queen he says, “Animated as by a heavenly fire, I came to your Highnesses; all who heard of my enterprise mocked it; all the sciences I had acquired profited me as nothing; seven years did I pass in your royal court, disputing the case with persons of great authority and learned in all the arts, and in the end they decided that all was vain. In your Highnesses alone remained faith and constancy. Who will doubt that this light was from the Holy Scriptures, illumining you, as well as myself, with rays of marvellous brightness.”

In his letter to the king and queen, he says, “Driven by a divine spark, I came to your Majesties; everyone who heard about my mission laughed at it; all the knowledge I had gained was of no help at all; I spent seven years in your royal court, arguing my case with people of high authority and masters of all the disciplines, and in the end, they concluded that it was all pointless. Only you, my Majesties, held on to faith and determination. Who could doubt that this insight came from the Holy Scriptures, shining light on both you and me with incredible clarity?”

It is probable that the king and queen were, to a certain extent, influenced by his enthusiasm. It is certain that they knew that something was due to their reputation and to his success. By whatever motive led, they encouraged him with hopes that he might be sent forward again, this time, not as commander of a colony, but as a discoverer. Discovery was indeed the business which he understood, and to which alone he should ever have been commissioned.

It’s likely that the king and queen were somewhat swayed by his enthusiasm. It’s clear that they recognized that something was at stake for their reputation and his success. For whatever reason, they supported him with the hope that he could be sent out again, this time not as the leader of a colony, but as a discoverer. Discovery was truly the field he excelled in, and it’s the only role he should have ever been assigned.

It is to be remembered that the language of crusaders was not then a matter of antiquity, and was not used as if it alluded to bygone affairs. It was but a few years since the Saracens had been driven out of Spain, and all men regarded them as being the enemies of Christianity and of Europe, who could not be neglected. More than this, Spain was beginning to receive very large and important revenues from the islands.

It should be noted that the language of crusaders at that time was not seen as outdated, nor was it used as if it referred to past events. It had only been a few years since the Saracens were expelled from Spain, and everyone viewed them as enemies of Christianity and Europe, who could not be ignored. Moreover, Spain was starting to receive significant and important income from the islands.

It is said that the annual revenues from Hispaniola already amounted to twelve millions of our dollars. It was not unnatural that the king and queen, willing to throw off the disgrace which they had incurred from Bobadilla’s cruelty, should not only send Ovando to replace him, but should, though in an humble fashion, give to Columbus an opportunity to show that his plans were not chimerical.

It’s said that the yearly income from Hispaniola was already up to twelve million dollars. It made sense that the king and queen, eager to shed the shame they faced from Bobadilla’s harshness, would not only send Ovando to take his place but would also, in a modest way, give Columbus a chance to prove that his ideas weren’t just fantasies.





CHAPTER XII. — FOURTH VOYAGE.

THE INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN FOR THE VOYAGE—HE IS TO GO TO THE MAINLAND OF THE INDIES—A SHORT PASSAGE—OVANDO FORBIDS THE ENTRANCE OF COLUMBUS INTO HARBOR—BOBADILLA’S SQUADRON AND ITS FATE—COLUMBUS SAILS WESTWARD—DISCOVERS HONDURAS, AND COASTS ALONG ITS SHORES—THE SEARCH FOR GOLD—COLONY ATTEMPTED AND ABANDONED—THE VESSELS BECOME UNSEAWORTHY—REFUGE AT JAMAICA—MUTINY LED BY THE BROTHERS PORRAS—MESSAGES TO SAN DOMINGO—THE ECLIPSE—ARRIVAL OF RELIEF—COLUMBUS RETURNS TO SAN DOMINGO, AND TO SPAIN.

THE INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE VOYAGE—HE IS TO TRAVEL TO THE MAINLAND OF THE INDIES—A SHORT JOURNEY—OVANDO PROHIBITS COLUMBUS FROM ENTERING THE HARBOR—BOBADILLA’S FLEET AND ITS OUTCOME—COLUMBUS SAILS WESTWARD— DISCOVERS HONDURAS, AND SAILS ALONG ITS COAST—THE SEARCH FOR GOLD— COLONY ATTEMPTED AND GIVEN UP—THE SHIPS BECOME UNSEAWORTHY—SEEKING SHELTER AT JAMAICA—MUTINY LED BY THE PORRAS BROTHERS—MESSAGES TO SAN DOMINGO—THE ECLIPSE—ARRIVAL OF HELP—COLUMBUS RETURNS TO SAN DOMINGO, AND THEN TO SPAIN.

It seems a pity now that, after his third voyage, Columbus did not remain in Spain and enjoy, as an old man could, the honors which he had earned and the respect which now waited upon him. Had this been so, the world would have been spared the mortification which attends the thought that the old man to whom it owes so much suffered almost everything in one last effort, failed in that effort, and died with the mortification of failure. But it is to be remembered that Columbus was not a man to cultivate the love of leisure. He had no love of leisure to cultivate. His life had been an active one. He had attempted the solution of a certain problem which he had not solved, and every day of leisure, even every occasion of effort and every word of flattery, must have quickened in him new wishes to take the prize which seemed so near, and to achieve the possibility which had thus far eluded him.

It seems unfortunate now that, after his third voyage, Columbus didn't stay in Spain and enjoy the honors he had earned and the respect that awaited him as an older man. If he had done that, the world would have been spared the embarrassment of knowing that the old man to whom it owes so much suffered nearly everything in one last struggle, failed in that effort, and died with the shame of failure. But it’s important to remember that Columbus was not someone who appreciated the idea of leisure. He had no interest in leisure to enjoy. His life had been active. He had tried to solve a certain problem he hadn't solved, and every day of leisure, every opportunity for effort, and every word of praise must have stirred in him new desires to seize the prize that seemed so close and to achieve the goal that had eluded him until that point.

From time to time, therefore, he had addressed new memorials to the sovereigns proposing a new expedition; and at last, by an instruction which is dated on the fourteenth of March, in the year 1502, a fourth voyage was set on foot at the charge of the king and queen,—an instruction not to stop at Hispaniola, but, for the saving of time, to pass by that island. This is a graceful way of intimating to him that he is not to mix himself up with the rights and wrongs of the new settlement.

From time to time, he had sent new requests to the rulers suggesting a new expedition; and finally, on March 14, 1502, a fourth voyage was initiated at the expense of the king and queen—a directive not to stop at Hispaniola, but to bypass that island to save time. This is a polite way of indicating to him that he shouldn't get involved in the issues of the new settlement.

The letter goes on to say, that the sovereigns have communicated with the King of Portugal, and that they have explained to him that Columbus is pressing his discoveries at the west and will not interfere with those of the Portuguese in the east. He is instructed to regard the Portuguese explorers as his friends, and to make no quarrel with them. He is instructed to take with him his sons, Fernando and Diego. This is probably at his request.

The letter continues by stating that the rulers have spoken with the King of Portugal and informed him that Columbus is focused on his discoveries in the west and will not conflict with the Portuguese efforts in the east. He is advised to see the Portuguese explorers as allies and to avoid any disputes with them. He is also told to bring his sons, Fernando and Diego, which is likely at his own request.

The prime object of the instruction is still to strike the mainland of the Indies. All the instructions are, “You will make a direct voyage, if the weather does not prevent you, for discovering the islands and the mainland of the Indies in that part which belongs to us.” He is to take possession of these islands and of this mainland, and to inform the sovereigns in regard to his discoveries, and the experience of former voyages has taught them that great care must be taken to avoid private speculation in “gold, silver, pearls, precious stones, spices and other things of different quality.” For this purpose special instructions are given.

The main goal of the expedition is still to reach the mainland of the Indies. All the instructions say, “You will make a direct voyage, as long as the weather allows, to discover the islands and the mainland of the Indies that are ours.” He is to claim these islands and this mainland, and keep the sovereigns informed about his discoveries. Past voyages have shown them that it's crucial to avoid private investment in “gold, silver, pearls, precious stones, spices, and other valuable items.” For this reason, specific guidelines are provided.

Of this voyage we have Columbus’s own official account.

Of this voyage, we have Columbus's official account.

There were four vessels, three of which were rated as caravels. The fourth was very small. The chief vessel was commanded by Diego Tristan; the second, the Santiago, by Francisco de Porras; the third, the Viscaina (Biscayan), by Bartholomew de Fiesco; and the little Gallician by Pedro de Torreros. None of these vessels, as the reader will see, was ever to return to Spain. From de Porras and his brother, Columbus and the expedition were to receive disastrous blows.

There were four ships, three of which were classified as caravels. The fourth was very small. The main ship was led by Diego Tristan; the second, the Santiago, was commanded by Francisco de Porras; the third, the Viscaina (Biscayan), by Bartholomew de Fiesco; and the little Gallician by Pedro de Torreros. As you will see, none of these ships ever made it back to Spain. Columbus and the expedition were to face devastating setbacks from de Porras and his brother.

It must be observed that he is once more in his proper position of a discoverer. He has no government or other charge of colonies entrusted to him. His brother Bartholomew and his youngest son Fernando, sail with him.

It should be noted that he is once again in his rightful role as a discoverer. He has no government or colonial responsibilities assigned to him. His brother Bartholomew and his youngest son Fernando are sailing with him.

The little squadron sailed from the bay of Cadiz on the eleventh of May, 1502. They touched at Sicilla,—a little port on the coast of Morocco,—to relieve its people, a Portuguese garrison, who had been besieged by the Moors. But finding them out of danger, Columbus went at once to the Grand Canary island, and had a favorable passage.

The small fleet set sail from the bay of Cadiz on May 11, 1502. They stopped at Sicilla—a small port on the coast of Morocco—to help the Portuguese garrison there, who had been under siege by the Moors. However, since the garrison was no longer in danger, Columbus headed straight to Grand Canary Island and had a smooth journey.

From the Grand Canary to the island which he calls “the first island of the Indies,” and which he named Martinino, his voyage was only seventeen days long. This island was either the St. Lucia or the Martinique of today. Hence he passed to Dominica, and thence crossed to San Domingo, to make repairs, as he said. For, as has been said, he had been especially ordered not to interfere in the affairs of the settlement.

From Grand Canary to the island he referred to as “the first island of the Indies,” which he named Martinino, his journey took just seventeen days. This island is likely what we now know as St. Lucia or Martinique. From there, he went to Dominica and then made his way to San Domingo to make repairs, as he mentioned. As noted earlier, he had been specifically instructed not to get involved in the settlement's affairs.

He did not disobey his orders. He says distinctly that he intended to pass along the southern shore of San Domingo, and thence take a departure for the continent. But he says, that his principal vessel sailed very ill—could not carry much canvas, and delayed the rest of the squadron. This weakness must have increased after the voyage across the ocean. For this reason he hoped to exchange it for another ship at San Domingo.

He did not ignore his orders. He clearly states that he planned to sail along the southern shore of San Domingo and then head for the mainland. However, he mentions that his main ship performed poorly—it couldn't handle much sail and held up the rest of the fleet. This issue likely worsened after crossing the ocean. For this reason, he hoped to trade it for a different ship in San Domingo.

But he did not enter the harbor. He sent a letter to Ovando, now the governor, and asked his permission. He added, to the request he made, a statement that a tempest was at hand which he did not like to meet in the offing. Ovando, however, refused any permission to enter. He was, in fact, just dispatching a fleet to Spain, with Bobadilla, Columbus’s old enemy, whom Ovando had replaced in his turn.

But he didn't enter the harbor. He sent a letter to Ovando, who was now the governor, asking for permission. He also mentioned in his request that a storm was approaching and he preferred not to face it out at sea. Ovando, however, denied him permission to enter. In fact, he was just sending a fleet to Spain, along with Bobadilla, Columbus's old rival, whom Ovando had replaced.

Columbus, in an eager wish to be of use, by a returning messenger begged Ovando to delay this fleet till the gale had passed. But the seamen ridiculed him and his gale, and begged Ovando to send the fleet home.

Columbus, wanting to be helpful, asked Ovando through a returning messenger to delay the fleet until the storm had passed. However, the sailors mocked him and his storm, urging Ovando to send the fleet back home.

He did so. Bobadilla and his fleet put to sea. In ten days a West India hurricane struck them. The ship on which Columbus’s enemies, Bobadilla and Roldan, sailed, was sunk with them and the gold accumulated for years. Of the whole fleet, only one vessel, called the weakest of all, reached Spain. This ship carried four thousand pieces of gold, which were the property of the Admiral. Columbus’s own little squadron, meanwhile—thanks probably to the seamanship of himself and his brother—weathered the storm, and he found refuge in the harbor which he had himself named “the beautiful,” El Hermoso, in the western part of San Domingo.

He did just that. Bobadilla and his fleet set sail. Ten days later, a hurricane from the West Indies hit them. The ship carrying Columbus’s rivals, Bobadilla and Roldan, sank along with the gold that had been collected over the years. Out of the entire fleet, only one ship, considered the weakest of the bunch, made it back to Spain. This ship brought back four thousand pieces of gold, which belonged to the Admiral. Meanwhile, Columbus’s own small squadron—likely thanks to the sailing skills of him and his brother—survived the storm and found safety in the harbor he had named “the beautiful,” El Hermoso, in the western part of San Domingo.

Another storm delayed him at a port which he called Port Brasil. The word Brasil was the name which the Spaniards gave to the red log-wood, so valuable in dyeing, and various places received that name, where this wood was found. The name is derived from “Brasas,”—coals,—in allusion, probably, to the bright red color of the dye.

Another storm held him up at a port he named Port Brasil. The term Brasil was what the Spaniards called the red logwood, which was highly prized for dyeing, and several locations got that name where the wood was found. The name comes from “Brasas,” meaning coals, likely referring to the vivid red hue of the dye.

Sailing from this place, on Saturday, the sixteenth of June, they made sight of the island of Jamaica, but he pressed on without making any examination of the country, for four days sailing west and south-west. He then changed his course, and sailed for two days to the northwest and again two days to the north.

Sailing from here on Saturday, June 16th, they caught sight of Jamaica, but he continued on without checking out the land, sailing west and southwest for four days. He then adjusted his course and sailed northwest for two days, followed by another two days heading north.

On Sunday, the twenty fourth of July, they saw land. This was the key now known as Cuyago, and they were at last close upon the mainland. After exploring this island they sailed again on Wednesday, the twenty-seventh, southwest and quarter southwest about ninety miles, and again they saw land, which is supposed to be the island of Guanaja or Bonacca, near the coast of Honduras.

On Sunday, July 24th, they spotted land. This was the island now called Cuyago, and they were finally close to the mainland. After checking out this island, they set sail again on Wednesday, July 27th, heading southwest and a bit southwest for about ninety miles, and once more they saw land, which is thought to be the island of Guanaja or Bonacca, near the coast of Honduras.

The Indians on this island had some gold and some pearls. They had seen whites before. Columbus calls them men of good stature. Sailing from this island, he struck the mainland near Truxillo, about ten leagues from the island of Guanaja. He soon found the harbor, which we still know as the harbor of Truxillo, and from this point Columbus began a careful investigation of the coast.

The people on this island had some gold and some pearls. They had encountered white people before. Columbus described them as tall and well-built. After leaving this island, he reached the mainland close to Truxillo, roughly ten leagues from Guanaja. He quickly discovered the harbor, which we still refer to as Truxillo harbor, and from this location, Columbus started a thorough exploration of the coastline.

He observed, what all navigators have since observed, the lack of harbors. He passed along as far as the river now known as the Tinto, where he took possession in the name of the sovereigns, calling this river the River of Possession. He found the natives savage, and the country of little account for his purposes. Still passing southward, he passed what we call the Mosquito Coast, to which he found the natives gave the name of Cariay.

He noticed, like all navigators have since, that there were no harbors. He traveled as far as the river now known as the Tinto, where he claimed the land in the name of the monarchs, calling this river the River of Possession. He found the locals to be fierce, and the land wasn’t valuable for his goals. Continuing southward, he passed what we now refer to as the Mosquito Coast, which the locals called Cariay.

These people were well disposed and willing to treat with them. They had some cotton, they had some gold. They wore very little clothing, and they painted their bodies, as most of the natives of the islands had done. He saw what he thought to be pigs and large mountain cats.

These people were friendly and open to negotiating with them. They had some cotton and some gold. They wore very little clothing and painted their bodies, just like most of the island natives did. He spotted what he believed were pigs and big mountain cats.

Still passing southward, running into such bays or other harbors as they found, he entered the “Admiral’s Bay,” in a country which had the name of Cerabaro, or Zerabora. Here an Indian brought a plate of gold and some other pieces of gold, and Columbus was, encouraged in his hopes of finding more.

Still heading south, encountering various bays and harbors along the way, he arrived at the “Admiral’s Bay,” in a region called Cerabaro or Zerabora. Here, an Indigenous person brought a gold plate and some other gold pieces, which boosted Columbus's hopes of discovering more.

The natives told him that if he would keep on he would find another bay which they called Arburarno, which is supposed to be the Laguna Chiriqui. They said the people, of that country, lived in the mountains. Here Columbus noticed the fact,—one which has given to philologists one of their central difficulties for four hundred years since,—that as he passed from one point to another of the American shores, the Indians did not understand each other’s language. “Every ten or twenty leagues they did not understand each other.” In entering the river Veragua, the Indians appeared armed with lances and arrows, some of them having gold also. Here, also, the people did not live upon the shore, but two or three leagues back in the interior, and they only came to the sea by their canoes upon the rivers.

The locals told him that if he kept going, he would find another bay they called Arburarno, which is believed to be Laguna Chiriqui. They mentioned that the people from that area lived in the mountains. Columbus noted something that has posed a central challenge for linguists for four hundred years: as he moved along the American coastline, the Native Americans couldn’t understand each other’s languages. “Every ten or twenty leagues, they did not understand each other.” When he entered the Veragua River, the locals appeared armed with spears and arrows, some of them even had gold. Additionally, the people didn’t live right on the coast; instead, they were situated two or three leagues inland, only coming to the sea by canoe along the rivers.

The next province was then called Cobraba, but Columbus made no landing for want of a proper harbor. All his courses since he struck the continent had been in a southeasterly direction. That an expedition for westward discovery should be sailing eastward, seemed in itself a contradiction. What irritated the crews still more was, that the wind seemed always against them.

The next province was called Cobraba, but Columbus didn't land there because he couldn't find a suitable harbor. Since he first reached the continent, he had been heading in a southeasterly direction. It felt contradictory for an expedition meant for westward discovery to be sailing eastward. What frustrated the crews even more was that the wind always seemed to blow against them.

From the second to the ninth of November, 1502, the little fleet lay at anchor in the spacious harbor, which he called Puerto Bello, “the beautiful harbor.” It is still known by that name. A considerable Spanish city grew up there, which became well known to the world in the last century by the attack upon it by the English in the years 1739 and 1742.

From November 2 to 9, 1502, the small fleet was anchored in the large harbor, which he named Puerto Bello, "the beautiful harbor." It’s still called that today. A significant Spanish city developed there, becoming widely recognized in the last century due to the English attacks on it in 1739 and 1742.

The formation of the coast compelled them to pass eastward as they went on. But the currents of the Gulf flow in the opposite direction. Here there were steady winds from the east and the northeast. The ships were pierced by the teredo, which eats through thick timbers, and is so destructive that the seamen of later times have learned to sheath the hulls of their vessels with copper.

The shape of the coast forced them to continue eastward. However, the Gulf currents flow the other way. There were strong winds coming from the east and northeast. The ships were damaged by teredo, which burrows through thick wood and is so harmful that later sailors have figured out how to cover their hulls with copper.

The seamen thought that they were under the malign influence of some adverse spell. And after a month Columbus gave way to their remonstrances, and abandoned his search for a channel to India. He was the more ready to do this because he was satisfied that the land by which he lay was connected with the coast which other Spaniards had already discovered. He therefore sailed westward again, retracing his course to explore the gold mines of Veragua.

The sailors believed they were cursed by some bad spell. After a month, Columbus yielded to their protests and stopped searching for a route to India. He was more willing to do this because he believed that the land he was near was linked to the coast that other Spaniards had already found. So, he sailed west again, retracing his path to explore the gold mines of Veragua.

But the winds could change as quickly as his purposes, and now for nearly a fortnight they had to fight a tropical tempest. At one moment they met with a water-spout, which seemed to advance to them directly. The sailors, despairing of human help, shouted passages from St. John, and to their efficacy ascribed their escape. It was not until the seventeenth that they found themselves safely in harbor. He gave to the whole coast the name of “the coast of contrasts,” to preserve the memory of his disappointments.

But the winds could shift as quickly as his intentions, and for almost two weeks, they had to battle a tropical storm. At one point, they encountered a waterspout that appeared to be heading straight for them. The sailors, hopeless of any human aid, shouted verses from St. John, believing that they helped them escape. It wasn't until the seventeenth that they finally found safety in harbor. He named the entire coast “the coast of contrasts” to remind himself of his disappointments.

The natives proved friendly, as he had found them before; but they told him that he would find no more gold upon the coast; that the mines were in the country of the Veragua. It was, on the tenth day of January that, after some delay, Columbus entered again the river of that name.

The natives were friendly, just as he had experienced before; however, they informed him that he wouldn't find any more gold along the coast; the mines were located in the territory of Veragua. It was on January 10th that, after some delays, Columbus re-entered the river of that name.

The people told him where he should find the mines, and were all ready to send guides with his own people to point them out. He gave to this river, the name of the River of Belen, and to the port in which he anchored he gave the name of Santa Maria de Belen, or Bethlehem.

The people told him where to find the mines and were all set to send guides with his crew to show them the way. He named the river the River of Belen and called the port where he anchored Santa Maria de Belen, or Bethlehem.

His men discovered the mines, so called, at a distance of eight leagues from the port. The country between was difficult, being mountainous and crossed by many streams. They were obliged to pass the river of Veragua thirty-nine times. The Indians themselves were dexterous in taking out gold. Columbus added to their number seventy-five men.

His men found the so-called mines about eight leagues from the port. The land in between was tough, as it was mountainous and had many streams. They had to cross the Veragua River thirty-nine times. The Indigenous people were skilled at extracting gold. Columbus added seventy-five men to their group.

In one day’s work, they obtained “two or three castellianos” without much difficulty. A castelliano was a gold coin of the time, and the meaning of the text is probably that each man obtained this amount. It was one of the “placers,” such as have since proved so productive in different parts of the world.

In one day's work, they earned "two or three castellanos" without much trouble. A castellano was a gold coin from that time, and the text likely means that each man made that amount. It was one of the "placers," which have since shown to be very productive in various parts of the world.

Columbus satisfied himself that there was a much larger population inland. He learned from the Indians that the cacique, as he always calls the chief of these tribes, was a most important monarch in that region. His houses were larger than others, built handsomely of wood, covered with palm leaves.

Columbus confirmed to himself that there was a much bigger population inland. He found out from the Native Americans that the cacique, which is how he referred to the chief of these tribes, was a highly significant leader in that area. His houses were larger than the others, constructed beautifully out of wood and covered with palm leaves.

The product of all the gold collected thus far is stated precisely in the official register. There were two hundred and twenty pieces of gold, large and small. Altogether they weighed seventy-two ounces, seven-eighths of an ounce and one grain. Besides these were twelve pieces, great and small, of an inferior grade of gold, which weighed fourteen ounces, three-eighths of an ounce, and six tomienes, a tomiene weighing one-third part of our drachm. In round numbers then, we will say that the result in gold of this cruising would be now worth $1,500.

The total amount of gold collected so far is clearly noted in the official register. There were two hundred and twenty pieces of gold, both large and small. In total, they weighed seventy-two ounces, seven-eighths of an ounce, and one grain. Additionally, there were twelve pieces, both large and small, of a lower quality gold, which weighed fourteen ounces, three-eighths of an ounce, and six tomienes, with one tomiene equal to one-third of our drachm. So, roughly speaking, we can estimate that the gold collected from this journey is now worth $1,500.

Columbus collected gold in this way, to make his expedition popular at home, and he had, indeed, mortgaged the voyage, so to speak, by pledging the pecuniary results, as a fund to bear the expense of a new crusade. But, for himself, the prime desire was always discovery.

Columbus gathered gold like this to boost the popularity of his expedition back home, and he had essentially mortgaged the voyage by promising the financial returns as funding for a new crusade. However, for him, the main goal was always discovery.

Eventually the Spaniards spent two months in that region, pressing their explorations in search of gold. And so promising did the tokens seem to him, that he determined to leave his brother, to secure the country and work the mines, while he should return to Spain, with the gold he had collected, and obtain reinforcements and supplies. But all these fond hopes were disappointed.

Eventually, the Spaniards spent two months in that area, continuing their explorations for gold. The signs appeared so promising to him that he decided to leave his brother behind to secure the land and work the mines while he returned to Spain with the gold he had gathered to get reinforcements and supplies. But all these hopeful plans were dashed.

The natives, under a leader named Quibian, rallied in large numbers, probably intending to drive the colonists away. It was only by the boldest measures that their plans were met. When Columbus supposed that he had suppressed their enterprise, he took leave of his brother, as he had intended, leaving him but one of the four vessels.

The natives, led by a leader named Quibian, gathered in large numbers, likely planning to push the colonists out. It was only through the most daring actions that their plans were countered. When Columbus thought he had stopped their efforts, he said goodbye to his brother, as he had planned, leaving him with just one of the four ships.

Fortunately, as it proved, the wind did not serve. He sent back a boat to communicate with the settlement, but it fell into the hands of the savages. Doubtful as to the issue, a seaman, named Ledesma, volunteered to swim through the surf, and communicate with the settlement. The brave fellow succeeded. By passing through the surf again, he brought back the news that the little colony was closely besieged by the savages.

Fortunately, as it turned out, the wind didn't cooperate. He sent a boat back to connect with the settlement, but it was captured by the natives. Uncertain about the outcome, a sailor named Ledesma offered to swim through the waves and reach the settlement. The brave man succeeded. After making his way through the waves again, he returned with the news that the small colony was under tight siege by the natives.

It seemed clear that the settlement must be abandoned, that Columbus’s brother and his people must be taken back to Spain. This course was adopted. With infinite difficulty, the guns and stores which had been left with the colony were embarked on the vessels of the Admiral. The caravel which had been left for the colony could not be taken from the river. She was completely dismantled, and was left as the only memorial of this unfortunate colony.

It was obvious that the settlement needed to be abandoned, and Columbus’s brother and his crew had to return to Spain. This decision was made. With great difficulty, the cannons and supplies that had been left with the colony were loaded onto the Admiral's ships. The caravel that was left for the colony couldn't be removed from the river. It was fully dismantled and left behind as the sole reminder of this failed colony.

At Puerto Bello he was obliged to leave another vessel, for she had been riddled by the teredo. The two which he had were in wretched condition. “They were as full of holes as a honey-comb.” On the southern coast of Cuba, Columbus was obliged to supply them with cassava bread. The leaks increased. The ships’ pumps were insufficient, and the men bailed out the water with buckets and kettles. On the twentieth of June, they were thankful to put into a harbor, called Puerto Bueno, on the coast of Jamaica, where, as it proved, they eventually left their worthless vessels, and where they were in exile from the world of civilization for twelve months.

At Puerto Bello, he had to abandon another ship because it had been eaten away by teredo. The two ships he still had were in terrible shape. “They were as full of holes as a honeycomb.” Along the southern coast of Cuba, Columbus had to provide them with cassava bread. The leaks got worse. The ships' pumps weren't enough, so the crew was hauling out water with buckets and kettles. On June 20th, they were grateful to dock at a harbor called Puerto Bueno on the coast of Jamaica, where, as it turned out, they eventually left behind their useless ships and spent a year cut off from the civilized world.

Nothing in history is more pathetic than the memory that such a waste of a year, in the closing life of such a man as Columbus, should have been permitted by the jealousy, the cruelty, or the selfish ambition of inferior men.

Nothing in history is more tragic than the fact that such a wasted year in the final chapter of a man like Columbus's life was allowed because of the jealousy, cruelty, or selfish ambition of lesser men.

He was not far from the colony at San Domingo. As the reader will see, he was able to send a message to his countrymen there. But those countrymen left him to take his chances against a strong tribe of savages. Indeed, they would not have been sorry to know that he was dead.

He was close to the colony in San Domingo. As you will see, he managed to send a message to his fellow countrymen there. But those countrymen left him to face a powerful tribe of savages on his own. In fact, they wouldn’t have cared if he had died.

At first, however, he and his men welcomed the refuge of the harbor. It was the port which he had called Santa Gloria, on his first visit there. He was at once surrounded by Indians, ready to barter with them and bring them provisions. The poor Spaniards were hungry enough to be glad of this relief.

At first, though, he and his men were grateful for the safety of the harbor. It was the port he had named Santa Gloria during his first visit. He was immediately surrounded by Native Americans, eager to trade with them and provide them with supplies. The hungry Spaniards were more than happy to receive this help.

Mendez, a spirited sailor, had the oversight of this trade, and in one negotiation, at some distance from the vessels, he bought a good canoe of a friendly chief. For this he gave a brass basin, one of his two shirts, and a short jacket. On this canoe turned their after fortunes. Columbus refitted her, put on a false keel, furnished her with a mast and sail.

Mendez, a lively sailor, was in charge of this trade, and in one deal, away from the ships, he purchased a good canoe from a friendly chief. For this, he gave a brass basin, one of his two shirts, and a short jacket. This canoe became the turning point for their later fortunes. Columbus repaired it, added a false keel, and equipped it with a mast and sail.

With six Indians, whom the chief had lent him, Diego Mendez, accompanied by only one Spanish companion, set sail in this little craft for San Domingo. Columbus sent by them a letter to the sovereigns, which gives the account of the voyage which the reader has been following.

With six Indians that the chief had lent him, Diego Mendez, along with just one Spanish companion, set sail in this small boat for San Domingo. Columbus sent a letter with them to the rulers, which recounts the journey that the reader has been following.

When Mendez was a hundred miles advanced on his journey, he met a band of hostile savages. They had affected friendship until they had the adventurers in their power, when they seized them all. But while the savages were quarreling about the spoils, Mendez succeeded in escaping to his canoe, and returned alone to his master after fifteen days.

When Mendez was a hundred miles into his journey, he encountered a group of hostile savages. They pretended to be friendly until they had the adventurers at their mercy, at which point they captured them all. However, while the savages were fighting over the spoils, Mendez managed to escape to his canoe and returned alone to his master after fifteen days.

It was determined that the voyage should be renewed. But this time, another canoe was sent with that under the command of Mendez. He sailed again, storing his boats with cassava bread and calabashes of water. Bartholomew Columbus, with his armed band, marched along the coast, as the two canoes sailed along the shore.

It was decided that the journey should continue. This time, another canoe was sent out alongside the one commanded by Mendez. He set sail again, loading his boats with cassava bread and water-filled calabashes. Bartholomew Columbus, with his armed group, marched along the coast while the two canoes moved along the shore.

Waiting then for a clear day, Mendez struck northward, on the passage, which was long for such frail craft, to San Domingo. It was eight months before Columbus heard of them. Of those eight months, the history is of dismal waiting, mutiny and civil war. It is pathetic, indeed, that a little body of men, who had been, once and again, saved from death in the most remarkable way, could not live on a fertile island, in a beautiful climate, without quarrelling with each other.

Waiting for a clear day, Mendez headed north on the long journey to San Domingo, which was tough for such a fragile boat. Columbus didn’t hear from them for eight months. During those eight months, the story was filled with long waits, mutiny, and civil war. It’s truly sad that a small group of men, who had been saved from death in such incredible ways, couldn’t survive on a fertile island in a beautiful climate without fighting among themselves.

Two officers of Columbus, Porras and his brother, led the sedition. They told the rest of the crew that the Admiral’s hope of relief from Mendez was a mere delusion. They said that he was an exile from Spain, and that he did not dare return to Hispaniola. In such ways they sought to rouse his people against him and his brother. As for Columbus, he was sick on board his vessel, while the two brothers Porras were working against him among his men.

Two officers of Columbus, Porras and his brother, instigated the rebellion. They told the rest of the crew that the Admiral’s hope for help from Mendez was just a fantasy. They claimed that he was an exile from Spain and that he didn’t dare return to Hispaniola. In this way, they tried to incite his crew against him and his brother. Meanwhile, Columbus was sick on his ship, while the two brothers Porras were plotting against him among the crew.

On the second of January, 1504, Francesco de Porras broke into the cabin. He complained bitterly that they were kept to die in that desolate place, and accused the Admiral as if it were his fault. He told Columbus, that they had determined to go back to Spain; and then, lifting his voice, he shouted, “I am for Castile; who will follow me?” The mutinous crew instantly replied that they would do so. Voices were heard which threatened Columbus’s life.

On January 2, 1504, Francesco de Porras burst into the cabin. He complained fiercely that they were left to die in that lonely place and blamed the Admiral as if it was his fault. He told Columbus that they had decided to return to Spain; then, raising his voice, he shouted, “I'm for Castile; who’s with me?” The rebellious crew immediately responded that they would join him. People could be heard making threats against Columbus’s life.

His brother, the Adelantado, persuaded Columbus to retire from the crowd and himself assumed the whole weight of the assault. The loyal part of the crew, however, persuaded him to put down his weapon, and on the other hand, entreated Porras and his companions to depart. It was clear enough that they had the power, and they tried to carry out their plans.

His brother, the Adelantado, convinced Columbus to step away from the crowd and took on the entire burden of the attack himself. However, the loyal part of the crew urged him to lower his weapon and also begged Porras and his group to leave. It was obvious that they had the power, and they attempted to execute their plans.

They embarked in ten canoes, and thus the Admiral was abandoned by forty-eight of his men. They followed, to the eastward, the route which Mendez had taken. In their lawless way they robbed the Indians of their provisions and of anything else that they needed. As Mendez had done, they waited at the eastern extremity of Jamaica for calm weather. They knew they could not manage the canoes, and they had several Indians to help them.

They set off in ten canoes, leaving the Admiral behind with forty-eight of his crew. They followed the same path to the east that Mendez had taken. In their reckless manner, they stole supplies and anything else they needed from the Indians. Like Mendez, they waited at the eastern tip of Jamaica for calm weather. They realized they couldn't handle the canoes alone, so they had several Indians to assist them.

When the sea was smooth they started; but they had hardly gone four leagues from the land, when the waves began to rise under a contrary wind. Immediately they turned for shore, the canoes were overfreighted, and as the sea rose, frequently shipped water.

When the sea was calm, they set off; but they had barely traveled four leagues from the shore when the waves began to swell due to a headwind. They quickly headed back to land, the canoes were overloaded, and as the sea became rougher, they often took on water.

The frightened Spaniards threw overboard everything they could spare, retaining their arms only, and a part of their provisions. They even compelled the Indians to leap into the sea to lighten the boats, but, though they were skillful swimmers, they could not pretend to make land by swimming. They kept to the canoes, therefore, and would occasionally seize them to recover breath. The cruel Spaniards cut off their hands and stabbed them with their swords. Thus eighteen of their Indian comrades died, and they had none left, but such as were of most help in managing the canoes. Once on land, they doubted whether to make another effort or to return to Columbus.

The scared Spaniards threw everything they could spare overboard, keeping only their weapons and some food. They even forced the Indians to jump into the sea to lighten the boats, but even though they were great swimmers, they couldn’t swim to shore. So, they stayed with the canoes and would occasionally grab them to catch their breath. The cruel Spaniards cut off their hands and stabbed them with their swords. As a result, eighteen of their Indian companions died, leaving only those who were most helpful in handling the canoes. Once they reached land, they were unsure whether to try again or go back to Columbus.

Eventually they waited a month, for another opportunity to go to Hispaniola; but this failed as before, and losing all patience, they returned westward, to the commander whom they had insulted, living on the island “by fair means or foul,” according as they found the natives friendly or unfriendly.

Eventually, they waited a month for another chance to go to Hispaniola, but this didn’t work out like before. Losing all patience, they headed back west to the commander they had disrespected, surviving on the island “by fair means or foul,” depending on whether the locals were friendly or hostile.

Columbus, meanwhile, with his half the crew, was waiting. He had established as good order as he could between his men and the natives, but he was obliged to keep a strict watch over such European food as he still had, knowing how necessary it was for the sick men in his number. On the other hand, the Indians, wholly unused to regular work, found it difficult to supply the food which so many men demanded.

Columbus, in the meantime, was waiting with half of his crew. He had done his best to maintain order between his men and the natives, but he had to keep a close eye on the European food he still had, knowing how essential it was for the sick crew members. On the other hand, the Indians, who were not accustomed to regular work, struggled to provide enough food for so many people.

The supplies fell off from day to day; the natives no longer pressed down to the harbor; the trinkets, with which food had been bought, had lost their charm; the Spaniards began to fear that they should starve on the shore of an island which, when Columbus discovered it, appeared to be the abode of plenty. It was at this juncture, when the natives were becoming more and more unfriendly, that Columbus justified himself by the tyrant’s plea of necessity, and made use of his astronomical science, to obtain a supernatural power over his unfriendly allies.

The supplies dwindled day by day; the locals no longer crowded the harbor; the trinkets that had been used to buy food had lost their appeal; the Spaniards started to worry they would starve on an island that, when Columbus discovered it, seemed to be overflowing with resources. It was at this point, when the locals were growing increasingly hostile, that Columbus defended his actions with the tyrant’s excuse of necessity and used his knowledge of astronomy to gain a perceived supernatural control over his uncooperative allies.

He sent his interpreter to summon the principal caciques to a conference. For this conference he appointed a day when he knew that a total eclipse of the moon would take place. The chiefs met as they were requested. He told them that he and his followers worshipped a God who lived in the heavens; that that God favored such as did well, but punished all who displeased him.

He sent his interpreter to call the main leaders to a meeting. For this meeting, he chose a day when he knew a total lunar eclipse would happen. The chiefs showed up as requested. He told them that he and his followers worshipped a God who lived in the sky; that God favored those who did good and punished everyone who displeased him.

He asked them to remember how this God had protected Mendez and his companions in their voyage, because they went obedient to the orders which had been given them by their chief. He asked them to remember that the same God had punished Porras and his companions with all sorts of affliction, because they were rebels. He said that now this great God was angry with the Indians, because they refused to furnish food to his faithful worshippers; that he proposed to chastise them with famine and pestilence.

He asked them to remember how this God had protected Mendez and his companions during their journey, because they had obeyed the orders given to them by their leader. He reminded them that the same God had punished Porras and his companions with all kinds of suffering because they were rebels. He said that now this great God was angry with the Indians because they refused to provide food to his faithful worshippers; he planned to punish them with famine and disease.

He said that, lest they should disbelieve the warning which he gave, a sign would be given, in the heavens that night, of the anger of the great God. They would see that the moon would change its color and would lose its light. They might take this as a token of the punishment which awaited them.

He said that, to prevent them from ignoring the warning he gave, a sign would appear in the sky that night, showing the anger of the great God. They would see the moon change color and lose its light. They might interpret this as a warning of the punishment that was coming for them.

The Indians had not that confidence in Columbus which they once had. Some derided what he said, some were alarmed, all waited with anxiety and curiosity. When the night came they saw a dark shadow begin to steal over the moon. As the eclipse went forward, their fears increased. At last the mysterious darkness covered the face of the sky and of the world, when they knew that they had a right to expect the glory of the full moon.

The Indians no longer had the confidence in Columbus that they once did. Some mocked what he said, some were frightened, and all waited with anxiety and curiosity. When night fell, they saw a dark shadow starting to creep over the moon. As the eclipse progressed, their fears grew. Eventually, the strange darkness enveloped the sky and the earth, just when they expected the brightness of the full moon.

There were then no bounds to their terror. They, seized on all the provisions that they had, they rushed to the ships, they threw themselves at the feet of Columbus and begged him to intercede with his God, to withhold the calamity which he had threatened. Columbus would not receive them; he shut himself up in his cabin and remained there while the eclipse increased, hearing from within, as the narrator says, the howls and prayers of the savages.

There were then no limits to their fear. They grabbed all the supplies they had, rushed to the ships, threw themselves at Columbus's feet, and begged him to pray to his God to prevent the disaster he had warned about. Columbus wouldn’t welcome them; he locked himself in his cabin and stayed there while the eclipse grew, listening from inside, as the narrator describes, to the cries and prayers of the natives.

It was not until he knew the eclipse was about to diminish, that he condescended to come forth, and told them that he had interceded with God, who would pardon them if they would fulfil their promises. In token of pardon, the darkness would be withdrawn from the moon.

It wasn't until he realized the eclipse was about to end that he agreed to come out and told them that he had pleaded with God, who would forgive them if they kept their promises. As a sign of forgiveness, the darkness would be lifted from the moon.

The Indians saw the fulfilment of the promise, as they had seen the fulfilment of the threat. The moon reappeared in its brilliancy. They thanked the Admiral eagerly for his intercession, and repaired to their homes. From this time forward, having proved that he knew on earth what was passing in the heavens, they propitiated him with their gifts. The supplies came in regularly, and from this time there was no longer any want of provisions.

The Indians witnessed the realization of the promise, just as they had witnessed the reality of the threat. The moon returned in its brightness. They enthusiastically thanked the Admiral for his intervention and went back to their homes. From that point on, having demonstrated that he understood what was happening in the sky, they offered him gifts to win his favor. Supplies arrived consistently, and from then on, there was no longer any shortage of food.

But no tales of eclipses would keep the Spaniards quiet. Another conspiracy was formed, as the eight remaining months of exile passed by, among the survivors. They meant to seize the remaining canoes, and with them make their way to Hispaniola. But, at the very point of the outbreak of the new mutiny, a sail was seen standing toward the harbor.

But no stories about eclipses would silence the Spaniards. Another plot was hatched among the survivors as the last eight months of exile went by. They planned to take the remaining canoes and use them to reach Hispaniola. Just as the new mutiny was about to break out, a sail was spotted heading toward the harbor.

The Spaniards could see that the vessel was small. She kept the offing, but sent a boat on shore. As the boat drew near, those who waited so eagerly recognized Escobar, who had been condemned to death, in Isabella, when Columbus was in administration, and was pardoned by his successor Bobadilla. To see this man approaching for their relief was not hopeful, though he were called a Christian, and was a countryman of their own.

The Spaniards could see that the vessel was small. It stayed offshore but sent a boat to shore. As the boat got closer, those who had been waiting so eagerly recognized Escobar, who had been sentenced to death in Isabella when Columbus was in charge, and was pardoned by his successor Bobadilla. Seeing this man come toward them for help was not encouraging, even though he was called a Christian and was from their own country.

Escobar drew up to the ships, on which the Spaniards still lived, and gave them a letter from Ovando, the new governor of Hispaniola, with some bacon and a barrel of wine, which were sent as presents to the Admiral. He told Columbus, in a private interview, that the governor had sent him to express his concern at his misfortune, and his regret that he had not a vessel of sufficient size to bring off all the people, but that he would send one as soon as possible. He assured him that his concerns in Hispaniola were attended to faithfully in his absence; he asked him to write to the governor in reply, as he wished to return at once.

Escobar approached the ships, where the Spaniards were still living, and handed them a letter from Ovando, the new governor of Hispaniola, along with some bacon and a barrel of wine, which were sent as gifts to the Admiral. He told Columbus in a private meeting that the governor had sent him to express his concern for his misfortune and his regret that he didn't have a vessel large enough to rescue everyone, but that he would send one as soon as he could. He assured Columbus that his interests in Hispaniola were being taken care of properly in his absence and asked him to write a response to the governor, as he wanted to return immediately.

This was but scant comfort for men who had been eight months waiting to be relieved. But Escobar was master of the position. Columbus wrote a reply at once to Ovando, pointed out that the difficulties of his situation had been increased by the rebellion of the brothers Porras. He, however, expressed his reliance on his promise, and said he would remain patiently on his ships until relief came. Escobar took the letter, returned to his vessel, and she made sail at once, leaving the starving Spaniards in dismay, to the same fate which hung over them before.

This was hardly comforting for the men who had been waiting for eight months to be rescued. But Escobar was in control of the situation. Columbus quickly wrote a reply to Ovando, pointing out that the challenges he faced had worsened due to the rebellion of the Porras brothers. However, he stated his confidence in the promise made to him and said he would patiently stay on his ships until help arrived. Escobar took the letter, went back to his ship, and set sail immediately, leaving the starving Spaniards in despair, facing the same fate that had threatened them before.

Columbus tried to reassure them. He professed himself satisfied with the communications from Ovando, and told them that vessels large enough for them would soon arrive. He said that they could see that he believed this, because he had not himself taken passage with Escobar, preferring to share their lot with them. He had sent back the little vessel at once, so that no time might be lost in sending the necessary ships.

Columbus tried to calm them down. He claimed he was happy with the messages from Ovando and told them that ships big enough for them would be arriving soon. He pointed out that they could tell he believed this, since he hadn't taken a spot on Escobar's ship, choosing instead to stick with them. He had immediately sent the small vessel back so that no time would be wasted in getting the needed ships.

With these assurances he cheered their hearts. In truth, however, he was very indignant at Ovando’s cool behavior. That he should have left them for months in danger and uncertainty, with a mere tantalizing message and a scanty present of food—all this naturally made the great leader indignant. He believed that Ovando hoped that he might perish on the island.

With these reassurances, he lifted their spirits. However, he was really quite angry at Ovando’s nonchalant attitude. The fact that he left them in danger and uncertainty for months, with just a teasing message and a small supply of food—all of this naturally made the great leader furious. He believed that Ovando was secretly hoping he would die on the island.

He supposed that Ovando thought that this would be favorable for his own political prospects, and he believed that Escobar was sent merely as a spy. This same impression is given by Las Casas, the historian, who was then at San Domingo. He says that Escobar was chosen simply because of his enmity to Columbus, and that he was ordered not to land, nor to hold conversation with any of the crew, nor to receive letters from any except the Admiral.

He figured that Ovando thought this would be good for his own political future, and he believed that Escobar was only sent as a spy. Las Casas, the historian who was in San Domingo at the time, shares the same impression. He states that Escobar was chosen solely because he was against Columbus, and that he was instructed not to land, not to talk to any of the crew, and not to accept letters from anyone except the Admiral.

After Escobar’s departure, Columbus sent an embassy on shore to communicate with the rebel party, who were living on the island. He offered to them free pardon, kind treatment, and a passage with him in the ships which he expected from Ovando, and, as a token of good will, he sent them a part of the bacon which Escobar had brought them.

After Escobar left, Columbus sent a delegation to the shore to talk to the rebel group living on the island. He offered them a full pardon, fair treatment, and a ride with him on the ships he was expecting from Ovando. As a gesture of goodwill, he sent them some of the bacon that Escobar had brought.

Francesco de Porras met these ambassadors, and replied that they had no wish to return to the ships, but preferred living at large. They offered to engage that they would be peaceable, if the Admiral would promise them solemnly, that, in case two vessels arrived, they should have one to depart in; that if only one vessel arrived they should have half of it, and that the Admiral would now share with them the stores and articles of traffic, which he had left in the ship. But these demands Columbus refused to accept.

Francesco de Porras met with the ambassadors and said they didn't want to go back to the ships; they preferred to stay free. They offered to promise they would be peaceful if the Admiral promised them that if two vessels arrived, they would get one to leave on; if only one vessel arrived, they would get half of it, and that the Admiral would share with them the supplies and goods for trade that he had left on the ship. However, Columbus refused to agree to these demands.

Porras had spoken for the rebels, but they were not so well satisfied with the answer. The incident gave occasion for what was almost an outbreak among them. Porras attempted to hold them in hand, by assuring them that there had been no real arrival of Escobar. He told them that there had been no vessel in port; that what had been seen was a mere phantasm conjured up by Columbus, who was deeply versed in necromancy.

Porras had spoken for the rebels, but they weren't very happy with the response. The incident almost sparked a revolt among them. Porras tried to calm them down by insisting that Escobar hadn't actually arrived. He told them that no ship had come into port and that what they had seen was just an illusion created by Columbus, who was highly skilled in the dark arts.

He reminded them that the vessel arrived just in the edge of the evening; that it communicated with Columbus only, and then disappeared in the night. Had it been a real vessel would he not have embarked, with his brother and his son? Was it not clear that it was only a phantom, which appeared for a moment and then vanished?

He reminded them that the ship arrived just at the edge of evening; that it only communicated with Columbus and then vanished into the night. If it had been a real ship, wouldn't he have boarded it with his brother and son? Wasn't it obvious that it was just a ghostly apparition that appeared for a moment and then disappeared?

Not satisfied, however, with his control over his men, he marched them to a point near the ships, hoping to plunder the stores and to take the Admiral prisoner. Columbus, however, had notice of the approach of this marauding party, and his brother and fifty followers, of whose loyalty he was sure, armed themselves and marched to meet them. The Adelantado again sent ambassadors, the same whom he had sent before with the offer of pardon, but Porras and his companions would not permit them to approach.

Not satisfied with his control over his men, he marched them to a spot near the ships, hoping to raid the supplies and capture the Admiral. However, Columbus was aware of this marauding group's approach, and his brother, along with fifty loyal followers, armed themselves and marched to confront them. The Adelantado once more sent envoys, the same ones he had sent before with a pardon offer, but Porras and his companions wouldn’t let them come close.

They determined to offer battle to the fifty loyal men, thinking to attack and kill the Adelantado himself. They rushed upon him and his party, but at the first shock four or five of them were killed.

They decided to confront the fifty loyal men, planning to attack and kill the Adelantado himself. They charged at him and his group, but in the first clash, four or five of them were killed.

The Adelantado, with his own hand, killed Sanchez, one of the most powerful men among the rebels. Porras attacked him in turn, and with his sword cut his buckler and wounded his hand. The sword, however, was wedged in the shield, and before Porras could withdraw it, the Adelantado closed upon him and made him prisoner. When the rebels saw this result of the conflict, they fled in confusion.

The Adelantado personally killed Sanchez, one of the most powerful leaders among the rebels. Porras countered by attacking him and managed to slash his shield, injuring his hand in the process. However, Porras's sword got stuck in the shield, and before he could pull it out, the Adelantado seized the opportunity and captured him. When the rebels witnessed this outcome of the fight, they panicked and ran away.

The Indians, meanwhile, amazed at this conflict among men who had descended from heaven, gazed with wonder at the battle. When it was over, they approached the field, and looked with amazement on the dead bodies of the beings whom they had thought immortal. It is said, however, that at the mere sound of a groan from one of the wounded they fled in dismay.

The Indians, meanwhile, shocked by this fight among men who had come from heaven, watched in awe at the battle. When it ended, they went to the battlefield and looked in disbelief at the dead bodies of those they had believed were immortal. However, it’s said that at the sound of a moan from one of the injured, they ran away in fear.

The Adelantado returned in triumph to the ships. He brought with him his prisoners. Only two of his party had been wounded, himself and his steward. The next day the remaining fugitives sent in a petition to the Admiral, confessing their misdeeds and asking for pardon.

The Adelantado returned victoriously to the ships. He brought his prisoners with him. Only two members of his party were injured, himself and his steward. The following day, the remaining fugitives submitted a request to the Admiral, admitting their wrongdoings and asking for forgiveness.

He saw that their union was broken; he granted their prayer, on the single condition that Francesco de Porras should remain a prisoner. He did not receive them on board the ships, but put them under the command of a loyal officer, to whom he gave a sufficient number of articles for trade, to purchase food of the natives.

He noticed that their partnership was shattered; he agreed to their request, but only if Francesco de Porras stayed in prison. He didn’t take them aboard the ships but assigned them to a loyal officer, giving that officer enough goods for trading to buy food from the locals.

This battle, for it was such, was the last critical incident in the long exile of the Spaniards, for, after a year of hope and fear, two vessels were seen standing into the harbor. One of them was a ship equipped, at Columbus’s own expense, by the faithful Mendez; the other had been fitted out afterwards by Ovando, but had sailed in company with the first vessel of relief.

This battle, as it truly was, marked the final crucial moment in the long exile of the Spaniards. After a year filled with hope and fear, two ships were spotted entering the harbor. One was a ship funded by Columbus himself, thanks to the loyal Mendez; the other had been prepared later by Ovando, but it had set sail alongside the first relief vessel.

It would seem that the little public of Isabella had been made indignant by Ovando’s neglect, and that he had been compelled, by public opinion to send another vessel as a companion to that sent by Mendez. Mendez himself, having seen the ships depart, went to Spain in the interest of the Admiral.

It looks like the small community of Isabella was upset by Ovando’s neglect, and he felt pressured by public opinion to send another ship along with the one sent by Mendez. Mendez, having watched the ships leave, went to Spain to support the Admiral.

With the arrival at Puerto Bueno, in Jamaica, of the two relief vessels, Columbus’s chief sufferings and anxiety were over. The responsibility, at least, was in other hands. But the passage to San Domingo consumed six tedious weeks. When he arrived, however, it was to meet one of his triumphs. He could hardly have expected it.

With the arrival at Puerto Bueno, in Jamaica, of the two relief vessels, Columbus's major struggles and worries were finally behind him. At least the responsibility was in someone else's hands. However, the journey to San Domingo took six long weeks. When he finally arrived, he was greeted with one of his successes. He could hardly have anticipated it.

But his sufferings, and the sense of wrong that he had suffered, had, in truth, awakened the regard of the people of the colony. Ovando took him as a guest to his house. The people received him with distinction.

But his suffering, and the feeling of injustice he experienced, had, in fact, garnered the respect of the people in the colony. Ovando welcomed him as a guest in his home. The people treated him with honor.

He found little to gratify him, however. Ovando, had ruled the poor natives with a rod of iron, and they were wretched. Columbus’s own affairs had been neglected, and he could gain no relief from the governor. He spent only a month on the island, trying, as best he could, to bring some order into the administration of his own property; and then, on the twelfth of September, 1504, sailed for Spain.

He found very little to make him happy, though. Ovando had controlled the poor natives with an iron fist, and they were suffering. Columbus’s own issues had been ignored, and he couldn't get any help from the governor. He stayed on the island for just a month, doing his best to organize the management of his own property; and then, on September 12, 1504, he sailed back to Spain.

Scarcely had the ship left harbor when she was dismasted in a squall. He was obliged to cross to another ship, under command of his brother, the Adelantado. She also was unfortunate. Her mainmast was sprung in a storm, and she could not go on until the mast was shortened.

Scarcely had the ship left the harbor when it was dismasted in a squall. He had to move to another ship, commanded by his brother, the Adelantado. That ship also faced misfortune. Its mainmast was damaged in a storm, and it couldn't continue until the mast was shortened.

In another gale the foremast was sprung, and it was only on the seventh of November that the shattered and storm-pursued vessel arrived at San Lucar. Columbus himself had been suffering, through the voyage, from gout and his other maladies. The voyage was, indeed, a harsh experience for a sick man, almost seventy years old.

In another storm, the foremast was damaged, and it was only on November 7th that the battered and storm-tossed ship reached San Lucar. Columbus had been dealing with gout and other health issues throughout the voyage. The journey was, in fact, a tough ordeal for a sick man nearing seventy.

He went at once to Seville, to find such rest as he might, for body and mind.

He immediately went to Seville to find some rest for his body and mind.





CHAPTER XIII. — TWO SAD YEARS

—ISABELLA’S DEATH—COLUMBUS AT SEVILLE—HIS ILLNESS—LETTERS TO THE KING—JOURNEYS TO SEGOVIA, SALAMANCA, AND VALLADOLID—HIS SUIT THERE—PHILIP AND JUANA—COLUMBUS EXECUTES HIS WILL—DIES—HIS BURIAL AND THE REMOVAL OF HIS BODY—HIS PORTRAITS—HIS CHARACTER.

—ISABELLA’S DEATH—COLUMBUS AT SEVILLE—HIS ILLNESS—LETTERS TO THE KING—TRIPS TO SEGOVIA, SALAMANCA, AND VALLADOLID—HIS CASE THERE—PHILIP AND JUANA—COLUMBUS WRITES HIS WILL—DIES—HIS BURIAL AND THE REMOVAL OF HIS BODY—HIS PORTRAITS—HIS CHARACTER.

Columbus had been absent from Spain two years and six months. He returned broken in health, and the remaining two years of his life are only the sad history of his effort to relieve his name from dishonor and to leave to his sons a fair opportunity to carry forward his work in the world.

Columbus had been away from Spain for two years and six months. He came back in poor health, and the last two years of his life became a sad story of his struggle to clear his name and to give his sons a fair chance to continue his work in the world.

Isabella, alas, died on the twenty-sixth day of November, only a short time after his arrival. Ferdinand, at the least, was cold and hard toward him, and Ferdinand was now engaged in many affairs other than those of discovery. He was satisfied that Columbus did not know how to bring gold home from the colonies, and the promises of the last voyage, that they should strike the East, had not been fulfilled.

Isabella, sadly, passed away on November 26, shortly after he arrived. Ferdinand, at the very least, was unfeeling and distant toward him, and Ferdinand was now busy with many matters unrelated to exploration. He was convinced that Columbus didn’t know how to bring gold back from the colonies, and the promises made during the last voyage to reach the East had not been realized.

Isabella had testified her kindly memory of Columbus, even while he was in exile at Jamaica, by making him one of the body-guard of her oldest son, an honorary appointment which carried with it a handsome annual salary. After the return to Spain of Diego Mendez, the loyal friend who had cared for his interests so well in San Domingo, she had raised him to noble rank.

Isabella had shown her good memories of Columbus, even while he was in exile in Jamaica, by making him part of the bodyguard for her oldest son, an honorary position that came with a substantial annual salary. After Diego Mendez, the loyal friend who had looked after Columbus's interests so well in San Domingo, returned to Spain, she elevated him to noble status.

It is clear, therefore, that among her last thoughts came in the wish to do justice to him whom she had served so well. She had well done her duty which had been given her to do. She had never forgotten the new world to which it was her good fortune to send the discoverer, and in her death that discoverer lost his best friend.

It’s clear that one of her final thoughts was the desire to do right by the person she had served so well. She had fulfilled her duty effectively. She never forgot the new world she was fortunate to send the discoverer to, and with her passing, that discoverer lost his closest friend.

On his arrival in Seville, where one might say he had a right to rest himself and do nothing else, Columbus engaged at once in efforts to see that the seamen who had accompanied him in this last adventure should be properly paid. Many of these men had been disloyal to him and unfaithful to their sovereign, but Columbus, with his own magnanimity, represented eagerly at court that they had endured great peril, that they brought great news, and that the king ought to repay them all that they had earned.

On arriving in Seville, where he could be expected to relax and do nothing else, Columbus immediately set out to ensure that the sailors who had accompanied him on this last journey were paid properly. Many of these men had been disloyal to him and unfaithful to their king, but Columbus, in his own generosity, earnestly argued at court that they had faced great danger, that they brought important news, and that the king should compensate them for all their efforts.

He says, in a letter to his son written at this period, “I have not a roof over my head in Castile. I have no place to eat nor to sleep excepting a tavern, and there I am often too poor to pay my scot.” This passage has been quoted as if he were living as a beggar at this time, and the world has been asked to believe that a man who had a tenth of the revenue of the Indies due to him in some fashion, was actually living from hand to mouth from day to day. But this is a mere absurdity of exaggeration.

He writes in a letter to his son during this time, “I don't have a roof over my head in Castile. I have no place to eat or sleep except for a tavern, and often I’m too broke to pay my bill there.” This quote has been used to suggest that he was living like a beggar, and people have been led to believe that a man who was owed a portion of the revenue from the Indies was actually struggling to get by day to day. But that's just an absurd exaggeration.

Undoubtedly, he was frequently pressed for ready money. He says to his son, in another letter, “I only live by borrowing.” Still he had good credit with the Genoese bankers established in Andalusia. In writing to his son he begs him to economize, but at the same time he acknowledges the receipt of bills of exchange and considerable sums of money.

Undoubtedly, he often needed cash on hand. He tells his son in another letter, “I only live by borrowing.” Still, he had a solid relationship with the Genoese bankers in Andalusia. In his letter to his son, he asks him to save money, but he also admits to receiving bills of exchange and significant amounts of money.

In the month of December, there is a single transaction in Hispaniola which amounts to five thousand dollars of our money. We must not, therefore, take literally his statement that he was too poor to pay for a night’s lodging. On the other hand, it is observed in the correspondence that, on the fifteenth of April, 1505, the king ordered that everything which belonged to Columbus on account of his ten per cent should be carried to the royal treasury as a security for certain debts contracted by the Admiral.

In December, there is a single transaction in Hispaniola that amounts to five thousand dollars of our money. So, we shouldn't take his claim that he was too broke to afford a night's lodging literally. On the flip side, the correspondence notes that on April 15, 1505, the king ordered that everything belonging to Columbus from his ten percent should be sent to the royal treasury to secure certain debts incurred by the Admiral.

The king had also given an order to the royal agent in Hispaniola that everything which he owned there should be sold. All these details have been carefully brought together by Mr. Harrisse, who says truly that we cannot understand the last order.

The king had also instructed the royal agent in Hispaniola to sell everything he owned there. Mr. Harrisse has carefully compiled all these details and rightly states that we cannot make sense of the last order.

When at last the official proceedings relating to the affairs in Jamaica arrived in Europe, Columbus made an effort to go to court. A litter was provided for him, and all the preparations for his journey made. But he was obliged once more by his weakness to give up this plan, and he could only write letters pressing his claim. Of such letters the misfortune is, that the longer they are, and the more of the detail they give, the less likely are they to be read. Columbus could only write at night; in the daytime he could not use his hands.

When the official documents about the situation in Jamaica finally reached Europe, Columbus tried to go to court. A litter was arranged for him, and all the travel plans were set. However, due to his weakness, he had to abandon this plan again, and he could only write letters to advocate for his claim. The unfortunate thing about such letters is that the longer they are and the more details they contain, the less likely they are to be read. Columbus could only write at night; during the day, he was unable to use his hands.

He took care to show Ferdinand that his interests had not been properly attended to in the islands. He said that Ovando had been careless as to the king’s service, and he was not unwilling to let it be understood that his own administration had been based on a more intelligent policy than that of either of the men who followed him.

He made sure to point out to Ferdinand that his concerns hadn't been properly addressed in the islands. He mentioned that Ovando had been neglectful regarding the king's interests, and he was eager to convey that his own leadership had been guided by a more thoughtful approach than that of either of the men who came after him.

But he was now an old man. He was unable to go to court in person. He had not succeeded in that which he had sailed for—a strait opening to the Southern Sea. He had discovered new gold mines on the continent, but he had brought home but little treasure. His answers from the court seemed to him formal and unsatisfactory. At court, the stories of the Porras brothers were told on the one side, while Diego Mendez and Carvajal represented Columbus.

But he was now an old man. He couldn't go to court in person. He hadn't achieved what he had set out for—a passage to the Southern Sea. He had found new gold mines on the continent, but he brought back very little treasure. The responses from the court felt formal and unsatisfying to him. At court, the stories of the Porras brothers were shared on one side, while Diego Mendez and Carvajal represented Columbus.

In this period of the fading life of Columbus, we have eleven letters addressed by him to his son. These show that he was in Seville as late as February, 1505. From the authority of Las Casas, we know that he left that part of Spain to go to Segovia in the next May, and from that place he followed the court to Salamanca and Valladolid, although he was so weak and ill.

In the later years of Columbus's life, we have eleven letters that he wrote to his son. These indicate that he was in Seville as recently as February 1505. According to Las Casas, we know he left that part of Spain for Segovia the following May, and from there he traveled with the court to Salamanca and Valladolid, even though he was very weak and unwell.

He was received, as he had always been, with professions of kindness; but nothing followed important enough to show that there was anything genuine in this cordiality. After a few days Columbus begged that some action might be taken to indemnify him for his losses, and to confirm the promises which had been made to him before. The king replied that he was willing to refer all points which had been discussed between them to an arbitration. Columbus assented, and proposed the Archbishop Diego de Deza as an arbiter.

He was welcomed, as he always had been, with expressions of goodwill; however, nothing significant followed to prove that this friendliness was sincere. After a few days, Columbus requested that some steps be taken to compensate him for his losses and to uphold the promises that had been made to him earlier. The king responded that he was open to referring all matters they had discussed to arbitration. Columbus agreed and suggested Archbishop Diego de Deza as the arbitrator.

The reader must remember that it was he who had assisted Columbus in early days when the inquiry was made at Salamanca. The king assented to the arbitration, but proposed that it should include questions which Columbus would not consider as doubtful. One of these was his restoration to his office of viceroy.

The reader must remember that he was the one who helped Columbus in the early days when the inquiry was held at Salamanca. The king agreed to the arbitration but suggested that it should cover questions that Columbus wouldn't see as questionable. One of these was his return to his position as viceroy.

Now on the subject of his dignities Columbus was tenacious. He regarded everything else as unimportant in comparison. He would not admit that there was any question that he was the viceroy of the Indies, and all this discussion ended in the postponement of all consideration of his claims till, after his death, it was too late for them to be considered.

Now on the subject of his titles, Columbus was stubborn. He saw everything else as insignificant by comparison. He wouldn’t entertain any doubt that he was the viceroy of the Indies, and all this conversation ultimately led to delaying any consideration of his claims until, after his death, it was too late to address them.

All the documents, when read with the interest which we take in his character and fortunes, are indeed pathetic; but they did not seem so to the king, if indeed they ever met his eye.

All the documents, when considered with the interest we have in his character and circumstances, are truly touching; however, they didn’t appear that way to the king, if he ever even saw them.

In despair of obtaining justice for himself, Columbus asked that his son Diego might be sent to Hispaniola in his place. The king would promise nothing, but seems to have attempted to make Columbus exchange the privileges which he enjoyed by the royal promise for a seignory in a little town in the kingdom of Leon, which is named not improperly “The Counts’ Carrion.”

In his desperation to get justice for himself, Columbus requested that his son Diego be sent to Hispaniola instead. The king wouldn't promise anything, but it seems he tried to get Columbus to trade the privileges he had from the royal promise for a lordship in a small town in the kingdom of Leon, which is aptly named “The Counts’ Carrion.”

It is interesting to see that one of the persons whom he employed, in pressing his claim at the court and in the management of his affairs, was Vespucci, the Florentine merchant, who in early life had been known as Alberigo, but had now taken the name of Americo.

It’s interesting to note that one of the people he hired to support his claim in court and manage his affairs was Vespucci, the Florentine merchant, who in his youth was known as Alberigo but had now adopted the name Americo.

The king was still engaged in the affairs of the islands. He appointed bishops to take charge of the churches in the colonies, but Columbus was not so much as consulted as to the persons who should be sent. When Philip arrived from Flanders, with his wife Juana, who was the heir of Isabella’s fortunes and crown, Columbus wished to pay his court to them, but was too weak to do so in person.

The king was still involved in the islands' matters. He assigned bishops to oversee the churches in the colonies, but Columbus wasn’t consulted at all about who should be appointed. When Philip arrived from Flanders with his wife Juana, the heir to Isabella's fortunes and crown, Columbus wanted to show his respect to them but was too weak to do it in person.

There is a manly letter, written with dignity and pathos, in which he presses his claims upon them. He commissioned his brother, the Adelantado, to take this letter, and with it he went to wait upon the young couple. They received him most cordially, and gave flattering hopes that they would attend favorably to the suit. But this was too late for Columbus himself. Immediately after he had sent his brother away, his illness increased in violence.

There’s a powerful letter, written with dignity and emotion, in which he asserts his claims to them. He asked his brother, the Adelantado, to deliver this letter, and with it, he went to meet the young couple. They welcomed him warmly and expressed optimistic intentions about supporting his request. But for Columbus himself, it was too late. Right after he sent his brother off, his illness worsened dramatically.

The time for petitions and for answers to petitions had come to an end. His health failed steadily, and in the month of May he knew that he was approaching his death. The king and the court had gone to Villafranca de Valcacar.

The time for petitions and for responses to petitions had come to an end. His health continued to decline, and in May he realized that he was nearing death. The king and the court had gone to Villafranca de Valcacar.

On the nineteenth of May Columbus executed his will, which had been prepared at Segovia a year before. In this will he directs his son and his successors, acting as administrators, always to maintain “in the city of Genoa, some person of our line, who shall have a house and a wife in that place, who shall receive a sufficient income to live honorably, as being one of our relatives, having foot and root in the said city, as a native; since he will be able to receive from this city aid in favor of the things of his service; because from that city I came forth and in that city I was born.” This clause became the subject of much litigation as the century went on.

On May 19th, Columbus signed his will, which he had prepared in Segovia a year earlier. In this will, he instructs his son and future heirs, acting as managers, to always have “in the city of Genoa, someone from our family line, who has a home and a spouse there, who will receive enough income to live honorably, as a relative of ours, having roots in that city as a native; since he will be able to get support from this city for his services; because I came from this city and was born there.” This clause led to a lot of legal disputes as the century progressed.

Another clause which was much contested was his direction to his son Diego to take care of Beatriz Enriquez, the mother of Fernando. Diego is instructed to provide for her an honorable subsistence “as being a person to whom I have great obligation. What I do in this matter is to relieve my conscience, for this weighs much upon my mind. The reason of this cannot be written here.”

Another clause that was heavily debated was his instruction to his son Diego to look after Beatriz Enriquez, Fernando's mother. Diego is directed to ensure she has a decent living “because I owe her a lot. What I’m doing here is to ease my conscience, as this weighs heavily on my mind. I can’t explain the reason for this here.”

The history of the litigation which followed upon this will and upon other documents which bear upon the fortunes of Columbus is curious, but scarcely interesting. The present representative of Columbus is Don Cristobal Colon de la Cerda, Duke of Veragua and of La Vega, a grandee of Spain of the first class, Marquis of Jamaica, Admiral and Seneschal Major of the Indies, who lives at Madrid.

The history of the legal battles that arose from this will and other documents related to Columbus’s legacy is intriguing, but not particularly exciting. The current representative of Columbus is Don Cristobal Colon de la Cerda, Duke of Veragua and La Vega, a first-class nobleman in Spain, Marquis of Jamaica, Admiral, and Chief Seneschal of the Indies, who resides in Madrid.

Two days after the authentication of the will he died, on the twenty first of May, 1506, which was the day of Ascension. His last words were those of his Saviour, expressed in the language of the Latin Testament, “In manus tuas, Pater, commendo spiritum meum,”—“Father, into thy hands I commend my spirit.” The absence of the court from Valladolid took with it, perhaps, the historians and annalists. For this or for some other reason, there is no mention whatever of Columbus’s funeral in any of the documents of the time.

Two days after the will was validated, he died on May 21, 1506, which was Ascension Day. His last words were those of his Savior, expressed in the language of the Latin Testament, “In manus tuas, Pater, commendo spiritum meum,”—“Father, into your hands I commend my spirit.” The court's absence from Valladolid may have led to the lack of historians and chroniclers. For this reason or another, there’s no mention of Columbus’s funeral in any of the documents from that time.

The body was laid in the convent of San Francisco at Valladolid. Such at least is the supposition of Navarrete, who has collected the original documents relating to Columbus. He supposes that the funeral services were conducted in the church of the parish of Santa Maria de la Antigua. From the church of Saint Francis, not many months after, the body was removed to Seville. A new chapel had lately been built there, called Santa Maria de las Cuevas. In this chapel was the body of Columbus entombed. In a curious discussion of the subject, which has occupied much more space than it is worth, it is supposed that this was in the year 1513, but Mr. Harrisse has proved that this date is not accurate.

The body was placed in the convent of San Francisco in Valladolid. At least, that’s what Navarrete thinks, who has gathered the original documents about Columbus. He believes the funeral services were held in the church of the parish of Santa Maria de la Antigua. A few months later, the body was moved from Saint Francis' church to Seville. A new chapel had recently been built there, called Santa Maria de las Cuevas. Columbus was buried in this chapel. In a rather lengthy discussion on the topic, which seems to take up more space than it deserves, it's thought this happened in 1513, but Mr. Harrisse has shown that this date is incorrect.

For at least twenty-eight years, the body was permitted to remain under the vaults of this chapel. Then a petition was sent to Charles V, for leave to carry the coffin and the body to San Domingo, that it might be buried in the larger chapel of the cathedral of that city. To this the emperor consented, in a decree signed June 2, 1537. It is not known how soon the removal to San Domingo was really made, but it took place before many years.

For at least twenty-eight years, the body was allowed to stay under the vaults of this chapel. Then a request was sent to Charles V, asking for permission to move the coffin and the body to San Domingo so it could be buried in the larger chapel of that city's cathedral. The emperor agreed to this in a decree signed June 2, 1537. It's unclear exactly when the transfer to San Domingo happened, but it occurred within a few years.

Mr. Harrisse quotes from a manuscript authority to show, that when William Penn besieged the city of San Domingo in 1655, all the bodies buried under the cathedral were withdrawn from view, lest the heretics should profane them, and that “the old Admiral’s” body was treated like the rest.

Mr. Harrisse quotes a manuscript source to show that when William Penn besieged the city of San Domingo in 1655, all the bodies buried under the cathedral were removed from sight to prevent the heretics from disrespecting them, and that “the old Admiral’s” body was handled just like the others.

Mr. Harrisse calls to mind the fact that the earthquake of the nineteenth of May, 1673, demolished the cathedral in part, and the tombs which it contained. He says, “the ruin of the colony, the climate, weather, and carelessness all contributed to the loss from sight and the forgetfulness of the bones of Columbus, mingled with the dust of his descendants”; and Mr. Harrisse does not believe that any vestige of them was ever found afterwards, in San Domingo or anywhere else. This remark, from the person who has given such large attention to the subject, is interesting. For it is generally stated and believed that the bones were afterwards removed to Havana in the island of Cuba. The opinion of Mr. Harrisse, as it has been quoted, is entitled to very great respect and authority.

Mr. Harrisse reminds us that the earthquake on May 19, 1673, partially destroyed the cathedral and the tombs it held. He states, “the downfall of the colony, the climate, the weather, and carelessness all contributed to the loss and forgetfulness of Columbus's bones, mixed with the dust of his descendants”; and Mr. Harrisse believes that no trace of them was ever found again, either in San Domingo or anywhere else. This statement from someone who has dedicated significant attention to the topic is noteworthy. It is widely claimed and believed that the bones were later moved to Havana in Cuba. Mr. Harrisse's opinion, as quoted, deserves considerable respect and authority.

A very curious question has arisen in later times as to the actual place where the remains now are. On this question there is great discussion among historians, and many reports, official and unofficial, have been published with regard to it.

A very interesting question has come up lately about the actual location of the remains. This question has sparked a lot of debate among historians, and numerous reports, both official and unofficial, have been released about it.

In the year 1867, the proposal was made to the Holy Father at Rome, that Columbus should receive the honors known in the Roman Catholic Church as the honors of beatification. In 1877, De Lorgues, the enthusiastic biographer of Columbus, represents that the inquiry had gone so far that these honors had been determined on. One who reads his book would be led to suppose that Columbus had already been recognized as on the way to be made a saint of the Church. But, in truth, though some such inquiry was set on foot, he never received the formal honors of beatification.

In 1867, a proposal was made to the Pope in Rome to grant Columbus the honors known in the Roman Catholic Church as beatification. By 1877, De Lorgues, Columbus's enthusiastic biographer, claimed that the inquiry had progressed to the point where these honors were assured. Anyone reading his book would think that Columbus had already been acknowledged as on the path to sainthood within the Church. However, the reality is that, despite some inquiry being initiated, he never actually received the formal honors of beatification.


We have one account by a contemporary of the appearance of Columbus.(*) We are told that he was a “robust man, quite tall, of florid complexion, with a long face.”

We have one account from someone who lived during Columbus's time.(*) It's said that he was a "strong man, fairly tall, with a healthy complexion and a long face."

     (*) In the first Decade of Peter Martyr.
     (*) In the first decade of Peter Martyr.

In the next generation, Oviedo says Columbus was “of good aspect, and above the middle stature. His limbs were strong, his eyes quick, and all the parts of his body well proportioned. His hair was decidedly reddish, and the complexion of his face quite florid and marked with spots of red.”

In the next generation, Oviedo says Columbus was "good-looking and above average height. His limbs were strong, his eyes sharp, and all parts of his body were well-proportioned. His hair was definitely reddish, and his face had a pretty rosy complexion with some red spots."

Bishop Las Casas knew the admiral personally, and describes him in these terms: “He was above the middle stature, his face was long and striking, his nose was aquiline, his eyes clear blue, his complexion light, tending towards a distinct florid expression, his beard and hair blonde in his youth, but they were blanched at an early age by care.”

Bishop Las Casas knew the admiral personally and describes him like this: “He was taller than average, his face was long and memorable, his nose was curved, his eyes were a bright blue, his skin was light with a noticeable rosy hue, and his beard and hair were blonde in his youth, but turned white early due to stress.”

Las Casas says in another place, “he was rude in bearing, and careless as to his language. He was, however, gracious when he chose to be, but he was angry when he was annoyed.”

Las Casas says in another place, “he was rough around the edges and didn’t care much about his words. However, he could be charming when he wanted to be, but he became angry when he was bothered.”

Mr. Harrisse, who has collected these particulars from the different writers, says that this physical type may be frequently met now in the city and neighborhood of Genoa. He adds, “as for the portraits, whether painted, engraved, or in sculpture, which appear in collections, in private places, or as prints, there is not one which is authentic. They are all purely imaginary.”

Mr. Harrisse, who has gathered this information from various authors, states that this physical type can often be found today in the city and surrounding areas of Genoa. He adds, "As for the portraits, whether painted, engraved, or sculpted, that appear in collections, private settings, or as prints, not a single one is authentic. They are all completely imaginary."

For the purpose of the illustration of this volume, we have used that which is best known, and for many reasons most interesting. It is preserved in the city of Florence, but neither the name of the artist nor the date of the picture is known. It is generally spoken of as the “Florentine portrait.” The engraving follows an excellent copy, made by the order of Thomas Jefferson, and now in the possession of the Massachusetts Historical Society. We are indebted to the government of this society for permission to use it.(*)

For this volume's illustration, we chose the most well-known and interesting piece for several reasons. It’s held in the city of Florence, but neither the artist's name nor the date of the painting is known. It’s commonly referred to as the "Florentine portrait." The engraving is based on an excellent copy made at the request of Thomas Jefferson, which is now with the Massachusetts Historical Society. We thank the society's government for allowing us to use it. (*)

     (*) The whole subject of the portraits of Columbus is
     carefully discussed in a learned paper presented to the
     Wisconsin Historical Society by Dr. James Davie Butler, and
     published in the Collections of that Society, Vol. IX, pp.
     79-96.
     (*) The entire topic of Columbus’s portraits is thoroughly analyzed in a scholarly article presented to the Wisconsin Historical Society by Dr. James Davie Butler, and published in the Collections of that Society, Vol. IX, pp. 79-96.

A picture ascribed to Titian, and engraved and circulated by the geographer, Jomard, resembles closely the portraits of Philip III. The costume is one which Columbus never wore.

A painting attributed to Titian, and engraved and distributed by the geographer Jomard, closely resembles the portraits of Philip III. The outfit is one that Columbus never wore.

In his youth Columbus was affiliated with a religious brotherhood, that of Saint Catherine, in Genoa. In after times, on many occasions when it would have been supposed that he would be richly clothed, he appeared in a grave dress which recalled the recollections of the frock of the religious order of Saint Francis. According to Diego Columbus, he died, “dressed in the frock of this order, to which he had always been attached.”

In his youth, Columbus was part of a religious brotherhood dedicated to Saint Catherine in Genoa. Later on, many times when one would expect him to be dressed luxuriously, he wore somber clothing that reminded people of the habit of the Franciscan order. According to Diego Columbus, he died “dressed in the habit of this order, to which he had always been devoted.”


The reader who has carefully followed the fortunes of the great discoverer understands from the history the character of the man. He would not have succeeded in his long suit at the court of Ferdinand and Isabella, had he not been a person of single purpose and iron will.

The reader who has closely followed the journey of the great discoverer understands the man's character from the story. He wouldn't have succeeded in his long quest at the court of Ferdinand and Isabella if he hadn't been someone with a singular focus and strong determination.

From the moment when he was in command of the first expedition, that expedition went prosperously to its great success, in precisely the way which he had foreseen and determined. True, he did not discover Asia, as he had hoped, but this was because America was in the way. He showed in that voyage all the attributes of a great discoverer; he deserved the honors which were paid to him on his return.

From the moment he took charge of the first expedition, it went smoothly and achieved great success, just as he had predicted and planned. Sure, he didn’t discover Asia as he had hoped, but that was because America got in the way. On that voyage, he exhibited all the qualities of a great explorer; he earned the honors he received upon his return.

As has been said, however, this does not mean that he was a great organizer of cities, or that he was the right person to put in charge of a newly founded colony. It has happened more than once in the history of nations that a great general, who can conquer armies and can obtain peace, has not succeeded in establishing a colony or in governing a city.

As mentioned before, this doesn’t mean he was a great city planner or the right choice to lead a new colony. History shows that there have been several instances where a brilliant general, skilled at defeating armies and achieving peace, has struggled to establish a colony or manage a city.

On the other hand, it is fair to say that Columbus never had a chance to show what he would have been in the direction of his colonies had they been really left in his charge. This is true, that his heart was always on discovery; all the time that he spent in the wretched detail of the arrangement of a new-built town was time which really seemed to him wasted.

On the other hand, it's important to note that Columbus never got the opportunity to demonstrate what he might have accomplished with his colonies if they had truly been under his control. It's true that his passion was always about discovery; every moment he spent dealing with the tedious details of setting up a new town felt like a waste to him.

The great problem was always before him, how he should connect his discoveries with the knowledge which Europe had before of the coast of Asia. Always it seemed to him that the dominions of the Great Khan were within his reach. Always he was eager for that happy moment when he should find himself in personal communication with that great monarch, who had been so long the monarch of the East—who, as he thought, would prove to be the monarch of the West.

The big challenge was always in front of him: how to link his discoveries with what Europe already knew about the coast of Asia. He always felt that the lands of the Great Khan were within his grasp. He eagerly anticipated the moment when he would be able to communicate directly with that great ruler, who had long been the king of the East—who, he believed, would also become the king of the West.

Columbus died with the idea that he had come close to Asia. Even a generation after his death, the companions of Cortes gave to the peninsula of California that name because it was the name given in romance to the farthest island of the eastern Indies.

Columbus died believing he had nearly reached Asia. Even a generation after his death, Cortes' companions named the peninsula of California after the title given in stories to the farthest island of the eastern Indies.

Columbus met with many reverses, and died, one might almost say, a broken-hearted man. But history has been just to him, and has placed him in the foremost rank of the men who have set the world forward. And, outside of the technical study of history, those who like to trace the laws on which human progress advances have been proud and glad to see that here is a noble example of the triumph of faith.

Columbus faced many setbacks and died, one could almost say, a broken-hearted man. However, history has treated him fairly and has positioned him among the leading figures who have pushed the world forward. Additionally, beyond the technical study of history, those interested in understanding the principles that drive human progress have been proud and happy to recognize him as a noble example of the power of faith.

The life of Columbus is an illustration constantly brought forward of the success which God gives to those who, having conceived of a great idea, bravely determine to carry it through.

The life of Columbus is a constant example of the success that God grants to those who, inspired by a great idea, boldly commit to making it happen.

His singleness of purpose, his unselfishness, his determination to succeed, have been cited for four centuries, and will be cited for centuries more, among the noblest illustrations which history has given, of success wrought out by the courage of one man.

His clear focus, selflessness, and commitment to succeed have been recognized for four centuries, and will continue to be referenced for centuries to come, as some of the greatest examples in history of success achieved through the bravery of a single individual.





APPENDIX A.

(The following passages, from Admiral Fox’s report, give his reasons for believing that Samana, or Atwood’s Key, is the island where Columbus first touched land. The interest which attaches to this subject at the moment of the centennial, when many voyages will be made by persons following Columbus, induces me to copy Admiral Fox’s reasonings in detail. I believe his conclusion to be correct.)

(The following passages, from Admiral Fox’s report, provide his reasons for believing that Samana, or Atwood’s Key, is the island where Columbus first landed. The significance of this topic during the centennial, when many journeys will be undertaken by people retracing Columbus's path, prompts me to share Admiral Fox’s arguments in full. I believe his conclusion is accurate.)

This method of applying Columbus’s words in detail to refute each of the alleged tracks, and the study that I gave to the subject in the winter of 1878-79 in the Bahamas, which has been familiar cruising ground to me, has resulted in the selection of Samana or Atwood’s Key for the first landing place.

This way of using Columbus's words to specifically counter each of the supposed routes, along with the research I conducted during the winter of 1878-79 in the Bahamas, which is a place I've often sailed, has led to the choice of Samana or Atwood’s Key as the first landing spot.

It is a little island 8.8 miles east and west; 1.6 extreme breadth, and averaging 1.2 north and south. It has 8.6 square miles. The east end is in latitude 23 degrees 5’ N.; longitude 73 degrees 37’ west of Greenwich. The reef on which it lies is 15 by 2 1/2 miles.

It is a small island measuring 8.8 miles from east to west, 1.6 miles at its widest point, and averaging 1.2 miles from north to south. It covers an area of 8.6 square miles. The eastern tip is located at a latitude of 23 degrees 5' N and a longitude of 73 degrees 37' west of Greenwich. The reef it sits on is 15 miles by 2.5 miles.

On the southeast this reef stretches half a mile from the land, on the east four miles, on the west two, along the north shore one-quarter to one-half mile, and on the southwest scarcely one-quarter. Turk is smaller than Samana, and Cat very much larger.

On the southeast, this reef extends half a mile from the land, on the east four miles, on the west two miles, along the north shore one-quarter to one-half mile, and on the southwest barely one-quarter. Turk is smaller than Samana, and Cat is much larger.

The selection of two so unlike in size show that dimension has not been considered essential in choosing an island for the first landfall.(*)

The choice of two islands so different in size shows that size wasn’t seen as crucial in selecting an island for the first landing.(*)

     (*) I am indebted to T. J. McLain, Esq., United States
     consul at Nassau, for the following information given to him
     by the captains of this port, who visit Samana or Atwood’s
     Key. The sub-sketch on this chart is substantially correct:
     Good water is only obtained by sinking wells. The two keys
     to the east are covered with guano; white boobies hold the
     larger one, and black boobies the other; neither
     intermingles.
     (*) I am grateful to T. J. McLain, Esq., the U.S. consul in Nassau, for the following information provided to him by the captains of this port who travel to Samana or Atwood’s Key. The sub-sketch on this chart is mostly accurate: good water can only be found by digging wells. The two keys to the east are covered in guano; white boobies inhabit the larger one, and black boobies inhabit the other; they do not mix.

The island is now uninhabited, but arrow heads and stone hatchets are sometimes found; and in places there are piles of stones supposed to have been made by the aborigines. Most of the growth is scrubby, with a few scattered trees.

The island is now uninhabited, but arrowheads and stone hatchets are sometimes found; and in some areas, there are piles of stones believed to have been made by the indigenous people. Most of the vegetation is scruffy, with a few scattered trees.

The Nassau vessels enter an opening through the reef on the south side of the island and find a very comfortable little harbor with from two to two and a half fathoms of water. From here they send their boats on shore to “strip” guano, and cut satin, dye woods and bark.

The Nassau ships go through an opening in the reef on the south side of the island and discover a cozy little harbor with two to two and a half fathoms of water. From here, they send their boats to shore to collect guano and cut satin, dye woods, and bark.

When Columbus discovered Guanahani, the journal called it a “little island.” After landing he speaks of it as “bien grande,” “very large,” which some translate, tolerably, or pretty large. November 20, 1492 (Navarette, first edition, p. 61), the journal refers to Isabella, a larger island than Guanahani, as “little island,” and the fifth of January following (p. 125) San Salvador is again called “little island.”

When Columbus discovered Guanahani, the journal referred to it as a “little island.” After landing, he described it as “bien grande,” “very large,” which some translate as “tolerably” or “pretty large.” On November 20, 1492 (Navarette, first edition, p. 61), the journal mentions Isabella, a larger island than Guanahani, as a “little island,” and on January 5 the following year (p. 125), San Salvador is again called a “little island.”

The Bahamas have an area of about 37,000 square miles, six per cent of which may be land, enumerated as 36 islands, 687 keys, and 2,414 rocks. The submarine bank upon which these rest underlies Florida also. But this peninsula is wave-formed upon living corals, whose growth and gradual stretch toward the south has been made known by Agassiz.

The Bahamas cover around 37,000 square miles, with about six percent of that being land, which includes 36 islands, 687 cays, and 2,414 rocks. The underwater bank that supports these features also lies beneath Florida. However, this peninsula is shaped by waves over living corals, whose growth and gradual extension toward the south have been documented by Agassiz.

I had an unsuccessful search for a similar story of the Bahamas, to learn whether there were any probable changes within so recent a period as four hundred years.

I had a fruitless search for a similar story about the Bahamas to find out if there were any likely changes in just four hundred years.

The common mind can see that all the rock there is coral, none of which is in position. The surface, the caves, the chinks, and the numerous pot-holes are compact limestone, often quite crystalline, while beneath it is oolitic, either friable or hard enough to be used for buildings. The hills are sand-blown, not upheaved. On a majority of the maps of the sixteenth century there were islands on Mouchoir, and on Silver Banks, where now are rocks “awash;” and the Dutch and the Severn Shoals, which lay to the east, have disappeared.

The average person can see that all the rock here is coral, none of it in place. The surface, the caves, the cracks, and the many potholes are solid limestone, often quite crystalline, while underneath it is oolitic, either loose or hard enough to be used for construction. The hills are shaped by windblown sand, not by upheaval. Most of the maps from the sixteenth century showed islands on Mouchoir and Silver Banks, where there are now submerged rocks; and the Dutch and Severn Shoals, which were to the east, have vanished.

It is difficult to resist the impression that the shoal banks, and the reefs of the Bahamas, were formerly covered with land; and that for a geological age waste has been going on, and, perhaps, subsidence. The coral polyp seems to be doing only desultory work, and that mostly on the northeast or Atlantic side of the islands; everywhere else it has abandoned the field to the erosive action of the waves.

It’s hard not to feel that the shoal banks and reefs of the Bahamas used to be land; and that, over a long period, erosion has taken its toll and maybe even subsidence has occurred. The coral polyp appears to be doing just random work, mainly on the northeast or Atlantic side of the islands; everywhere else, it has left the area to the wearing down effects of the waves.

Columbus said that Guanahani had abundance of water and a very large lagoon in the middle of it. He used the word laguna—lagoon, not lago—lake. His arrival in the Bahamas was at the height of the rainy season. Governor Rawson’s Report on the Bahamas, 1864, page 92, Appendix 4, gives the annual rainfall at Nassau for ten years, 1855—‘64, as sixty-four inches. From May 1, to November 1 is the wet season, during which 44.7 inches fall; the other six months 19.3 only. The most is in October, 8.5 inches.

Columbus noted that Guanahani had plenty of water and a very large lagoon in the center of it. He used the term laguna—lagoon, not lago—lake. His arrival in the Bahamas coincided with the peak of the rainy season. Governor Rawson’s Report on the Bahamas, 1864, page 92, Appendix 4, states that the annual rainfall at Nassau for the ten years from 1855 to 1864 averaged sixty-four inches. From May 1 to November 1 is the wet season, during which 44.7 inches of rain falls; in the other six months, only 19.3 inches. October receives the most rainfall, averaging 8.5 inches.

Andros, the largest island, 1,600 square miles, is the only one that has a stream of water. The subdivision of the land into so many islands and keys, the absence of mountains, the showery characteristic of the rainfall, the porosity of the rock, and the great heat reflected from the white coral, are the chief causes for the want of running water. During the rainy season the “abundance of water” collects in the low places, making ponds and lagoons, that afterward are soaked up by the rock and evaporated by the sun.

Andros, the largest island at 1,600 square miles, is the only one with a stream of water. The division of the land into so many islands and keys, the lack of mountains, the frequent rain, the porosity of the rock, and the intense heat reflected from the white coral are the main reasons for the absence of running water. During the rainy season, the “abundance of water” gathers in low areas, creating ponds and lagoons, which are later absorbed by the rock and evaporated by the sun.

Turk and Watling have lagoons of a more permanent condition, because they are maintained from the ocean by permeation. The lagoon which Columbus found at Guanahani had certainly undrinkable water, or he would have gotten some for his vessels, instead of putting it off until he reached the third island.

Turk and Watling have lagoons that are more permanent because they're fed by the ocean through permeation. The lagoon that Columbus discovered at Guanahani definitely had undrinkable water; otherwise, he would have taken some for his ships instead of waiting until he reached the third island.

There is nothing in the journal to indicate that the lagoon at Guanahani was aught but the flooding of the low grounds by excessive rains; and even if it was one communicating with the ocean, its absence now may be referred to the effect of those agencies which are working incessantly to reshape the soft structure of the Bahamas.

There’s nothing in the journal to suggest that the lagoon at Guanahani was anything other than the lowlands being flooded by heavy rains; and even if it was connected to the ocean, its absence now can be attributed to the natural forces that are constantly reshaping the soft landscape of the Bahamas.

Samana has a range of hills on the southwest side about one hundred feet high, and on the northeast another, lower. Between them, and also along the north shore, the land is low, and during the season of rains there is a row of ponds parallel to the shore. On the south side a conspicuous white bluff looks to the southward and eastward.

Samana has a series of hills on the southwest side that are about one hundred feet high, and to the northeast there’s another, lower set. Between these hills, and along the northern shore, the land is low, and during the rainy season, there’s a line of ponds running parallel to the shore. On the south side, a prominent white cliff faces south and east.

The two keys, lying respectively half a mile and three miles east of the island, and possibly the outer breaker, which is four miles, all might have been connected with each other, and with the island, four hundred years ago. In that event the most convenient place for Columbus to anchor in the strong northeast trade-wind, was where I have put an anchor on the sub-sketch of Samana.

The two keys, located half a mile and three miles east of the island, along with the outer breaker, which is four miles away, might have all been connected to each other and to the island four hundred years ago. If that was the case, the best spot for Columbus to anchor in the strong northeast trade winds would have been where I've indicated an anchor on the sub-sketch of Samana.

(In a subsequent passage Admiral Fox says:—)

(In a later section, Admiral Fox says:—)

There is a common belief that the first landing place is settled by one or another of the authors cited here. Nevertheless, I trust to have shown, paragraph by paragraph, wherein their several tracks are contrary to the journal, inconsistent with the true cartography of the neighborhood, and to the discredit, measurably, both of Columbus and of Las Casas. The obscurity and the carelessness which appear in part of the diary through the Bahamas offer no obstacle to this demonstration, provided that they do not extend to the “log,” or nautical part.

There’s a widely held belief that the first landing spot was established by one or another of the authors mentioned here. However, I believe I have demonstrated, paragraph by paragraph, how their various accounts contradict the journal, don’t align with the actual maps of the area, and somewhat undermine both Columbus and Las Casas. The confusion and negligence found in parts of the diary from the Bahamas don’t hinder this argument, as long as they don’t apply to the “log” or nautical section.

Columbus went to sea when he was fourteen years of age, and served there almost continuously for twenty-three years. The strain of a sea-faring life, from so tender an age, is not conducive to literary exactness. Still, for the very reason of this sea experience, the “log” should be correct.

Columbus went to sea when he was fourteen and spent almost twenty-three years there. The demands of a life at sea, starting at such a young age, don’t really promote literary precision. Still, because of this sea experience, the “log” should be accurate.

This is composed of the courses steered, distances sailed over, bearings of islands from one another, trend of shores, etc. The recording of these is the daily business of seamen, and here the entries were by Columbus himself, chiefly to enable him, on his return to Spain, to construct that nautical map, which is promised in the prologue of the first voyage.

This includes the routes taken, distances traveled, directions of islands from one another, coastlines, and so on. Keeping track of this is the daily job of sailors, and these notes were made by Columbus himself, mainly to help him create the nautical map he promised in the prologue of the first voyage when he returned to Spain.

In crossing the Atlantic the Admiral understated to the crew each day’s run, so that they should not know how far they had gone into an unknown ocean. Las Casas was aware of this counterfeit “log,” but his abridgment is from that one which Columbus kept for his own use.

In crossing the Atlantic, the Admiral downplayed the daily distance traveled to the crew so they wouldn’t realize how far they had ventured into an unknown ocean. Las Casas knew about this fake “log,” but his summary is based on the one Columbus kept for himself.

If the complicated courses and distances in this were originally wrong, or if the copy of them is false, it is obvious that they cannot be “plotted” upon a correct chart. Conversely, if they ARE made to conform to a succession of islands among which he is known to have sailed, it is evident that this is a genuine transcript of the authentic “log” of Columbus, and, reciprocally, that we have the true track, the beginning of which is the eventful landfall of October 12, 1492.

If the complicated routes and distances here were initially incorrect, or if the copy of them is inaccurate, it’s clear that they can’t be “plotted” on a correct map. On the other hand, if they are adjusted to match a series of islands that he is known to have sailed by, it’s obvious that this is a real copy of Columbus’s authentic “log,” and therefore, we have the true path, the beginning of which is the significant landing on October 12, 1492.

The student or critical reader, and the seaman, will have to determine whether the writer has established this conformity. The public, probably, desires to have the question settled, but it will hardly take any interest in a discussion that has no practical bearing, and which, for its elucidation, leans so much upon the jargon or the sea.

The student or critical reader, as well as the sailor, will need to figure out if the writer has established this conformity. The public likely wants the question resolved, but it will barely care about a discussion that has no practical relevance and relies heavily on jargon or nautical terms for clarity.

It is not flattering to the English or Spanish speaking peoples that the four hundredth anniversary of this great event draws nigh, and is likely to catch us still floundering, touching the first landing place.

It is not a good look for the English or Spanish-speaking people that the 400th anniversary of this great event is approaching, and it seems we might still be struggling with the details of the first landing spot.





SUMMARY.

First. There is no objection to Samana in respect to size, position or shape. That it is a little island, lying east and west, is in its favor. The erosion at the east end, by which islets have been formed, recalls the assertion of Columbus that there it could be cut off in two days and made into an island.

First. There’s no issue with Samana in terms of size, location, or shape. The fact that it’s a small island, stretching from east to west, works in its favor. The erosion at the east end, which has created small islets, brings to mind Columbus’s claim that it could be separated in two days and made into an island.

The Nassau vessels still find a snug anchorage here during the northeast trades. These blew half a gale of wind at the time of the landfall; yet Navarette, Varnhagen, and Captain Becher anchored the squadron on the windward sides of the coral reefs of their respective islands, a “lee shore.”

The Nassau ships still find a comfortable spot to anchor here during the northeast trades. At the time of landing, these winds were blowing at about half a gale; however, Navarette, Varnhagen, and Captain Becher anchored the squadron on the windward sides of the coral reefs of their respective islands, a “lee shore.”

The absence of permanent lagoons at Samana I have tried to explain.

The lack of permanent lagoons at Samana is something I've attempted to clarify.

Second. The course from Samana to Crooked is to the southwest, which is the direction that the Admiral said he should steer “tomorrow evening.” The distance given by him corresponds with the chart.

Second. The route from Samana to Crooked is to the southwest, which is the direction the Admiral said he should head “tomorrow evening.” The distance he mentioned matches the chart.

Third. The second island, Santa Maria, is described as having two sides which made a right angle, and the length of each is given. This points directly to Crooked and Acklin. Both form one island, so fitted to the words of the journal as cannot be done with any other land of the Bahamas.

Third. The second island, Santa Maria, is said to have two sides that form a right angle, and their lengths are specified. This clearly indicates Crooked and Acklin. Together, they resemble one island, perfectly matching the description in the journal, unlike any other land in the Bahamas.

Fourth. The course and distance from Crooked to Long Island is that which the Admiral gives from Santa Maria to Fernandina.

Fourth. The route and distance from Crooked to Long Island is what the Admiral provides from Santa Maria to Fernandina.

Fifth. Long Island, the third, is accurately described. The trend of the shores, “north-northwest and south-southeast;” the “marvelous port” and the “coast which runs east (and) west,” can nowhere be found except at the southeast part of Long Island.

Fifth. Long Island, the third, is accurately described. The shape of the shores, “north-northwest and south-southeast;” the “amazing port” and the “coast that runs east (and) west,” can only be found at the southeast part of Long Island.

Sixth. The journal is obscure in regard to the fourth island. The best way to find it is to “plot” the courses FORWARD from the third island and the courses and distances BACKWARD from the fifth. These lead to Fortune for the fourth.

Sixth. The journal is unclear about the fourth island. The best way to locate it is to “plot” the courses FORWARD from the third island and the courses and distances BACKWARD from the fifth. These lead to Fortune for the fourth.

Seventh. The Ragged Islands are the fifth. These he named las islas de Arena—Sand Islands.

Seventh. The Ragged Islands are the fifth. He named them the Sand Islands.

They lie west-southwest from the fourth, and this is the course the Admiral adhered to. He did not “log” all the run made between these islands; in consequence the “log” falls short of the true distance, as it ought to. These “seven or eight islands, all extending from north to south,” and having shoal water “six leagues to the south” of them, are seen on the chart at a glance.

They lie west-southwest of the fourth island, and that's the route the Admiral followed. He didn’t record all the distance traveled between these islands; as a result, the log underestimates the actual distance, which is expected. These “seven or eight islands, all lined up from north to south,” with shallow water “six leagues to the south” of them, can be seen on the map at a glance.

Eighth. The course and distance from these to Port Padre, in Cuba, is reasonable. The westerly current, the depth of water at the entrance of Padre, and the general description, are free of difficulties. The true distance is greater than the “logged,” because Columbus again omits part of his run. It would be awkward if the true distances from the fourth to the fifth islands, and from the latter to Padre, had fallen short of the “log,” since it would make the unexplainable situation which occurs in Irving’s course and distance from Mucaras Reef to Boca de Caravela.

Eighth. The route and distance from here to Port Padre in Cuba is reasonable. The westward current, the water depth at the entrance to Padre, and the overall conditions are straightforward. The actual distance is longer than what’s recorded because Columbus leaves out part of his journey again. It would be problematic if the real distances from the fourth to the fifth islands, and from the fifth to Padre, were shorter than the recorded distance, as it would create the same puzzling situation that occurs in Irving’s course and distance from Mucaras Reef to Boca de Caravela.

From end to end of the Samana track there are but three discrepancies. At the third island, two leagues ought to be two miles. At the fourth island twelve leagues ought to be twelve miles. The bearing between the third and fourth islands is not quite as the chart has it, nor does it agree with the courses he steered. These three are fairly explained, and I think that no others can be mustered to disturb the concord between this track and the journal.

From one end of the Samana route to the other, there are only three discrepancies. At the third island, two leagues should be two miles. At the fourth island, twelve leagues should equal twelve miles. The direction between the third and fourth islands isn't exactly as shown on the map, and it doesn't match the courses that were taken. These three issues are reasonably explained, and I believe no other discrepancies can be found that would disrupt the agreement between this route and the journal.

Rev. Mr. Cronan, in his recent voyage, discovered a cave at Watling’s island, where were many skeletons of the natives. It is thought that a study of the bones in these skeletons will give some new ethnological information as to the race which Columbus found, which is now, thanks to Spanish cruelty, entirely extinct.

Rev. Mr. Cronan, during his recent trip, discovered a cave on Watling’s Island, where he found many skeletons of the natives. It's believed that examining the bones in these skeletons will provide new ethnological insights about the race that Columbus encountered, which is now completely extinct due to Spanish cruelty.





APPENDIX B.

The letter to the Lady Juana, which gives Columbus’s own statement of the indignities put upon him in San Domingo, is written in his most crabbed Spanish. He never wrote the Spanish language accurately, and the letter, as printed from his own manuscript, is even curious in its infelicities. It is so striking an illustration of the character of the man that we print here an abstract of it, with some passages translated directly from his own language.

The letter to Lady Juana, which contains Columbus's own account of the mistreatment he faced in San Domingo, is written in his most awkward Spanish. He never accurately wrote in Spanish, and the letter, as published from his original manuscript, is even odd in its mistakes. It strikingly illustrates his character, so we’re including a summary of it here, along with some passages translated directly from his own words.

Columbus writes, towards the end of the year 1500, to the former nurse of Don Juan, an account of the treatment he has received. “If my complaint of the world is new, its method of abuse is very old,” he says. “God has made me a messenger of the new heaven and the new earth which is spoken of in the Apocalypse by the mouth of St. John, after having been spoken of by Isaiah, and he showed me the place where it was.” Everybody was incredulous, but the queen alone gave the spirit of intelligence and zeal to the undertaking. Then the people talked of obstacles and expense. Columbus says “seven years passed in talk, and nine in executing some noted acts which are worthy of remembrance,” but he returned reviled by all.

Columbus writes, towards the end of 1500, to the former nurse of Don Juan, sharing his experience of how he has been treated. “If my complaints about the world are new, the way it abuses people is very old,” he states. “God has made me a messenger of the new heaven and the new earth mentioned in the Apocalypse by St. John, and previously by Isaiah, and he showed me the place where it was.” Everyone was doubtful, but only the queen provided the insight and motivation needed for the mission. Then people started discussing challenges and costs. Columbus mentions, “seven years were spent in discussion, and nine in carrying out some significant actions worthy of remembrance,” but he returned scorned by everyone.

“If I had stolen the Indies and had given them to the Moors I could not have had greater enmity shown to me in Spain.” Columbus would have liked then to give up the business if he could have come before the queen. However he persisted, and he says he “undertook a new voyage to the new heaven and the new earth which before had been hidden, and if it is not appreciated in Spain as much as the other countries of India it is not surprising, because it is all owing to my industry.” He “had believed that the voyage to Paria would reconcile all because of the pearls and gold in the islands of Espanola.” He says, “I caused those of our people whom I had left there to come together and fish for pearls, and arranged that I should return and take from them what had been collected, as I understood, in measure a fanega (about a bushel). If I have not written this to their Highnesses it is because I wished also to have as much of gold. But that fled before me, as all other things; I would not have lost them and with them my honor, if I could have busied myself with my own affairs.

“If I had stolen the Indies and handed them over to the Moors, I couldn't have faced more hostility in Spain.” Columbus would have preferred to quit if he could have met with the queen. However, he pressed on, stating he “set out on a new voyage to the new heaven and the new earth that had previously been hidden, and if it's not valued in Spain as much as in the other parts of India, that's not surprising because it all comes down to my efforts.” He “thought that the voyage to Paria would fix everything because of the pearls and gold in the islands of Hispaniola.” He explains, “I gathered those of our people whom I had left there to fish for pearls and planned to return and collect what they had gathered, which I understood to be measured in fanegas (about a bushel). If I haven't written this to their Highnesses, it's because I also wanted as much gold. But that slipped away from me, like everything else; I wouldn’t have let it go and sacrificed my honor if I could have focused on my own interests.”

“When I went to San Domingo I found almost half of the colony uprising, and they made war upon me as a Moor, and the Indians on the other side were no less cruel.

“When I went to San Domingo, I found that almost half of the colony was in revolt, and they waged war against me as if I were a Moor, and the Indians on the other side were just as brutal.”

“Hojida came and he tried to make order, and he said that their Highnesses had sent him with promises of gifts and grants and money. He made up a large company, for in all Espanola there were few men who were not vagabonds, and no one lived there who had wife or children.” Hojida retired with threats.

“Hojida showed up and tried to bring some order, claiming that their Highnesses had sent him with promises of gifts, grants, and money. He gathered a large group because in all of Espanola, there were few men who weren't vagabonds, and no one lived there who had a wife or kids.” Hojida left with threats.

“Then Vincente Ganez came with four ships. There were outbreaks and suspicions but no damage.” He reported that six other ships under a brother of the Alcalde would arrive, and also the death of the queen, but these were rumors without foundation.

“Then Vincente Ganez arrived with four ships. There were some tensions and doubts, but no harm done.” He reported that six other ships, led by a brother of the Alcalde, would be coming, as well as news of the queen's death, but these were just unverified rumors.

“Adrian (Mogica) attempted to go away as before, but our Lord did not permit him to carry out his bad plan.” Here Columbus regrets that he was obliged to use force or ill-treat Adrian, but says he would have done the same had his brother wished to kill him or wrest from him the government which the king and queen had given him to guard.

“Adrian (Mogica) tried to leave like before, but our Lord didn’t allow him to follow through with his bad intentions.” Here, Columbus expresses regret that he had to use force or mistreat Adrian, but he says he would have done the same if his brother had wanted to kill him or take away the authority that the king and queen had entrusted to him.

“For six months I was ready to leave to take to their Highnesses the good news of the gold and to stop governing a dissolute people who feared neither king nor queen, full of meanness and malice. I would have been able to pay all the people with six hundred thousand maravedis and for that there were more than four millions of tithes without counting the third part of the gold.”

“For six months, I was prepared to leave and bring their Highnesses the good news about the gold and to stop ruling over a corrupt people who feared neither king nor queen, full of spite and malice. I could have paid everyone with six hundred thousand maravedis, and there were more than four million in tithes, not including a third of the gold.”

Columbus says that he begged before his departure that they would send some one at his expense to take command, and yet again a subject with letters, for he says bitterly that he has such a singular reputation that if he “were building churches and hospitals they would say they were cells for stolen goods.”

Columbus says that he pleaded before his departure for them to send someone at his expense to take command, and again a person with letters, because he bitterly claims that he has such a unique reputation that if he “were building churches and hospitals they would say they were warehouses for stolen goods.”

Then Bobadilla came to Santo Domingo while Columbus was at La Vega and the Adelantado at Jaragua. “The second day of his arrival he declared himself governor, created magistrates, made offices, published grants for gold and tithes, and everything else for a term of twenty years.” He said he had come to pay the people, and declared he would send Columbus home in irons. Columbus was away. Letters with favors were sent to others, but none to him. Columbus resorted to methods to gain time so that their Highnesses could understand the state of things. But he was constantly maligned and persecuted by those who were jealous of him. He says:

Then Bobadilla arrived in Santo Domingo while Columbus was in La Vega and the Adelantado was in Jaragua. “On the second day after he got there, he appointed himself governor, set up magistrates, established offices, announced grants for gold and tithes, and everything else for a period of twenty years.” He claimed he came to take care of the people and announced he would send Columbus back home in chains. Columbus was away. Letters with rewards were sent to others, but none to him. Columbus used strategies to buy time so that their Highnesses could grasp the situation. But he was continuously slandered and targeted by those who envied him. He states:

“I think that you will remember that when the tempest threw me into the port of Lisbon, after having lost my sails, I was accused of having the intention to give India to that country. Afterwards their Highnesses knew to the contrary. Although I know but little, I cannot conceive that any one would suppose me so stupid as not to know that though India might belong to me, yet I could not keep it without the help of a prince.”

“I think you’ll remember that when the storm threw me into the port of Lisbon after I lost my sails, I was accused of intending to hand India over to that country. Later, their Highnesses learned otherwise. Even though I don’t know much, I can’t imagine anyone would think I was so foolish as to believe that even if India were mine, I could keep it without the support of a prince.”

Columbus complains that he has been judged as a governor who has been sent to a peaceful, well-regulated province. He says, “I ought to be judged as a captain sent from Spain to the Indies to conquer a warlike people, whose custom and religion are all opposed to ours, where the people live in the mountains without regular houses for themselves, and where, by the will of God, I have placed under the rule of the king and queen another world, and by which Spain, which calls itself poor, is today the richest empire. I ought to be judged as a captain who for many years bears arms incessantly.

Columbus complains that he’s been judged as a governor sent to a peaceful, well-organized region. He says, “I should be assessed as a captain sent from Spain to the Indies to conquer a fierce people, whose customs and religion completely oppose ours, where the people live in the mountains without proper homes, and where, by God’s will, I have brought another world under the rule of the king and queen, making Spain, which claims to be poor, the richest empire today. I should be judged as a captain who has fought continuously for many years."

“I know well that the errors that I have committed have not been with bad intentions, and I think that their Highnesses will believe what I say; but I know and see that they use pity for those who work against them.”

“I know that the mistakes I've made weren't out of bad intentions, and I believe their Highnesses will understand what I'm saying; but I recognize that they show compassion for those who oppose them.”

“If, nevertheless, their Highnesses order that another shall judge me, which I hope will not be, and this ought to be on an examination made in India, I humbly beg of them to send there two conscientious and respectable people, at my expense, which may know easily that one finds five marcs of gold in four hours. However that may be, it is very necessary that they should go there.”

“If, however, their Highnesses decide that someone else should judge me, which I hope won’t happen, and this should be based on an investigation in India, I humbly request that they send two honest and reputable individuals there, at my expense, who can easily verify that one can find five marks of gold in four hours. Regardless, it is essential that they go there.”





APPENDIX C.

It would have been so natural to give the name of Columbus to the new world which he gave to Castile and Leon, that much wonder has been expressed that America was not called Columbia, and many efforts have been made to give to the continent this name. The District of Columbia was so named at a time when American writers of poetry, were determined that “Columbia” should be the name of the continent. The ship Columbia, from which the great river of the West takes that name, had received this name under the same circumstances about the same time. The city of Columbia, which is the capital of South Carolina, was named with the same wish to do justice to the great navigator.

It seemed completely natural to name the new world after Columbus, whom he honored by naming parts of it Castile and Leon. It's surprising that America wasn't called Columbia, and many have tried to give the continent that name. The District of Columbia was named at a time when American poets were eager for “Columbia” to be the name of the continent. The ship Columbia, after which the great river of the West is named, was given that name around the same time for similar reasons. The city of Columbia, which is the capital of South Carolina, was named with the same intention to honor the great navigator.

Side by side with the discussion as to the name, and sometimes making a part of it, is the question whether Columbus himself was really the first discoverer of the mainland. The reader has seen that he first saw the mainland of South America in the beginning of August, 1498. It was on the fifth, sixth or seventh day, according to Mr. Harrisse’s accurate study of the letters. Was this the first discovery by a European of the mainland?

Side by side with the conversation about the name, and sometimes intertwined with it, is the question of whether Columbus was actually the first to discover the mainland. The reader knows that he first saw the mainland of South America in early August 1498. It was on the fifth, sixth, or seventh day, based on Mr. Harrisse’s detailed analysis of the letters. Was this the first time a European discovered the mainland?

It is known that Ojeda, with whom the reader is familiar, also saw this coast. With him, as passenger on his vessel, was Alberico Vespucci, and at one time it was supposed that Vespucci had made some claim to be the discoverer of the continent, on account of this voyage. But in truth Ojeda himself says that before he sailed he had seen the map of the Gulf of Paria which Columbus had sent home to the sovereigns after he made that discovery. It also seems to be proved that Alberico Vespucci, as he was then called, never made for himself any claim to the great discovery.

It is known that Ojeda, whom the reader knows, also explored this coast. Along with him as a passenger on his ship was Alberico Vespucci, and at one point, it was thought that Vespucci claimed to be the discoverer of the continent because of this voyage. However, Ojeda himself states that before he set sail, he had seen the map of the Gulf of Paria that Columbus had sent back to the monarchs after making that discovery. It also seems to be established that Alberico Vespucci, as he was then known, never claimed the great discovery for himself.

Another question, of a certain interest to people proud of English maritime science, is the question whether the Cabots did not see the mainland before Columbus. It is admitted on all hands that they did not make their first voyage till they knew of Columbus’s first discoveries; but it is supposed that in the first or second voyage of the Cabots, they saw the mainland of North America. The dates of the Cabots’ voyages are unfortunately badly entangled. One of them is as early as 1494, but this is generally rejected. It is more probable that the king’s letters patent, authorizing John Cabot and his three sons to go, with five vessels, under the English flag, for the discovery of islands and countries yet unknown, was dated the fifth of March, 1496. Whether, however, they sailed in that year or in the next year is a question. The first record of a discovery is in the account-book of the privy purse of Henry VII, in the words, “August 10th, 1497. To him who discovered the new island, ten pounds.” This is clearly not a claim on which the discovery of the mainland can be based.

Another question that's of interest to people proud of English maritime science is whether the Cabots saw the mainland before Columbus. It's generally agreed that they didn't make their first voyage until they were aware of Columbus's initial discoveries, but it's believed that during the first or second voyage of the Cabots, they saw the mainland of North America. Unfortunately, the dates of the Cabots’ voyages are quite confused. One of them is as early as 1494, but this is usually dismissed. It's more likely that the king's letters patent, allowing John Cabot and his three sons to go with five vessels under the English flag for the discovery of unknown islands and territories, was dated March 5, 1496. However, it's unclear whether they set sail that year or the following year. The first recorded discovery is noted in the account book of the privy purse of Henry VII, which states, “August 10th, 1497. To him who discovered the new island, ten pounds.” This doesn't clearly support a claim for the discovery of the mainland.

A manuscript known as the Cotton Manuscript says that John Cabot had sailed, but had not returned, at the moment when the manuscript was written. This period was “the thirteenth year of Henry VII.” The thirteenth year of Henry began on the twenty-second of August, 1497, and ended in 1498. On the third of February, 1498, Henry VII granted permission to Cabot to take six English ships “to the lands and islands recently found by the said Cabot, in the name of the king and by his orders.” Strictly speaking, this would mean that the mainland had then been discovered; but it is impossible to establish the claim of England on these terms.

A document called the Cotton Manuscript states that John Cabot had sailed but hadn’t returned at the time it was written. This was during “the thirteenth year of Henry VII.” The thirteenth year of Henry started on August 22, 1497, and ended in 1498. On February 3, 1498, Henry VII gave Cabot permission to take six English ships “to the lands and islands recently found by the said Cabot, in the name of the king and by his orders.” Technically, this means that the mainland had already been discovered; however, it’s impossible to prove England’s claim based on this.

What is, however, more to the point, is a letter from Pasqualigo, a Venetian merchant, who says, writing to Venice, on the twenty-third of August, 1497, that Cabot had discovered the mainland at seven hundred leagues to the west, and had sailed along it for a coast of three hundred leagues. He says the voyage was three months in length. It was made, then, between May and August, 1497. The evidence of this letter seems to show that the mainland of North America was really first discovered by Cabot. The discussion, however, does not in the least detract from the merit due to Columbus for the great discovery. Whether he saw an island or whether he saw the mainland, was a mere matter of what has been called landfall by the seamen. It is admitted on all hands that he was the leader in all these enterprises, and that it was on his success in the first voyage that all such enterprises followed.

What’s more important is a letter from Pasqualigo, a Venetian merchant, who wrote to Venice on August 23, 1497, saying that Cabot had discovered the mainland about seven hundred leagues to the west and had sailed along it for a coast of three hundred leagues. He mentions that the voyage lasted three months, taking place between May and August 1497. This letter seems to indicate that Cabot was the first to truly discover the mainland of North America. However, this discussion doesn’t take away from the credit Columbus deserves for his great discovery. Whether he saw an island or the mainland was just a matter of what sailors call landfall. It's widely acknowledged that he was the leader in these ventures, and that it was his success on the first voyage that led to all subsequent expeditions.








Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!